Savoring The Good®

  • All Recipes
  • Football Food
  • Crock-Pot
  • About Sarah
    • About Savoring The Good®
menu icon
go to homepage
  • All Recipes
  • Football Food
  • Crock-Pot
  • About Sarah
    • About Savoring The Good®
subscribe
search icon
Homepage link
  • All Recipes
  • Football Food
  • Crock-Pot
  • About Sarah
    • About Savoring The Good®
×
Savoring The Good > Uncategorized

Peanut Butter Frosting Fudge (2 Ingredient Peanut Butter Fudge)

2 ingredient peanut butter fudge recipe sticked on a cutting board.

This easy, no-bake peanut butter fudge is made with just two ingredients - peanut butter chips and canned frosting. It's a simple microwave fudge that's ready in minutes.

2 ingredient peanut butter fudge recipe sticked on a cutting board.

Just melt the chips and frosting together for an old-fashioned candy treat. Customize the flavors with crunchy or creamy peanut butter and different frostings. Chill this easy peanut butter candy to set, then cut into squares. With minimal time and effort, you can make this quick, two-ingredient, no-cook, no condensed milk, freezer fudge for an easy dessert or edible gift.

Enjoy this kid-friendly microwave fudge that requires no candy thermometer and satisfies sweet cravings fast. Chocolate fudge lovers are going to want to make Chocolate Walnut Fudge this holiday season. Kids and adults who love peanut butter will want to nosh on Ritz peanut butter crackers the homemade version!!

Why you will love this easy fudge recipe:

For a sweet treat that requires minimal time and effort yet delivers big peanut butter flavor, this easy fudge is sure to satisfy!

  • Easy Recipe - With just two main ingredients that you microwave and mix, even cooking novices can make this fudge successfully.
  • Quick and convenient - The active prep and cook time is less than 10 minutes total, so it's great for whipping up a quick dessert or gift on short notice.
  • Minimal effort - Aside from microwaving the two components, the only work is stirring and pouring into a pan, so it's hassle-free.
  • Satisfies sweet cravings - The rich peanut butter and sugary frosting combination makes for a dessert that's indulgent and crave-worthy.
  • Fully customizable - You can tweak the flavors by using different varieties of chips and frosting according to your tastes.
  • Kid-friendly activity - Older kids will have fun making this recipe.
  • Great for gifting - The fudge slices up beautifully and makes a thoughtful edible gift for friends, teachers, and neighbors.

Ingredients needed to make this recipe:

A bowl of peanut butter chips and a can of white vanilla icing. with text overlay.

Recipe Card?

To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

  • Can of prepared vanilla frosting
  • Reese's brand peanut butter chips/morsels

Can I Use Any Frosting?

Peanut butter fudge on a white plate.

Yes, you can use any flavor of prepared frosting in the 2-ingredient peanut butter fudge recipe.

No matter what flavor frosting you use, the method will be the same - microwave the frosting briefly to soften, pour over melted peanut butter chips, and combine well. The key is using the smooth, spreadable canned or tub frosting sold in the baking aisle. Avoid stiff frostings like royal icing.

  • Chocolate Fudge Frosting - For chocolate peanut butter fudge
  • Cream Cheese Frosting - For a tangy twist
  • Peanut Butter Frosting - To really amp up the peanut butter flavor
  • Buttercream Frosting - For a rich, smooth texture
  • Coconut Frosting - For tropical flair

How to make peanut butter fudge with vanilla frosting

Prepare a pan.

Line an 8x8 pan with parchment paper.

Peanut butter in a glass bowl with a wooden spoon. for making 2 ingredient peanut butter fudge recipe.

Melt

Melt peanut butter chips in a bowl in the microwave for 2 minutes, stirring every 30 seconds.

Microwave frosting for 1 minute.

A bowl of melted icing peanut is being poured into a bowl of peanut butter chips, melted, 2 ingredient peanut butter fudge recipe.

Combine

Pour frosting into a bowl with melted chips. Stir to combine.

2 ingredient peanut butter fudge recipe. in a baking pan.

Pour

Pour mixture into prepared pan. Spread evenly.

Refrigerate for 4 hours until set.

2 ingredient peanut butter fudge recipe. Peanut butter fudge on a plate.

Cut

Cut into 1-inch pieces. Enjoy!

Did you make this recipe?

Do you have feedback that would be helpful to others? If so can help this small business owner by leaving a rating and a review in the comments section? Thank you for being part of the Savoring The Good Community. ~ Sarah

Can I use crunchy peanut butter instead of creamy?

A hand grabbing pieces of peanut butter fudge on a plate. 2 ingredient peanut butter fudge recipe.

While creamy peanut butter makes a smooth fudge, using crunchy style gives you bites of peanuts throughout for added texture and nutty flavor. The crunchy peanut butter still combines beautifully with the sweet frosting. Just be careful not to overheat it. With a few small adjustments, you can easily make crunchy peanut butter fudge.

Here are some tips for using crunchy peanut butter:

  • Use an extra-crunchy natural style peanut butter so you get plenty of peanuts chunks in each bite.
  • Reduce microwave melting time by 30 seconds to 1 minute since crunchy peanut butter gets hot faster.
  • Stir the melted crunchy peanut butter into the frosting a bit more gently to keep some bigger chunks intact.
  • Add a couple tablespoons of roasted salted peanuts to the finished fudge for even more crunch.
  • Let the fudge cool completely before slicing so the peanut pieces firm up.
  • Store in refrigerator to keep the crunchy texture since it will soften faster at room temp.

Helpful Kitchen Tools To Make This Fudge

Having these basic kitchen tools on hand will make whipping up this simple 2-ingredient fudge recipe easy and enjoyable!

  • Microwave-safe bowl - To melt the peanut butter chips
  • Rubber spatula - For stirring the melted peanut butter chips and frosting together
  • Measuring cups - To accurately measure out the peanut butter chips and frosting
  • Parchment paper - To line the pan for easy removal of the fudge
  • 8x8 baking pan - To pour and set the fudge mixture
  • Knife or pizza cutter - To slice the finished fudge into pieces
  • Storage containers - Like tupperware or plastic bags to store the fudge in the fridge or freezer
  • Mixer (optional) - For beating the frosting first to make it smoother

Can I use sugar free frosting?

With just a couple of adjustments like reduced cooking time and added powdered peanut butter, the sugar-free frosting allows you to create a lighter peanut butter fudge.

Here are some tips for using sugar-free frosting:

  • Look for a frosting made with maltitol or erythritol as the sugar substitute because they set up firmer than others.
  • Reduce microwave time to 30-45 seconds since sugar-free frosting can burn quicker.
  • The fudge may not set up quite as firm using sugar-free frosting.
  • Add 2-3 tablespoons of powdered peanut butter to the mixture to help bind it together.
  • Let the fudge chill in the fridge for at least 6 hours to help it firm up fully before slicing.
  • Store in the refrigerator as sugar-free fudge softens faster at room temperature.
  • The flavor may be slightly different than full-sugar fudge, but still tasty!

Homemade Fudge Storage Tips

Follow proper refrigeration and the fudge will stay fresh and delicious for enjoyment within a week!

  • Refrigerate in an airtight container like a plastic or glass storage container with a tight-fitting lid for up to 1 week.
  • Can also store in the fridge in a zip top plastic bag or covered bowl for up to 1 week.
  • For longer storage, wrap tightly in plastic wrap and then foil and freeze for up to 3 months.
  • Let frozen fudge thaw overnight in the refrigerator before serving.
  • If storing at room temperature, place in an airtight container and consume within 3-4 days.
  • For gift-giving, package fudge in treat bags or boxes lined with plastic wrap for up to 5 days.
  • Avoid storing in paper products or wood as they absorb moisture; glass, plastic, or foil are best.
2 ingredient peanut butter fudge recipe sticked on a cutting board.

2 Ingredient Peanut Butter Fudge Recipe

This easy, no-bake peanut butter fudge is made with just two ingredients - peanut butter chips and canned frosting.
4.50 from 2 votes
Print Pin Rate
Course: Dessert
Cuisine: American
Keyword: 2 Ingredient Peanut Butter Fudge
Prep Time: 5 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 2 minutes minutes
Chill time: 4 hours hours
Total Time: 4 hours hours 7 minutes minutes
Servings: 16 pieces
Calories: 0.3
Author: Sarah Mock

Ingredients

  • 1 16 Ounce Can White Frosting
  • 1 10 Ounce Bag Reese's Peanut Butter Chips
Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

Instructions

  • Line an 8x8 pan with parchment paper.
  • Melt peanut butter chips in a bowl in the microwave for 2 minutes, stirring every 30 seconds.
    1 10 Ounce Bag Reese's Peanut Butter Chips
  • Microwave frosting for 1 minute.
    1 16 Ounce Can White Frosting
  • Pour frosting into bowl with melted chips. Stir to combine.
  • Pour mixture into prepared pan. Spread evenly.
  • Refrigerate 4 hours until set.
  • Cut into 1-inch pieces. Enjoy!

Notes

  • Don't overcook chips or the fudge will get lumpy.
  • Store fudge in a sealed container in the fridge for up to 1 week or freezer for up to 3 months.
  • Use different flavored chips to change fudge flavor.
  • Use parchment paper, not just nonstick spray.
  • Can use peanut butter frosting for more peanut butter taste
Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
Nutrition Facts
2 Ingredient Peanut Butter Fudge Recipe
Serving Size
 
1 piece
Amount per Serving
Calories
0.3
% Daily Value*
Fat
 
0.01
g
0
%
Saturated Fat
 
0.002
g
0
%
Polyunsaturated Fat
 
0.01
g
Monounsaturated Fat
 
0.003
g
Sodium
 
0.1
mg
0
%
Potassium
 
0.02
mg
0
%
Carbohydrates
 
0.04
g
0
%
Sugar
 
0.04
g
0
%
* Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
**Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 15 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

What to Serve with Chicken Drumsticks {36 Best Side Dishes}

chicken drumsticks with fries and ketchup on a plate.for a featured image on what to serve with chicken drumsticks.

What could possibly make a crispy chicken drumstick even better? How about an equally delicious side dish?

chicken drumsticks with fries and ketchup on a plate.for a featured image on what to serve with chicken drumsticks.

For more side dish ideas, check out 60 Best Side Dishes for Fried Chicken Recipe and 25 Easy Chicken Tenderloin Recipes.

Seasonal Favorite

Baked lattice top crust on an apple pie made with the Crisco pie crust recipe, showing flaky layers in the fluted edge.

This is my award-winning Crisco pie crust recipe; flaky, tender, and made with simple ingredients you already have.

Crisco Pie Crust

Tasty Side Dish for Chicken Drumsticks

Whether you're a restaurant owner looking to wow patrons or a home cook gearing up for a family gathering, the combination of a savory chicken dish and these easy side dishes will absolutely not disappoint!

Potato Sides for Chicken Drumsticks

From the classic mashed potatoes to the more creative Hasselback, this lineup of potato sides is here to make your chicken drumstick feast an unforgettable one.

Classic Mashed Potatoes

A bowl of mashed potatoes topped with a pat of butter, chopped parsley, and a sprinkle of black pepper-perfect for what to serve with chicken drumsticks.
credit: iwashyoudry.com
Let's kick things off with a classic side dish: THE mashed potato. Creamy, buttery, and oh-so-comforting, this simple side dish is a delicious contrast to the crispy texture of the drumsticks.
Whether you like it with a dollop of gravy on top or just as is, mashed potato is one of the best side dishes that never goes out of style.
Get Full Recipe

Twice Baked Potato Casserole With Bacon

twice baked potato casserole recipe square image
Imagine creamy mashed potatoes loaded with crispy bacon and melted cheese, all baked to perfection...twice! Say hello to a new favorite!
Get Full Recipe

Cheesy Scalloped Potatoes with Caramelized Onions.

A baked gratin dish with golden, melted cheese on top, garnished with fresh herbs, makes a delicious side when wondering what to serve with chicken drumsticks, with forks placed in the casserole.
credit: halfbakedharvest.com
If Twice Baked Potato isn't cheesy enough, try this Cheesy Scalloped Potatoes recipe.
The onions bring a wonderful umami-like depth of flavor, a touch of sweetness, and a golden-brown color for a more appetizing lunch or dinner!
Get Full Recipe

Ina Garten's Potato Salad

A close-up of a bowl of creamy potato salad with chopped potatoes, celery, red onion, and fresh herbs-an ideal side when wondering what to serve with chicken drumsticks.
credit: 12tomatoes.com
This refreshing side brings together the magic of creamy mayo, zesty Dijon mustard, and a medley of fresh herbs to create a salad that's bursting with sophistication.
With every forkful, you'll experience a delightful blend of tastes that only the Ina Garten touch can bring!
Get Full Recipe

Roasted Sweet Potato Rounds with Honey & Feta

A plate of roasted sweet potato rounds topped with crumbled feta cheese and fresh herbs-an irresistible side dish for what to serve with chicken drumsticks.
credit: Yes to Yolks
Who doesn't love a roasty toasty potato? These little rounds of delight are roasted in olive oil and drizzled with hot honey for an extra kick. If you don't have hot honey, regular honey works just as fine!
Get Full Recipe

Crispy Parmesan Potato Stacks

Close-up of baked potato stacks topped with herbs and grated cheese, resting on a wooden surface-a delicious idea for what to serve with chicken drumsticks.
credit: happilycooking4u.blogspot.com
Each stack offers a delightful combination of textures - the edges are wonderfully crunchy, while the centers remain tender. Perfect side dish for picnics, parties, and any gatherings!
Get Full Recipe

Seasoned Hasselback Potatoes

A close-up of hasselback potatoes topped with breadcrumbs and herbs, with one potato lifted by a fork above the rest in a baking dish with melted butter.
credit: southernkissed.com
These spuds take on a whole new level of elegance with their unique accordion-like cuts. Roasted to perfection, they can transform an ordinary family dinner into an extraordinary, almost fancy event.
Get Full Recipe

Check out Baby Potatoes Recipes, Air Fryer Breakfast Potatoes, and Sous Vide Potatoes with Rosemary for more hearty and savory side dishes.

Simple Veggie Side Dish to Serve with Chicken Drumsticks (Very Healthy Side!)

If you're in the mood for something light, these vegetable side dishes are just what you need!

Roasted Brussels Sprouts and Broccoli

Roasted Brussels Sprouts and Broccoli on a baking sheet.
The flavors of Roasted Brussels Sprouts and Broccoli are simple but unreal - nutty, a bit sweet, and a whole lot of yum!
For more brussel sprouts side dishes, check out my Brussel Sprout Slaw and Crispy Brussel Sprouts recipes.
Get Full Recipe

Roasted Asparagus with Parmesan

Roasted asparagus recipe on a baking sheet.
If you find yourself without brussels sprouts and broccoli but have asparagus on hand, try this Simple (but delicious!) Roasted Asparagus dish. It's a healthy side dish that you can prepare in only under 30 minutes or less.
Get Full Recipe

Maple Dijon Roasted Carrots

A black plate with roasted orange and yellow carrots garnished with chopped herbs and a visible mustard glaze-an ideal side when considering what to serve with chicken drumsticks.
credit: closetcooking.com
Who could've guessed maple syrup, Dijon mustard, and carrot would taste amazing together? I certainly didn't until I tried this recipe.
These vibrant orange sticks are roasted to perfection, coated in a glaze that flawlessly balances the sweet notes of maple syrup with the tangy kick of Dijon mustard.
Get Full Recipe

Zucchini Fritters

zucchini fritters
Whenever I have an excess of zucchini in my garden, Zucchini Fritter is my go-to. It's a simple yet satisfying way to enjoy the flavors of summer's harvest.
If there’s still plenty of zucchini left, try Whole Wheat Savory Zucchini Bread.
Get Full Recipe

Fried Green Beans Recipe

Copy Cat T.G.I. Friday's Green Bean Fries
For another crispy treat, you might enjoy my take on Restaurant Fried Green Beans! Each bean is coated in a light and crispy batter, creating a delightful contrast between the tender inside and the satisfying crunch on the outside!
Get Full Recipe

Steakhouse Creamed Spinach

A close-up of creamy spinach in a skillet being stirred with a white spoon-a perfect side when deciding what to serve with chicken drumsticks.
credit: easyweeknightrecipes.com
Creamed spinach is another timeless favorite that combines the goodness of spinach with a velvety, dreamy cream sauce, all in one skillet! It's so delicious you're gonna want to make it again and again...and again!
Get Full Recipe

Soupy Easy Side Dish for Chicken Dinner: Pure Comfort Food

For a warm, comforting, and utterly satisfying side dish, you can't go wrong with soups!

Panera Autumn Squash Soup Copycat Recipe

Autumn Squash Soup in a white bowl with pepita garnish in a white bowl
The Copycat Panera Autumn Squash Soup is a flavorful fall-inspired dish that mimics the beloved soup from Panera Bread.
With its cozy blend of sweet and savory notes, it offers a delightful taste of autumn that's perfect for colder seasons!
Get Full Recipe

Cabbage Roll Soup Recipe

Cabbage Roll Soup Recipe square image
Cabbage Roll Soup is a tasty twist on classic cabbage rolls. Instead of going through all the prep, we're keeping it real simple by turning it into a nutritious and filling soup.
Get Full Recipe

Velvety Cream of Asparagus Soup (Ready in 30 mins)

Bowl of creamy green soup, the perfect side dish for shrimp, topped with three asparagus spears on a wooden surface, next to a spoon and napkin.
This fabulous side dish is known for its smooth texture and delicate flavor, achieved by blending cooked asparagus with your favorite cream or milk.
It's a popular choice during spring when asparagus is in season, and it can be enjoyed as a side dish or a light meal on its own.
Get Full Recipe

Crockpot Mexican Corn and Chicken Soup

crockpot mexican corn soup
Mexican Corn and Chicken Soup is a zesty side dish that will have you dreaming of Mexico. Try it with Mangonada or Strawberry Agua Fresca for the ultimate Mexico experience!
Get Full Recipe

Crockpot Ham And Potato Soup

big bowl of Crockpot Ham And Potato Soup
Got some leftover ham hanging around? Well, you're in for a treat with this super easy crockpot recipe.
Just toss the ham into the crockpot, add a few ingredients (that you probably already have in your pantry), set it, and forget it. That's right, it's that effortless!
Get Full Recipe

Maryland Crab Soup Recipe

maryland crab soup with lump crab meat, carrot, broth, tomatoes, peppers in a bowl.
If you call the Old Line State home, then you've probably heard of this dish. It's a flavorful representation of Maryland's coastal cuisine and a favorite dish for seafood enthusiasts.
Get Full Recipe

The Best Side Dishes: Salads Edition!

Chicken drumsticks are rich and savory, and a fresh salad can provide a wonderful contrast with its crispness, tanginess, and lighter flavors!

Cucumber Onion Salad

cucumber onion salad recipe on a white plate square image
Cucumber Onion Salad is a timeless favorite that brings back childhood memories of warm afternoons spent under the sun. Oh how I miss those moments!
Get Full Recipe

Amish Broccoli Salad with Cauliflower, Bacon & Raisins

Amish Broccoli salad hero image. square.
The velvety broccoli, the comforting embrace of cheese, and the decadence of bacon create a symphony of flavors that feels like a cherished family tradition.
Get Full Recipe

LEMON GARLIC BUTTER BEAN SALAD

A white bowl filled with cooked butter beans mixed with chopped parsley, garlic, and olive oil-an ideal side if you're wondering what to serve with chicken drumsticks.
credit: The Genetic Chef
Imagine a bowl of buttery beans, fresh veggies, and zingy dressing that's bursting with flavor and texture. That's Buttery Bean Salad - it's simple, snappy, and seriously delicious.
Top it off with some crumbled feta for an extra pop of yum!
Get Full Recipe

Corn Pasta Salad with Bacon and Creamy Pesto Dressing

Corn Pasta Salad with Bacon and Creamy Pesto Dressing
credit: juliasalbum.com/
This dish is like your favorite pasta salad leveled up - a medley of soft, crunchy, smoky, and herby that's a true crowd-pleaser!
Get Full Recipe

This Spicy Roasted Chickpea Salad

A salad with lettuce, cherry tomatoes, avocado, red onion, hard-boiled eggs, chickpeas, feta cheese, and olives in a white bowl-perfect if you're wondering what to serve with chicken drumsticks.
credit: cleanfoodcrush.com
If you're a fan of spicy foods like I am, you'll absolutely enjoy the Spicy Roasted Chickpea Salad. It's like an adventure in a bowl - bold, spicy, and oh-so-crunchy!
Get Full Recipe

Arugula Salad with Lemon Zest, Parmesan, and Balsamic Dressing

A bowl of arugula salad topped with toasted pine nuts, shaved Parmesan cheese, and a light vinaigrette, served on a wooden surface-an ideal side when wondering what to serve with chicken drumsticks.
credit: juliasalbum.com
This Mediterranean recipe turns ordinary greens into a delightful treat that's both simple and luxurious!
Get Full Recipe

Greek Orzo Salad

A bowl of orzo pasta salad with cherry tomatoes, cucumber, red onion, spinach, olives, feta cheese, and a garnish of artichoke and parsley-perfect for what to serve with chicken drumsticks.
credit: threeolivesbranch.com
Each bite of this classic side is a journey to the sun-soaked shores of Greece. It's a refreshing, easy-to-make dish that's also incredibly yummy and good for the heart!
Get Full Recipe

Korean Cucumber Salad

A bowl of sliced cucumbers topped with sesame seeds, chopped herbs, and red pepper flakes, with a pair of chopsticks resting on the bowl-an ideal side dish when wondering what to serve with chicken drumsticks.
credit: feastingathome.com
Give yourself a Seoul-inspired treat with this Korean spin on cucumber salad. It's like teleporting to Korea within the comforts of your own kitchen.
And if you're craving for more Korean treats, check out this list of the best Korean snacks you have to try now (yes now!)
Get Full Recipe

Other Delicious Chicken Side Dishes

Here are some more side dish ideas that pair well with grilled, roasted, or fried chicken drumsticks.

Havarti & Cheddar mac and cheese

Baked macaroni and cheese in a white dish, topped with golden breadcrumbs, with a serving spoon scooping out a portion-an ideal comfort side when deciding what to serve with chicken drumsticks.
credit: marinamakesblog.com
Why settle for regular mac and cheese when you can take it up a notch with some Havarti?
In case you haven't tried it yet, Havarti is this tasty cow's milk cheese hailing from Denmark. It's rich, creamy, and almost melts in your mouth
Get Full Recipe

Butter Parmesan Noodles

A bowl of cooked egg noodles topped with grated Parmesan cheese and garnished with chopped parsley-an ideal side when deciding what to serve with chicken drumsticks.
credit: morethanmeatandpotatoes.com
These Butter Parmesan Noodles are an easy and versatile entree or side dish. They're made with tender egg noodles dressed in a delicate and comforting butter parmesan sauce.
Get Full Recipe

Hoisin Broccoli Noodles

A black bowl of noodles with broccoli, sliced green onions, and sesame seeds sits ready to enjoy-an ideal option for what to serve with chicken drumsticks. A pair of chopsticks rests above the bowl on a gray surface.
credit: Culinary Ginger
When you're craving that rich, East Asian flavor, these Hoisin Broccoli Noodles step up as a tasty vegetarian meal or a delightful side dish. It's like the quickest Asian-style noodle magic in one pan - ready in just about 10 minutes!
Get Full Recipe

Mushroom and Wild Rice Pilaf

Close-up of a rice dish with sliced mushrooms, herbs, and visible spices, with a metal spoon partially in view-an ideal side when exploring what to serve with chicken drumsticks.
credit: Bowl of Delicious
Brown butter and mushrooms are a match made in heaven! Plus, the combo of sweet, plump raisins and satisfyingly crunchy slivered almonds will seriously make you crave this dish all day long.
Get Full Recipe

Spinach Mushroom Quinoa Skillet

A skillet containing cooked quinoa, sautéed mushrooms, and wilted spinach with onions-each arranged in separate sections-makes a wholesome side if you're wondering what to serve with chicken drumsticks.
credit: eatwell101.com
Quinoa, sautéed mushrooms, fresh spinach, and a sprinkle of savory parmesan come together for a delicious weeknight meal that's a total win!
Get Full Recipe

Uncle Roger's Fried Rice Recipe

A plate of fried rice garnished with herbs, served with chopsticks. A wok, bowl of red chili peppers, and scattered garlic cloves are in the background-an ideal choice for what to serve with chicken drumsticks.
credit: imhungryforthat.com
If you're a fan of Uncle Roger (aka Nigel Ng) and his legendary food commentary, you're in for a treat with his Egg Fried Rice. It might just be the most fried-tasted egg rice you'll ever make!
Get Full Recipe

Texas Toast Garlic Bread

Three thick slices of toasted garlic bread topped with herbs and melted cheese are arranged on a gray plate-perfect for what to serve with chicken drumsticks.
credit: kleinworthco.com
Making your own Texas Toast Garlic Bread is super simple. Just grab some thick-sliced bread, slather on garlic butter or sprinkle some garlic powder, and let your toaster oven or regular oven work its magic!
Get Full Recipe

Pão de Queijo

Brazilian cheese bread square
We're ending on a great note with these little bites of Brazilian deliciousness. This chewy and cheese dish makes for a seriously irresistible side dish that'll have your kids coming back for more!
Get Full Recipe

Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and a graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 17 years, Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

as seen in:

Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


Sweetened Condensed Milk

Two mason jars filled with sweetened condensed milk and a spoon.

This homemade sweetened condensed milk recipe has 3 simple ingredients and comes together in less than 15 minutes. Perfect for when you need a substitute for condensed milk.

Two mason jars filled with sweetened condensed milk and a spoon.

Here is why this recipe is amazing:

This easy-to-make, delicious homemade sweetened condensed milk with its simple ingredients can be used in your favorite dessert recipes. It is an easy-to-make recipe and the perfect substitute for store-bought condensed milk.

  • Simplicity: Crafting your own sweetened condensed milk requires just three common ingredients and a simple mixing process. With no cooking involved, it's an easy recipe even for kitchen novices.
  • Customizable Flavors: By making your own, you have the flexibility to adjust the sweetness and flavor intensity to suit your taste preferences. This opens up creative possibilities in various recipes.
  • Richness and Creaminess: The homemade version boasts a rich, creamy texture that enhances the taste and mouthfeel of your desserts and beverages, adding an indulgent touch to your creations.
  • No Additives: Unlike store-bought varieties that might contain additives and preservatives, your homemade sweetened condensed milk is pure and additive-free, ensuring a cleaner, more natural ingredient for your recipes.

What are the sweetened condensed milk ingredients?

Ingredients for sweetened condensed milk with text overlay. Hot water powdered milk sugar

Recipe Card?

To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

Variations

A person pouring sweetened condensed milk into a jar.

Coconut Sweetened Condensed Milk

  • ¾ Cup White Granulated Sugar
  • 1 Cup Coconut Milk
  • ½ Cup Hot Water

Follow the instructions for homemade condensed milk.

How to make homemade condensed milk quickly.

  1. Gather the three ingredients in a medium-sized mixing bowl.
    A glass bowl with sugar and water being poured into it.
  2. Vigorously whisk the mixture until all lumps are gone and the ingredients are completely blended.
    A bowl with powdered milk, sugar and a whisk to make sweetened condensed milk.
  3. Let the mixture sit for approximately 10 minutes and allow it to thicken.
    A jar of milk and other ingredients on a table.
  4. You can either use it right away or store it in a sealed container in the refrigerator.
    A person pouring sweetened condensed milk into a jar.

Did you make this recipe?

Do you have feedback that would be helpful to others? If so can help this small business owner by leaving a rating and a review in the comments section? Thank you for being part of the Savoring The Good Community. ~ Sarah

Should sweetened condensed milk be refrigerated?

Yes, sweetened condensed milk should be refrigerated. After you make this recipe, it's important to store it in a sealed container in the refrigerator. This helps to maintain its freshness and prevent any spoilage. Remember that the homemade version lacks the preservatives found in store-bought options, so refrigeration is necessary to ensure its quality. It's recommended to use or consume the stored sweetened condensed milk within 4-6 days.

Is sweetened condensed milk the same as evaporated milk?

No, sweetened condensed milk is not the same as evaporated milk. While they might seem similar due to their thick consistency and the word "milk" in their names, they serve different purposes in cooking and baking. In recipes, they are generally not interchangeable without affecting the flavor and consistency of the final dish. Always choose the one specified in the recipe or choose a suitable substitute if needed.

  • Sweetened Condensed Milk: This milk is thick and sweetened, made by removing most of the water content from regular milk and adding sugar. It's commonly used in desserts, candies, and baked goods to provide sweetness, creaminess, and a distinct flavor. It's not a direct substitute for evaporated milk due to its sweetness and thickness.
  • Evaporated Milk: Evaporated milk is regular milk that has had about 60% of its water content removed through a process of evaporation. It has a rich and creamy texture without added sugar. It's often used as a creamy addition to recipes, such as in soups, sauces, and some desserts, without adding the sweetness that comes with sweetened condensed milk.

What can I substitute for condensed milk?

If you're looking for a substitute for sweetened condensed milk in your recipes, there are a few options you can consider, depending on the specific recipe and desired outcome. Remember that the exact substitution may vary depending on the recipe and the flavors you're aiming for. It's always a good idea to do a small test before using the substitute in a large batch of your dish. Here are a few alternatives:

  • Homemade Sweetened Condensed Milk: If you're out of sweetened condensed milk but have the necessary ingredients (sugar, dry milk, and hot water), you can follow this recipe to make a fresh batch.
  • Evaporated Milk and Sugar: For recipes where sweetness is not a primary concern, you can use a combination of evaporated milk and sugar. For each cup of sweetened condensed milk, mix 1 cup of evaporated milk with 1 ¼ cups of granulated sugar and gently heat until the sugar dissolves.
  • Coconut Cream: In recipes where the coconut flavor complements the dish, you can substitute coconut cream for sweetened condensed milk. Coconut cream is thicker and richer than coconut milk and can add a delightful tropical twist to your creations.
  • Cream and Sugar: For a basic replacement, you can combine heavy cream and sugar. Use ¾ cup of heavy cream and mix it with ¾ cup of granulated sugar to replicate the consistency and sweetness of sweetened condensed milk.
  • Non-Dairy Milk and Sweetener: If you're looking for a dairy-free option, you can use non-dairy milk like almond milk, soy milk, or oat milk, along with a sweetener like agave syrup or maple syrup. Combine them to achieve the desired sweetness and consistency.

Condensed Milk Recipes:

  • Classic Tres Leches Cake
    A bundt cake with icing and flowers on a plate.
  • Creamy Coconut Macaroons
    Coconut macaroons in a tray on a marble table.
  • Homemade Coffee Creamer (Instant Pot)
    An instant pot adding sweetened condensed milk to a cup of coffee.
  • No-Bake Lemon Cheesecake
    A sweetened condensed milk lemon cheesecake topped with cherries.
  • Mango Ice Cream
    Peach ice cream in a bowl made with sweetened condensed milk.
  • Key Lime Pie Bars
    Lime bars made with sweetened condensed milk and topped with whipped cream and lime slices.
  • Peanut Butter Fudge

Can dogs have condensed milk?

While small amounts of condensed milk might not be toxic to dogs, it's generally not recommended to feed them this type of dairy product. Dogs' digestive systems are not well-suited to process lactose, which is present in milk and dairy products like condensed milk. Feeding condensed milk to dogs can lead to digestive upset, including symptoms like diarrhea, stomach cramps, and gas.

If you're considering providing a treat for your dog, it's safer to choose dog-friendly options specifically designed for their dietary needs. These can include commercial dog treats or natural treats like small pieces of cooked plain meat or vegetables. Always consult your veterinarian before introducing any new food items into your dog's diet to ensure their safety and well-being.

Seasonal Favorite

Baked lattice top crust on an apple pie made with the Crisco pie crust recipe, showing flaky layers in the fluted edge.

This is my award-winning Crisco pie crust recipe; flaky, tender, and made with simple ingredients you already have.

Crisco Pie Crust
Two mason jars filled with sweetened condensed milk and a spoon.

Sweetened Condensed Milk

This homemade sweetened condensed milk recipe has 3 simple ingredients. Perfect for when you need a substitute for condensed milk.
No ratings yet
Print Rate
Course: Ingredients
Cuisine: American
Keyword: Homemade Sweetened Condensed Milk
Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
Total Time: 10 minutes minutes
Servings: 16 tablespoons
Calories: 66
Author: Sarah Mock

Ingredients

  • A 4-pound bag of Domino granulated pure cane sugar with a yellow and white design, showing nutrition information and branding-perfect for sweetening recipes like rhubarb sour or your favorite desserts.¾ Cup Sugar
  •  
    ¾ Cup Powdered milk
  •  
    ½ Cup Water Hot
Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

Instructions

  • Combine all three ingredients in a medium mixing bowl.
    ¾ Cup Sugar, ¾ Cup Powdered milk, ½ Cup Water
  • Whisk until no clumps remain and ingredients have dissolved.
  • Allow to rest and thicken for about 10 minutes.
  • Use immediately or store in a sealed container in the fridge.

Notes

This recipe thickens the more it cools, up to a certain point, of course.
Make sure your water is plenty hot enough to dissolve both the dry milk and sugar. You don’t want to end up with clumps.
This recipe makes the perfect amount for replacing the average can size found at the store, which is 14 ounces.
Do not store outside the fridge. Store in a sealed container for up to 4-6 days.
Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
Nutrition Facts
Sweetened Condensed Milk
Serving Size
 
1 T
Amount per Serving
Calories
66
% Daily Value*
Fat
 
2
g
3
%
Saturated Fat
 
1
g
6
%
Polyunsaturated Fat
 
0.04
g
Monounsaturated Fat
 
0.5
g
Cholesterol
 
6
mg
2
%
Sodium
 
23
mg
1
%
Potassium
 
80
mg
2
%
Carbohydrates
 
12
g
4
%
Sugar
 
12
g
13
%
Protein
 
2
g
4
%
* Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
**Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 15 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

25 Side Dishes for Fried Chicken

Fried chicken with sauce on a plate.

You love fried chicken, right? Who doesn't? It's crispy, juicy, and delicious. But sometimes, you want to spice things up a bit and add some variety to your meal. That's where side dishes come in handy. These are perfect with golden-brown chicken, as they can balance out the richness, add some freshness, or provide some extra flavor.

Fried chicken with sauce on a plate.

It doesn't matter if you prefer something savory, sweet, or spicy. There's a side dish for you. Here are some of the best sides for fried chicken that you can try at home or order from your favorite restaurant.

The best side dishes to serve with fried chicken are more than mashed potatoes! Pick your perfect side dish from this list of side dishes for fried chicken.

Mashed Potatoes

Mashed Potatoes
credit: Joyous Apron
This mashed potato recipe is a delicious side to go with your fried chicken: creamy mashed potatoes with heavy cream. It is easy to prepare and has a smooth and rich texture that melts in your mouth.
Get Full Recipe

Green Bean Crunch Salad

A plate of green beans garnished with chopped peanuts, green onions, and a light dressing. Lime wedges are around the plate on a light-colored background.
credit: howsweeteats.com
A refreshing and crunchy side dish that pairs well with crispy chicken is this green bean salad recipe. The crispy texture of the green beans and almonds contrasts with the juicy and tender and crispy fried chicken.
Get Full Recipe

Fried Green Tomatoes

Close-up of a plate with fried green tomatoes garnished with herbs, next to a small bowl of dipping sauce.
credit: jenaroundtheworld.com
These golden-brown slices of unripe tomatoes offer a perfect balance of crunchiness and tartness, making them an ideal companion to fried chicken. When served together, the zesty flavors of the fried green tomatoes complement the rich and savory taste of the fried chicken, creating a harmonious and satisfying meal.
Get Full Recipe

Red Beans and Rice

A pot of red beans and sliced sausage in a rich, seasoned broth with a wooden spoon on the side.
credit: diethood.com
Nothing goes better with fried chicken than red beans and rice, one of the ultimate fried chicken sides. The beans are soft and flavorful, while the rice is fluffy and aromatic. The combination of these two ingredients creates a cozy dish.
Get Full Recipe

Hush Puppies

Hush Puppies
credit: spendwithpennies.com
In this recipe, you'll find delightful hush puppies - golden, crispy bites with a tender inside. These savory cornmeal fritters, often enjoyed alongside a fried chicken meal, are bursting with flavor and have a satisfyingly crunchy texture.
Get Full Recipe

Southern Baked Beans

A bowl of baked beans in a tomato-based sauce with diced green peppers and ground meat, and a silver spoon. The bowl is placed on a dark cloth on a light-colored surface.
credit: Layers of Happiness
Southern baked beans are a classic side. It's a sweet and savory blend of navy beans, bacon, and a rich molasses sauce that perfectly complements the goodness of a Southern meal with fried chicken.
Get Full Recipe

Herbed Rice Pilaf

A bowl of rice mixed with chopped green herbs and thin strands of pasta, with a wooden spoon placed in the bowl.
credit: eazypeazymealz.com
Enhance your fried chicken experience with a tasty side of herbed rice pilaf. The combination of the chicken and the savory notes of the herbed rice pilaf is a match made in culinary heaven.
Get Full Recipe

Mac and Cheese

A bowl of creamy macaroni and cheese, garnished with fresh basil leaves, served in a black dish.
credit: gocookyummy.com
Creamy and cheesy, this pasta is easy to make and satisfying to eat. It has a rich flavor and a smooth texture that melts in your mouth. It is the perfect side dish for fried chicken because it balances the crispy and juicy meat with the soft and gooey cheese.
Get Full Recipe

Smoky Spicy Lima Beans

A cast iron skillet filled with seasoned lima beans placed on a blue cloth. A wooden spoon and a white bowl are in the background. Text on the image reads "Smoky Spicy Lima Beans".
credit: thecompletesavorist.com
This smoky spicy lima beans dish is a hearty and flavorful side dish that will complement your fried chicken dinner. The beans are tender and creamy, and the sauce is thick and savory.
Get Full Recipe

Potato Salad

Potato Salad
credit: thekitchn.com
A tangy vinaigrette dressing, boiled potatoes, and fresh herbs make up a classic Southern side dish. It is light and refreshing, unlike the creamy version of potato salad, and it complements the chicken well.
Get Full Recipe

Crunchy Seasoned Baked Potato Wedges

A tray of crispy potato wedges with one wedge dipped in a small bowl of creamy white sauce topped with red sauce. The background shows more wedges on a slightly greasy baking sheet.
credit: recipetineats.com
These oven-baked potato wedges are crisp on the outside, fluffy on the inside, and coated with a savory blend of spices and herbs. You can enjoy them as a snack or as a side dish with your favorite fried chicken.
Get Full Recipe

Southern Shrimp and Grits

A plate of shrimp and grits topped with bacon pieces, garnished with herbs and covered in a savory sauce.
credit: badbatchbaking.com
Southern shrimp and grits is a dish that pairs creamy grits with succulent shrimp for a cozy and delicious meal. The grits have a buttery smoothness that goes well with the crunchy chicken, giving each bite a satisfying contrast.
Get Full Recipe

Loaded Potato Skins

Baked potato halves topped with black beans, corn, diced tomatoes, red onion, sour cream, cilantro, and lime wedges arranged on a tray.
credit: Love and Lemons
Potato skins filled with cheese, bacon, and other toppings are a delicious treat that goes well with breaded chicken. The potato skins are baked or fried until golden and crisp, and then stuffed with a creamy and savory mixture of cheese, bacon, sour cream, chives, and salsa.
Get Full Recipe

Garlic Sauteed Collard Greens

A plate of sautéed greens garnished with sesame seeds and red pepper flakes.
credit: yupitsvegan.com
You will love the tender greens cooked with garlic, onion, red pepper flakes, and apple cider vinegar in this delicious side dish. Sautéed collard greens are a great way to enjoy this nutritious leafy vegetable that is high in fiber, vitamin A, vitamin C, and calcium with Southern chicken.
Get Full Recipe

Cornbread

A golden brown cornbread baked in a cast iron skillet.
credit: cookingwithk.net
This cornbread has a crisp crust and a tender crumb, with a savory flavor that complements the fried chicken. Southern cornbread is the perfect side dish for any meal, especially when served with butter and honey.
Get Full Recipe

Mexican Cabbage Slaw

A vibrant salad with sliced avocado, corn, shredded vegetables, red onions, and green onions in a bowl with lime wedges on the side and a small cup of dressing.
credit: nospoonnecessary.com
If you are looking for a yummy side to go with your fried chicken, you have found the perfect recipe: easy Mexican coleslaw with corn. You will love how this coleslaw complements the juicy fried chicken, adding some freshness and flavor to your meal.
Get Full Recipe

3-Ingredient Buttermilk Biscuits

Two freshly baked biscuits, one with a bite taken out, positioned next to a stack of metal measuring cups and a honey dipper on a wooden surface.
credit: divascancook.com
Biscuits are soft, fluffy, and buttery pastries that are easy to make with just three ingredients: self-rising flour, butter, and buttermilk. They are a staple of Southern cuisine and can be enjoyed with honey, jam, gravy, or just plain. But the taste of warm homemade buttermilk biscuits with fried chicken elevates it to a whole new level.
Get Full Recipe

Parmesan Zucchini Fries

A tray of baked zucchini fries coated in breadcrumbs and parmesan cheese, served with a small container of dipping sauce.
credit: Rasa Malaysia
Enjoy fried chicken with a side of Parmesan zucchini fries, a crunchy and savory dish that is easy to make. The zucchini fries are coated with Parmesan cheese and breadcrumbs, giving them a satisfying texture.
Get Full Recipe

Curried Couscous

A close-up of seasoned couscous garnished with a sprig of green basil.
credit: scrumpdillyicious.blogspot.com
In this delightful dish, fragrant curried couscous takes center stage, adorned with a medley of vibrant vegetables and aromatic spices. The light, fluffy couscous is infused with a harmonious blend of flavors, creating a perfect companion for crunchy chicken tenders.
Get Full Recipe

Creamy Cucumber Dill Salad (Vegan)

A bowl containing a cucumber salad mixed with diced red onions and a creamy sauce, garnished with spices. A spoon is partially immersed in the salad.
credit: thefoodietakesflight.com
The creamy cucumber dill salad offers a refreshing and tangy contrast to the rich flavors of Southern-style chicken. Its cool crunch and zesty dill dressing make the fried chicken even more delightful.
Get Full Recipe

Zucchini Noodles with Pesto

Close-up of a zucchini noodle salad with cherry tomatoes, fresh basil leaves, and white mozzarella chunks, topped with red chili flakes.
credit: lexiscleankitchen.com
You are looking at a delicious and hearty side dish of pesto zucchini noodles. This dish is perfect for a low-carb and gluten-free meal with golden-brown chicken that is easy to make and full of flavor.
Get Full Recipe

Roasted Carrots with Orange Honey Glaze

A plate of roasted carrots topped with pine nuts and garnished with lemon wedges. Forks and a checkered napkin are nearby, and a small bowl of pine nuts sits in the background.
credit: Robust Recipes
Roasted carrots with an orange-honey glaze offer a delightful contrast to the savory crunch of fried chicken. This sweet side is easy to make and full of flavor. The carrots are roasted until tender and caramelized, then tossed with a tangy and sticky glaze made from orange juice, honey, butter, and spices.
Get Full Recipe

Zesty Balsamic Marinated Grilled Vegetables

A platter of grilled vegetables including asparagus, red peppers, onions, mushrooms, and zucchini slices garnished with fresh herbs. A small bowl of sauce is next to the platter.
credit: modernfarmhouseeats.com
Grilled vegetables with zesty balsamic marinade is a delicious and easy side dish that complements breaded chicken. The marinade adds a tangy flavor and a caramelized crust to the vegetables, while the grilling brings out their natural sweetness.
Get Full Recipe

Tomato Cucumber Gazpacho

A colorful bowl of gazpacho topped with sliced green and red tomatoes, purple basil leaves, and edible flowers is set against a white background with scattered cherry tomatoes and greens.
credit: veggiesociety.com
Tomato gazpacho pairs well with delicious fried chicken because the tangy and savory flavors of the soup complement the crispy and juicy texture of the chicken. You can dip the chicken in the soup or eat them separately for a satisfying and balanced dish.
Get Full Recipe

Greek Orzo Salad

Close-up of a mediterranean orzo pasta salad with cucumbers, tomatoes, olives, red onions, feta cheese, spinach, and an artichoke heart, garnished with a sprig of parsley.
credit: threeolivesbranch.com
This dish is a Greek orzo salad, a refreshing and colorful salad that is perfect for summer. This salad is great with golden-brown chicken thanks to its light and fresh ingredients.
Get Full Recipe

Seasonal Favorite

Baked lattice top crust on an apple pie made with the Crisco pie crust recipe, showing flaky layers in the fluted edge.

This is my award-winning Crisco pie crust recipe; flaky, tender, and made with simple ingredients you already have.

Crisco Pie Crust


Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and a graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 17 years, Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

as seen in:

Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

Pinterest Rachael JELL-O

What to Eat Dumplings with

A bowl of dumplings with sauce and chopsticks.showcasing what sides to serve with dumplings

Dumplings are one of the most popular dishes in the world, but they can also be tricky to pair with other foods.

A bowl of dumplings with sauce and chopsticks.showcasing what sides to serve with dumplings

You don't want to overwhelm their delicate flavor and texture, but you also don't want to end up with a bland or boring meal. That's why we've compiled a list of the best side dishes with them, whether you prefer them steamed, boiled, or fried.

Best Side Dishes to Serve with Dumplings and Potstickers

From salads and soups to pickles and vegetable stir fry dishes, we have something for every taste and occasion. These side dishes will enhance the flavor and texture of your wontons. gyoza, or potstickers, and make your meal more satisfying and enjoyable. So, what are you waiting for? Discover the best side dishes for these delicious gems.

Fried Rice

The rice in this recipe is golden and crispy. The dumplings are soft and moist. They add more protein and juiciness to the dish. So, the fried rice and these wontons are a perfect match of flavors and textures. They are savory, sweet, and salty.

Get The Recipe

Chicken Noodle Soup

This homemade chicken noodle dish is perfect for a cold day or when you are feeling under the weather. You can make it even more delicious by adding savory dumplings and potstickers to the soup. These add more flavor and texture to the soup. They also make the dish more filling and satisfying.

Get The Recipe

Lettuce with Oyster Sauce and Garlic

Cooked lettuce with oyster sauce and garlic is a simple but delicious dish that you can make in minutes. It is a great way to use up any leftover lettuce that you have in your fridge. All the ingredients in this dish pair well with wontons. Their crispiness contrasts with the softness of the lettuce, and the savory oyster sauce enhances the taste of both. 

Get The Recipe

Cucumber Salad

Cucumber salad is a refreshing and crunchy side dish that is perfect for summer. It consists of thinly sliced cucumbers, red onions, and fresh herbs tossed in a tangy dressing made with rice vinegar, honey, and salt. The dressing adds a burst of flavor and acidity. This salad is delicious with wontons because it balances out the richness and heaviness of the dough and filling. 

Get The Recipe

Egg Drop Soup

If you are looking for a quick and easy dish that will warm you up, try egg drop soup. It is made by stirring beaten eggs into a hot broth, creating thin strands of cooked egg. You have the option to serve it with some green onions or cilantro on top for a pop of color and freshness. Dumplings are a great accompaniment for egg drop soup because they add more variety to the meal. They match the light and smooth soup.

Get The Recipe

Peanut Noodles with Chili Oil and Fried Garlic

You can pair this dish with potstickers and the like for a more satisfying experience. It's the best for a fast and tasty meal. They add a soft and juicy contrast to the chewy and saucy noodles. They also temper the heat of the noodles with their mild filling. This dish brings out the flavor of the potstickers with their rich peanut sauce. 

Get The Recipe

Pan-Fried Noodles

These pan-fried noodles are a classic dish in Hong Kong and Guangzhou. The noodles are crispy and chewy and the wontons are soft and juicy. The sauce enhances the meat filling, while the meat dumplings make the dish more filling. 

Get The Recipe

Sweet and Sour Chicken 

These bite-sized pieces of chicken are delicious with any type of dumplings because they can be filled with meat, cheese, or anything you like. They can be steamed, boiled, or fried, depending on your preference. These can also soak up some of the flavorings from the chicken, making them more flavorful and moist. 

Get The Recipe

Bibimbap

Bibimbap features a medley of colorful ingredients, tender marinated meat, and a perfectly fried egg, all artfully arranged over a bed of white rice. The deliciousness of this dish pairs wonderfully with dumplings due to the contrast between the savory, hearty components of the bibimbap and the soft, comforting nature of the potstickers.

Get The Recipe

Szechuan Eggplant

The Szechuan eggplant dish is a delectable Chinese recipe featuring tender eggplant slices stir-fried with bold Szechuan flavors, creating a perfect balance of spicy, sweet, and savory notes. The dish's rich and complex flavors complement the wontons excellently, offering a contrast that enhances the overall dining experience. Plus, it's easy to make, making it an ideal pairing to enjoy alongside any meal.

Get The Recipe

Miso Soup

This easy miso soup is a simple and comforting dish that can be enjoyed any time of the day. The soup has a savory and umami flavor that warms your soul. It is delicious with Chinese dumplings because they add a chewy texture and a meaty filling to the soup. You can add a dip for extra zing.

Get The Recipe

Quiche Lorraine

Quiche Lorraine is a savory French dish that features a delicate pastry crust filled with a rich and flavorful mixture of eggs, cream, bacon, and Swiss cheese. The creamy custard-like filling complements the crispy bacon, creating a harmonious blend of textures and tastes. It's one of the unique dumpling side dishes since it offers a satisfying contrast with the dumplings' comforting warmth and heartiness.

Get The Recipe

Beet Salad

If you're looking for a dumpling side ideal for the summer, consider making this salad. It consists of roasted beets, fresh greens, creamy goat cheese, crunchy walnuts, and a tangy dressing. The sweetness of the beets goes well with the saltiness of the cheese and the acidity of the dressing. This salad is great with dumplings because it adds a light and crisp texture to balance the soft and chewy dumplings. You will love this beet salad for its vibrant flavor and appearance

Get The Recipe

Shrimp Scampi

Shrimp scampi is a classic Italian-American dish that features succulent shrimp that has garlicky, buttery, and lemony tastes. It is usually served over pasta, but you can also serve it with potstickers for a delicious fusion of flavors. The dumplings complement the tender and juicy shrimp, while the tangy and savory sauce adds a burst of freshness and richness.

Get The Recipe

Soba Noodles

This dish lets you enjoy the natural flavor and texture of cold buckwheat noodles. If you want to make your meal more satisfying, you pair it with some dumplings. The dumpling dipping sauce will complement the dish with its rich and spicy taste. You can choose from different types of dumplings, such as shumai or wonton, depending on your preference. It's a simple but delicious dish that will cool you down on a hot summer day.

Get The Recipe

Mapo Tofu

It consists of soft tofu cubes that have a complex flavor that is both hot and numbing, as well as sweet and salty. The dish is usually served with rice or noodles, but it can also be enjoyed with dumplings. You can find mapo tofu and dumplings in many Chinese restaurants, or you can try making them at home with some simple ingredients.

Get The Recipe

Garlic Bok Choy

Bok choy, a type of green vegetable that is popular in Asian cuisine, has a crunchy texture and a mild flavor that goes well with various seasonings. This bok choy recipe is simple and easy to make, requiring only a few ingredients and a quick stir-fry in a skillet.

Get The Recipe

Black Pepper Beef

Black pepper beef is a delicious side dish that features tender slices of beef coated with black pepper, soy sauce, garlic, and ginger. It is delicious with dumplings because the dumplings can soak up the flavorings and add more texture and flavor to the meal. The dumplings can also balance the heat of the black pepper and make the dish more satisfying.

Get The Recipe

Moussaka

Moussaka is a cozy and comforting dish that comes from Greece. It has layers of tender eggplant, juicy minced meat, and cream. It is cooked in the oven until it is golden and bubbly, and then you can cut it into slices and enjoy it hot or cold. It goes well with dumplings because they make the dish more soft and fluffy. They also balance out the rich and savory taste of the moussaka.

Get The Recipe

Oyakodon

This simple but satisfying meal is popular in Japan and other parts of Asia. It has chicken and egg cooked in a savory broth and served over rice. Serving it with dumplings adds more depth to this rice dish, making it more delicious and filling.

Get The Recipe

Caesar Pasta Salad

If you want a vegetable side that is easy and delicious, try Caesar pasta salad. It has pasta mixed with fresh lettuce, crispy croutons, and rich Caesar dressing. It is a great way to enjoy a light and tasty meal or to pair it with other dishes. You can also add dumplings to your pasta salad. They make the salad more yummy and satisfying, as they have a soft and rich texture.

Get The Recipe

Minestrone Soup

The dish is a hearty minestrone soup featuring a medley of vegetables, beans, and pasta simmered in a flavorful tomato broth. It's a comforting blend of textures and tastes, with the addition of dumplings enhancing the overall satisfaction and richness of each spoonful. The choice to serve dumplings complements the soup's comforting nature.

Get The Recipe

Thai Cashew Chicken

In this flavorful chicken stir-fry recipe, tender pieces of chicken are sautéed with veggies and cashews. The dish boasts a harmonious blend of sweet, savory, and tangy flavors. It's a delightful culinary journey that transports your taste buds to the heart of Thailand, offering a satisfying contrast to classic potstickers and dumplings.

Get The Recipe

Orange Chicken

The dish you're looking at is a delightful and flavorful orange chicken, a classic from easy Chinese cuisine. The tender and crispy chicken is coated in a tangy and sweet orange glaze that's both zesty and satisfying. When paired with dumplings, the deliciousness of the dish is elevated by the contrast between the succulent chicken and the soft, doughy dumplings, creating a balanced and comforting combination.

Get The Recipe

Seasonal Favorite

Baked lattice top crust on an apple pie made with the Crisco pie crust recipe, showing flaky layers in the fluted edge.

This is my award-winning Crisco pie crust recipe; flaky, tender, and made with simple ingredients you already have.

Crisco Pie Crust

Stir-Fried Vegetables

Are you looking for a side dish that's easy to make and full of flavor? Then you'll love this stir-fry recipe that's ready in just 30 minutes. It's a colorful and tasty dish that pairs well with dumplings. You can use any fresh veggies you like and cook them until they are crisp and tender. This stir-fry is a great way to balance out the savoriness of the dumplings. 

Get The Recipe

Jambalaya

This Cajun-inspired rice dish is packed with a medley of flavorful ingredients like sausage, chicken, and shrimp, all simmered in a fragrant blend of spices and tomatoes. The deliciousness of this dish pairs perfectly with dumplings at home, as the spicy Jambalaya flavors are beautifully balanced by the comforting and slightly chewy texture of the wontons.

Get The Recipe

Adobo

If you love chicken adobo, you'll be amazed by how well it goes with dumplings and Chinese fried rice. Chicken adobo is a Filipino dish that has chicken pieces simmered in rich soy and vinegar. It has a delicious balance of salty and sour flavors that make your mouth water. They add a nice contrast to the chicken adobo and soak up some of the sauce. 

Get The Recipe

Grilled Asparagus

This dish presents tender, grilled asparagus adorned with a medley of flavors. The asparagus is expertly grilled, bringing out its natural sweetness while maintaining a satisfying crispness. The zesty vinaigrette adds a tangy kick, perfectly complementing the earthy tones of the asparagus. Its delightful combination of textures and flavors makes it a delicious choice to go with dumplings.

Get The Recipe

Quesadillas

A Philly cheesesteak quesadilla is a delicious fusion of two popular dishes: the Philly cheesesteak sandwich and the Mexican quesadilla. Thinly sliced steak, sautéed peppers, onions, and melted cheese are sandwiched between two tortillas, creating a delightful combination of savory and cheesy notes. You might like to serve it with dumplings because of the contrast between the rich, meaty flavors of the quesadilla and the comforting, doughy texture of the dumplings.

Get The Recipe

Spinach Feta Pie

The Greek spinach pie is a savory delight you won't want to miss. A low-carb and gluten-free masterpiece, it's a medley of fresh spinach, creamy feta cheese, and aromatic herbs encased in a flaky crust. The layers of flavors and textures in this dish complement the dumplings beautifully, making every bite a taste of Mediterranean goodness.

Get The Recipe

Apple Walnut Salad

Searching for a delicious salad to go with your dumplings, you might want to try this salad. It has juicy apple slices, crunchy walnuts, and colorful mixed greens, all coated with a zesty vinaigrette. The salad is light and refreshing, while the dumplings are hearty and satisfying, creating a harmonious balance of tastes and sensations.

Spicy Hummus

This dish is a spicy hummus that is perfect for dipping pan-fried dumplings. It has a creamy texture and a tangy flavor, with a hint of garlic and cumin. You can enjoy it as a snack or as a side dish for your main course. It is easy to make and vegan-friendly, so you can share it with your friends and family.

Get The Recipe

Pad Thai

You'll enjoy a harmonious blend of stir-fried noodles, chicken, and shrimp, all woven together with a medley of vibrant veggies in this pad Thai recipe. Be sure to save room for the delightful surprise of pork dumplings nestled alongside, adding an extra layer of savory indulgence to this beloved Thai favorite.

Get The Recipe

Sushi Rolls

These delectable rice paper sushi rolls are a harmonious blend of vibrant vegetables and savory flavors. The delicate rice paper wraps snugly encase the colorful assortment of fillings, creating a visually appealing mosaic. With the accompanying teriyaki dip, these rolls offer a burst of taste that's perfect for dumplings as well.

Get The Recipe

Egg Foo Young

Egg foo young consists of fried egg patties with various fillings, such as meat, vegetables, or seafood. You can enjoy egg foo young as a main course or as a side dish with rice or noodles. Dumplings are best when you want to have a more filling meal.

Get The Recipe

Scallion Pancakes

This delightful Korean favorite is known for its unique blend of flavors and textures. It features thin, savory pancakes bursting with an array of fresh ingredients, including green onions and seafood. The pancakes are skillfully pan-fried to achieve a perfect balance of crispy edges and soft centers. So, the dish also makes for a wonderful companion alongside boiled dumplings.

Get The Recipe

Seaweed Salad

A refreshing and vibrant dish, the seaweed salad features tender, marinated seaweed and a medley of fresh veggies, all tossed in a savory and slightly tangy dressing. It has delicate umami flavors and a crisp texture that pair well with potstickers. This salad is also one of the ideal sides to eat with them, as it enhances the dining experience with its contrasting yet complementary elements.

Get The Recipe

Teriyaki Salmon

The teriyaki salmon is a succulent and flavorful dish featuring tender salmon fillets coated in a delicious homemade teriyaki sauce, creating a delightful harmony of sweet and savory flavors. The salmon's natural richness complements the savory teriyaki sauce beautifully.

Get The Recipe

Mango Salad

The mango salad has a sweet, sour, and savory flavor that balances the richness of dumplings. The mango salad also adds a crunchy texture and a burst of color to your plate. You can enjoy this refreshing Asian side with any kind of potstickers, such as pork, chicken, or vegetable.

Get The Recipe

Spring Rolls

Chinese spring rolls are a popular appetizer or snack that are crispy, savory, and delicious. They are made with thin wrappers filled with various ingredients such as meat, noodles, or cheese. You can fry them until golden and crunchy, or bake them for a lighter option. Serve them with wontons and a dipping sauce of your choice, such as soy sauce, vinegar, or sweet and sour sauce.

Get The Recipe

Jjamppong

Jjampong is a popular dish in Korea that combines chewy wheat noodles with a fiery red broth full of seafood and vegetables. The soup is rich and flavorful, with a balance of spicy, savory, and sweet tastes. It goes well with potstickers because they are soft and mild, which can soothe your mouth from the heat of the noodles.

Get The Recipe

Reader Favorites

  • Pear butter in a glass canning jar with spices to the side and a whole pear to the right of the jar
    Pear Sauce Recipe
  • lasagna roll up on a serving fork coming out of the full pan, cheese pulling
    Lasagna Roll Ups Recipe
  • Four tacos filled with shredded meat from a delicious Mojo Pork Recipe, garnished with cilantro, and accompanied by lime wedges on a white plate.
    Mojo Pork Recipe
  • Sous vide eggs on toast, broken to show the runny yolk
    Sous Vide Poached Eggs: 60°C or 63°C

Dessert Recipes

  • Peanut butter pie no bake recipe
    No-Bake Peanut Butter Pie Recipe
  • black raspberry ice cream, 3 scoops in a white bowl square image
    Black Raspberry Ice Cream Recipe
  • A glass dish filled with a mixture of chocolate-covered cereal pieces and melted marshmallows, reminiscent of golden graham s'mores.
    Golden Grahams S'mores Bars Recipe
  • square image of saucy strawberry topping in a jar with a spoon taking out a portion.
    Strawberry Topping
See more Dessert Recipes →


Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 15 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

as seen in:

Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

Pinterest Rachael JELL-O

What To Do With Frozen Strawberries

A bowl of strawberry ice cream with limes and strawberries.

If you've ever wondered how to turn those bags of frozen strawberries into something delicious, I am here with some wonderful recipes. From luscious strawberry desserts using frozen strawberries to easy frozen strawberry treats, we've got the scoop on the best frozen strawberry ideas.

A bowl of strawberry ice cream with limes and strawberries.

Frozen strawberries are not only delicious and nutritious, but they are also versatile and easy to use. You can buy frozen strawberries at any supermarket or online store, and enjoy them all year round. Whether you want to make a drink, a pie, a jam, or a sorbet, these are the perfect ingredient for your recipes.

Thick Homemade Strawberry Jam with Sure Jell

strawberry jam jars stacked.
This strawberry jam recipe with Sure-Jell pectin sets thick every time. Fresh strawberries, simple steps, and complete water bath canning instructions for beginners.
Get Full Recipe

Easy Strawberry Daiquiri

Strawberry Daiquiri in a hurricane glass with strawberry and lime garnish.
White rum, frozen strawberries, fresh lime juice and simple syrup are blended together to make this easy strawberry daiquiri recipe.
Get Full Recipe

Mexican Strawberry Agua Fresca

A glass of strawberry lime juice with a striped straw, garnished with lime slices and mint leaves. Fresh strawberries and lime slices are arranged beside the glass, reminiscent of a delightful Strawberry Agua Fresca Recipe.
Fresh strawberries meet a hint of lime and sweetness in this easy Strawberry Agua Fresca. A naturally hydrating drink made in just 10 minutes.
Get Full Recipe

Classic Strawberry Rhubarb Jam

Strawberry Rhubarb Jam Recipe
This strawberry rhubarb jam recipe can be made with fresh or frozen rhubarb and your choice of fresh or frozen strawberries. 
Get Full Recipe

Strawberry Compote Filling with Frozen Strawberries

A slice of white cake with strawberry filling and white frosting on a plate, garnished with fresh strawberries; a jar of strawberry preserve is in the background.
credit: https://amycakesbakes.com/
This quick and easy strawberry compote takes just 10 minutes to cook and bursts with fresh, natural strawberry flavor. Made with frozen strawberries for year-round convenience, it's the perfect filling for cakes, cupcakes, or any sweet treat.
Get Recipe

Strawberry Sorbet

A bowl filled with three scoops of strawberry sorbet, garnished with fresh strawberry slices and a sprig of mint, set on a gray surface.
credit: culinaryshades.com
Strawberry sorbet is a refreshing frozen dessert made with just 2 simple ingredients-fresh or frozen strawberries and sugar. Naturally vegan, gluten-free, and kid-friendly, this easy recipe comes together in minutes.
Get Recipe

Frozen Strawberry Cheesecake

Embrace a delightful dessert experience with this exquisite creation. The layers harmonize impeccably: a velvety cheesecake filling and a buttery graham cracker crust. Crowning it all, a burst of flavor from adding strawberries infuses every bite with a refreshing and slightly tangy sensation.

Get The Recipe

Korean Strawberry Milk

You'll find an enticing creation called homemade Korean strawberry milk in this great recipe. With its vibrant pink hue and luscious texture, this drink is a perfect blend of strawberries and creamy milk. The process is easy to follow, allowing you to indulge in the refreshing flavors of Korea right at home.

Get The Recipe

Strawberry Pretzel Salad

Layers of sweet and tangy strawberry gelatin mingle with creamy whipped topping, all atop a crunchy pretzel crust in this strawberry salad. Make this strawberry dessert masterpiece to enjoy the salty crunch of pretzels and the lusciousness of strawberries.

Get The Recipe

Strawberry Sorbet

Explore the delightful essence of summer with this enticing frozen strawberry dessert. Crafted to perfection, it offers a burst of refreshing flavor that dances on your taste buds. The vibrant hue mirrors the lusciousness of ripe strawberries, while the smooth texture delivers a cooling sensation like no other. Ideal for savoring on warm days, this strawberry sorbet embodies the pure essence of the season.

Get The Recipe

Frozen Strawberry Smoothie Recipe

Make this recipe because it's among the best smoothies you'll make. A medley of juicy strawberries, creamy yogurt, and tangy orange juice comes together in a harmonious blend of sweetness and zing. The frozen texture adds a satisfying chill to each sip, making it a perfect pick-me-up for any time of day.

Get The Recipe

Frozen Strawberry Angel Food Cake

Picture this: light and airy angel food cake, lovingly combined with frozen sweet strawberries, creating a symphony of textures and flavors in every bite. The juicy strawberries, perfectly mingling with the tender cake, offer a burst of refreshment that's hard to resist. You'll enjoy frozen sweet strawberries more with this sweet treat, as it brings together the best of both worlds in a dessert that's as simple to make as it is satisfying to savor.

Get The Recipe

Seasonal Favorite

Baked lattice top crust on an apple pie made with the Crisco pie crust recipe, showing flaky layers in the fluted edge.

This is my award-winning Crisco pie crust recipe; flaky, tender, and made with simple ingredients you already have.

Crisco Pie Crust

Strawberry Whipped Cream

This homemade cream is an easy strawberry recipe that you can make with just four ingredients. All you need is heavy cream, powdered sugar, vanilla extract, and strawberries. Whip the cream until stiff peaks form, then gently fold in the chopped strawberries. Enjoy this creamy and fruity topping on cakes, pancakes, waffles, or by itself.

Get The Recipe

Frozen Strawberry Lemonade

If you're looking for a refreshing and delicious drink to cool you down on a hot summer day, look no further than this frozen strawberry lemonade. The blend of strawberry and lemonade flavors in this drink is out of this world. You'll love the sweet and tangy taste, the smooth and slushy texture, and the vibrant and cheerful color. Try it today and enjoy a sip of summer in a glass.

Get The Recipe

Homemade Strawberry Jam

You'll love how simple this homemade strawberry jam is. Whether you're using fresh or frozen berries, the process remains wonderfully straightforward. The vibrant red strawberries meld with a touch of sweetness to create a luscious, spreadable treat that's perfect for slathering on your morning toast or adding a burst of fruity flavor to your favorite desserts.

Get The Recipe

Best Strawberry Mango Smoothie

This recipe is a great way to start your day or recharge your energy. It has a creamy texture and a tropical taste from the combination of strawberries and mangoes. You also get a boost of protein from the vanilla protein powder, which helps you feel full and satisfied. You can add some toppings like granola, nuts, or fresh fruits for more texture and flavor.

Strawberry Oatmeal Bars

Strawberry oatmeal bars are a healthy dessert that you can whip up in no time. They have a crunchy oat crust and a juicy strawberry filling, sweetened with honey and butter. They are great for breakfast, snacks, or dessert. They are a yummy way to enjoy strawberries without adding too much sugar. 

Get The Recipe

Easy Strawberry Mousse

This is a simple strawberry recipe that only requires a few ingredients and a blender. You can whip up this easy and delicious mousse in minutes and enjoy it with strawberries or other fruits. The cream cheese adds a rich and creamy texture, while the strawberry puree gives natural sweetness and color. 

Get The Recipe

Strawberry Cake

This frozen strawberry cake is one of the best strawberry dessert recipes you can find. All you need to do is layer the ingredients in a baking dish, freeze it for a few hours, and enjoy. It's a refreshing and crunchy treat that everyone will love. 

Get The Recipe

Strawberry Pie

If you have lots of strawberries and want to make a delicious dessert, you might want to try this frozen strawberry pie. It's a recipe made with only a few simple ingredients and some freezing time. You can enjoy the creamy and refreshing filling with the crunchy and buttery crust. It's a perfect treat for a hot summer day or any occasion. 

Get The Recipe

Strawberry Peach Smoothie

You might want to try this frozen strawberry smoothie recipe when you are looking for a refreshing and nutritious drink. It is made with strawberries, peaches, yogurt, milk, and honey, and it takes only 5 minutes to prepare. You can enjoy this as a breakfast, snack, or dessert. It is creamy, fruity, and naturally sweet. When you use frozen strawberries, you will love their combination with peach.

Strawberry Ice Cream

This simple yet tasty recipe calls for only four ingredients: strawberries, cream, sugar, and salt. No eggs or cooking is required. Just blend the ingredients and churn them in an ice cream maker. In no time, you'll have a smooth and fruity ice cream that's perfect for a warm day or a sweet treat. Try this hearty ice cream and you'll be amazed by how good it is.

Get The Recipe

Strawberry Crisp

Ever tried making your own strawberry ice cream? Well, this delightful frozen treat is a total game-changer. Bursting with the natural sweetness of strawberries, this recipe combines the creamy goodness of ice cream with the vibrant flavors of summer. See the recipe and prepare to crave more spoonfuls of its fruity, chilly goodness.

Get The Recipe

Strawberry Milkshake

Imagine sipping on a frosty, refreshing hug in a glass - that's exactly what you get with this strawberry frosty. It's like a dreamy blend of ripe, juicy strawberries and creamy goodness, all swirled together into a pink paradise. The best part? You can whip up this icy magic right in your own kitchen. So grab those strawberries and get ready to chill out in style!

Get The Recipe

Strawberries and Cream Dessert

You can make this treat with a bag of frozen strawberries and add sugar, cream cheese, and whipped cream. Just put everything in a blender and mix it well. Then pour it into a baking dish and freeze it. Cut it into squares and enjoy the delicious and refreshing dessert. It's ideal for a hot summer day or a special occasion.

Get The Recipe

Strawberry Cobbler

This easy dessert recipe is oozing with strawberry flavor. It has a buttery biscuit topping that is crisp on the outside and soft on the inside. The strawberry filling is sweet and juicy, and it goes perfectly with vanilla ice cream. This is a simple and delicious cobbler that you can make with fresh or ice-cold strawberries. You won't regret trying this dish. 

Get The Recipe

Strawberry Banana Smoothie

This sweet drink is a delicious and refreshing drink that you can make in minutes. To make it extra creamy and frosty, use frozen fruit. You can also add some honey, yogurt, or ice if you like. Enjoy your smoothie with a straw or a spoon.

Get The Recipe

Frozen Strawberry Sauce

During strawberry season, I highly recommend making this scrumptious homemade strawberry sauce. This sauce is perfect as a strawberry topping for your favorite treats, such as pancakes, waffles, ice cream, or cheesecake. It has a sweet and tangy flavor that will make your mouth water. You can whip it up in no time and keep it in the fridge for up to a week.

Get The Recipe

Strawberry Vinaigrette

You will love this easy strawberry vinaigrette that adds a burst of freshness to your salad. It is a breeze to make with strawberries, olive oil, vinegar, honey, and salt. This vinaigrette is a great match for any green salad, but it is particularly yummy with spinach, feta cheese, and nuts. 

Get The Recipe

Strawberry Bread

This recipe is a great way to make use of your strawberries. The bread is soft, moist, and full of juicy berry flavor. It's a versatile treat that you can have for any time of the day, and it goes well with a hot drink. It's also easy to make with basic ingredients that you likely have on hand. This strawberry bread is so yummy, you have to taste it to believe it.

Get The Recipe

Frozen Fruit Cups

Frozen fruit cups are a great way to cool down and enjoy a delicious snack. You can make them with frozen or fresh berries and a few other ingredients that you probably have in your kitchen. Just put some yogurt, honey, and lemon juice in a blender and add your favorite berries. You can choose from strawberries, blueberries, raspberries, or blackberries, or mix them up for more flavor.

Strawberry Popsicles

Interested in a delightful and nutritious treat? Consider whipping up a batch of creamy strawberry popsicles - perfect for sharing this recipe. These popsicles are a breeze to prepare and cater to vegans as well. Whether you're craving something sweet and fruity or need a refreshing indulgence on hot summer days, these creamy strawberry popsicles are your go-to option.

Get The Recipe

Chocolate and Strawberry Yogurt Clusters

You won't believe how easy and tasty this chocolate strawberry yogurt clusters viral recipe is. All you need are three ingredients: chocolate chips, yogurt, and strawberries. This recipe is made with a simple process of freezing the yogurt and strawberry mixture with some chocolate on top. These clusters are ideal for any occasion, whether you want to share them with your friends, snack on them by yourself, or treat yourself to something sweet.

Get The Recipe

Strawberry Bites

Are you looking for a simple and delicious snack that your kids will love? Try these yogurt strawberry bites! They are made with only two ingredients: strawberries and creamy yogurt. They are a great way to enjoy the natural sweetness of strawberries and the smooth texture of frozen yogurt. If you have kids, this is the perfect recipe to share with them on a hot day.

Get The Recipe

Macerated Strawberries

Just like strawberry preserves, macerated strawberries are a simple and delicious way to enjoy the natural sweetness and flavor of strawberries. You can make them by tossing sliced strawberries with some sugar and letting them sit for a while. The sugar draws out the juices from the berries and creates a syrupy sauce that coats them. Macerated strawberries are perfect as toppings or just eating them by themselves with a spoon.

Strawberry Chiffon Squares

This recipe for strawberry chiffon squares is a delicious way to enjoy the fresh fruit of the season. You don't need to bake anything, just layer a crunchy graham cracker base, a smooth strawberry mixture, and frosting. This dish is ideal for warm weather occasions or whenever you want a refreshing snack. Using fresh strawberries is also an option, but make sure to refrigerate the dish well before slicing and serving.

Get The Recipe

Strawberry Sundae

Make a strawberry sundae and savor the delicious strawberry taste.  You'll love the contrast of the crunchy strawberry shortcake, the juicy strawberries, and the creamy ice cream. The sauce adds a touch of sweetness and color to the dish. The mint leaves give a hint of freshness and aroma. It's a delightful and easy dish that you'll want to make again and again.

Get The Recipe

Strawberry and Oatmeal Smoothie Bowl

A strawberry and oatmeal bowl is more than just a breakfast. It's a way to treat yourself to a sweet and satisfying dish that nourishes your body and soul. You can customize it with your favorite toppings and enjoy it any time of the day. It's a perfect balance of flavors, textures, and nutrients that will make you feel good inside and out. 

Strawberry Trifle (Strawberry Dessert Recipe)

Check out this no-bake frozen strawberry trifle that brings together layers of frozen pound cake and strawberries, all mingling with a creamy element. No need to fuss with baking, as the recipe suggests using frozen pound cake. For an even better flavor, make sure to use sweet chilled strawberries. Enjoy a cool and fruity combination with every bite.

Simple Strawberry Galette

If you love strawberries, this is the perfect strawberry recipe for you. It's a simple and elegant way to showcase the natural sweetness and flavor of the ripe berries. The pastry crust is buttery and flaky, and the filling is juicy and tender. A strawberry galette is a great choice for any occasion, whether you want to impress your guests or treat yourself. You can enjoy it as it is, or add some ice cream for extra indulgence. It's delicious either way!

Get The Recipe

Strawberry Crepes

To make these thin and delicate pancakes, you have to use a creamy sauce made with the best frozen strawberries. You can enjoy them for breakfast, brunch, or even as a light snack. They're easy to make and taste amazing with a sprinkle of powdered sugar or some sliced almonds. Try this recipe today and see why strawberry crepes are one of the most popular dishes in France.

Get The Recipe

Strawberry, Banana, and Coconut Shake

A strawberry, banana, and coconut shake is a delicious and refreshing way to use fresh fruits and coconut milk. You can enjoy this shake as a breakfast, snack, or even a light meal. It is creamy, smooth, and naturally sweetened with honey. You can also top it with some sliced strawberries and bananas for extra flavor and texture.

Get The Recipe

Strawberry Tiramisu

If you're looking for an easy sweet recipe that is both delicious and elegant, you might want to try strawberry tiramisu. This is a twist on the classic Italian dessert that uses strawberries instead of coffee and cocoa. You can layer the ingredients in a baking dish or in individual glasses for a more fancy presentation. The result is a creamy and fruity treat that will impress your guests or satisfy your sweet tooth. 

Get The Recipe

Frozen Strawberry Royale

You won't believe how easy it is to make this frozen strawberry royale. It's a perfect treat for a hot summer day. All you have to do is freeze a smooth and tangy strawberry mixture in a baking dish, and then cut it into squares. You can top each piece with a creamy and fluffy layer of your choice, and some extra strawberries for garnish. It's a delightful way to enjoy the fresh and sweet flavor of strawberries

Get The Recipe


Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 15 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

as seen in:

Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

Pinterest Rachael JELL-O

Best Turkey Rub Recipe

A person is pouring seasoning into a glass container.

Create a homemade turkey rub that'll make your family swoon. Say goodbye to doubts and hello to a Thanksgiving feast that leaves everyone begging for seconds!

A person is pouring seasoning into a glass container.

Introducing the ultimate Turkey Rub Recipe, tailor-made for first-time cooks like you! Our foolproof blend of savory spices, including paprika, rosemary, and sage, will elevate your turkey to culinary perfection.

Loved this rub with melted butter on our turkey. Added the smoked paprika. BIG hit at Thanksgiving this year! (2025)

★★★★★~ Kelly M

Turkey Rub Ingredients:

Are you a first-time home cook feeling overwhelmed about preparing a Thanksgiving feast for your family? Worried about making a turkey that's flavorful and unforgettable? Don't let inexperience dampen your Thanksgiving spirit!

Spices and seasonings in bowls on a marble table. with text overlay dried rosemary, dried thyme, paprika, black pepper, onion powder, course salt, garlic powder.

From the warm, inviting color of paprika to the aromatic notes of thyme and rosemary, each element plays a vital role in making this turkey rub the best blend for a truly memorable meal!

Recipe Card?

To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

How to make homemade turkey rub recipe

  1. In a small bowl, combine all the ingredients.
  2. Whisk the mixture until everything is fully combined and blended.
    A person is pouring seasoning into a glass.
  3. Transfer the homemade rub to a sealed jar or container.

Did you make this recipe?

Do you have feedback that would be helpful to others? If so can help this small business owner by leaving a rating and a review in the comments section? Thank you for being part of the Savoring The Good Community. ~ Sarah

Variations Of This Spice Blend

Spices in a bowl with a whisk.

Combine 2 tablespoons of the first ingredient in the list with 1 tablespoon of the other ingredients to make a variation of this homemade seasoning for your holiday turkey.

Mild and Smoky Variation:

  • Smoked Paprika (for a smoky flavor instead of regular)
  • Kosher Salt (instead of coarse salt, for a milder taste)
  • Ground White Pepper (for a milder and less spicy option)
  • Dried Sage (in place of dried thyme, for a different herbaceous flavor)
  • Dried Marjoram (instead of dried rosemary, for a gentle citrusy aroma)
  • Granulated Garlic (a coarser texture than garlic powder, for a subtle garlicky kick)
  • Granulated Onion (similar to onion powder but with a coarser texture)

Citrus and Spice Variation:

  • Sweet Paprika (for a slightly sweeter taste)
  • Sea Salt (instead of coarse salt, for a finer texture)
  • Ground Cayenne Pepper (for a spicier kick)
  • Dried Thyme (unchanged, as it pairs well with citrus flavors)
  • Dried Orange Zest (to add a citrusy twist)
  • Granulated Garlic (unchanged, as it provides a strong garlic flavor)
  • Ground Ginger (for a warm and aromatic note)

Herbs and Heat Variation:

  • Hot Paprika (for a spicier heat)
  • Himalayan Pink Salt (a slightly different flavor profile than coarse salt)
  • Crushed Red Pepper Flakes (for added heat and texture)
  • Dried Oregano (in place of dried thyme, for a more intense herbaceous flavor)
  • Dried Basil (instead of dried rosemary, for a sweeter and milder taste)
  • Granulated Garlic (unchanged, as it provides a robust taste)
  • Ground Turmeric (for a warm, earthy flavor and vibrant color)

Sweet and Savory Variation:

  • Smoked Paprika (for a hint of smoky flavor)
  • Brown Sugar (for a sweet and caramelized taste)
  • Kosher Salt (a milder alternative to coarse salt)
  • Ground Black Pepper (unchanged, as it complements the sweet and savory blend)
  • Dried Thyme (unchanged,)
  • Dried Rosemary (unchanged, for an aromatic touch)
  • Onion Flakes (for a different texture and subtle onion flavor)

Turkey Preparation Essentials

  • A packaged frozen Honeysuckle White young turkey in netting on a wooden surface.
    How to Thaw a Frozen Turkey Safely: Step-by-Step Guide
  • Thanksgiving Turkey Brine. A Dry Mix Recipe
    Turkey Brine (Dry Mix)
  • A person is pouring seasoning into a glass container.
    Best Turkey Rub Recipe
  • smoked turkey whole square image
    Whole Smoked Turkey Recipe
  • spatchcock turkey roasted golden brown, pressed flat on a serving platter, square image
    Spatchcock Turkey (Step-by-Step Photos to Spatchcock a Turkey)
  • Easy Juicy Oven Roasted Brined Thanksgiving Turkey Recipe. Let me walk you through, step by step on how to thaw, brine and roast a delicious Thanksgiving turkey. Once you learn these few easy steps, you will be all set to create delicious Thanksgiving memories around the table.
    Oven Roasted Turkey Recipe
  • entire turkey carved and arranged on a white plater
    How To Carve A Turkey (Photos Instructions)
  • Sliced roasted turkey breast arranged on a white cutting board, with a larger unsliced portion visible in the background.
    How to Carve a Turkey Breast

The Science Behind a Perfect Turkey Rub

A jar with spices and a wooden spoon next to it.
  • Herbs: Herbs like rosemary, thyme, sage, and oregano add a fresh, earthy taste and aroma to the turkey. Their natural oils infuse the meat with delicious flavors.
  • Spices: Spices such as pepper, paprika, cumin, and coriander add warmth and zing to the rub, forming a tempting crust when the turkey cooks.
  • Flavor Enhancers: Ingredients like brown sugar, garlic powder, and citrus zest enhance the overall taste, adding sweetness, tanginess, or savory goodness.
  • Interaction with Turkey: When you apply the rub, it draws out some moisture from the skin, helping the herbs and spices stick better. The natural juices of the turkey combine with the rub, forming a flavorful barrier that locks in moisture and keeps the meat tender and juicy.

How to store turkey seasoning

A glass jar filled with herbs and spices.
  1. Transfer the homemade turkey dry rub to a sealed jar or container.
  2. Store it in a cool, dry area.
  3. Enjoy your delicious rub for up to 3 months!
Discover the Vbeijll Silica Gel Desiccant, now available on Amazon. This eco-friendly package includes two individual silica gel packets, designed for safe and efficient moisture control.

Food Grade And Safe

Silica Gel Packet

Contains orange indicator beads that will become dark green when it needs to be replaced.

Buy on Amazon

How to season a turkey with dry rub

The key to a perfectly seasoned turkey lies in the art of applying the turkey rub like a seasoned pro. Let's walk you through a step-by-step guide to achieve an even coating and maximize that tantalizing flavor. Once the bird is seasoned and in the oven, take a look at my best sides to serve with turkey so the rest of the table is ready when it comes out.

  1. Clean and Pat Dry- Before you start, make sure your whole turkey is clean and dry. Pat it gently with paper towels to remove any excess moisture, as a dry surface will help the rub stick better.
  2. Season the Inside - Don't forget the inside of your turkey! Sprinkle a little of the spice rub into the cavity to impart flavor from within.
  3. Apply Olive Oil or Butter - To help the dry rub recipe adhere, brush the entire turkey with a thin layer of olive oil or melted butter. This creates a nice base for the rub to cling to.
  4. Rubbing Ritual - Now comes the fun part! Sprinkle the turkey rub generously all over the bird starting with the turkey breast. Use your hands to massage the rub into every nook and cranny of the turkey skin, ensuring an even coating. Be gentle, and don't be afraid to get your hands dirty!
  5. Time to Rest - Once your turkey is all beautifully seasoned, let it rest for a bit. Cover it with plastic wrap or aluminum foil and refrigerate for at least 1 to 24 hours. This resting time allows the flavors to penetrate the turkey, making a flavorful turkey taste even more amazing when cooked.
  6. Bring it to Room Temperature - About an hour before cooking, take the seasoned turkey out of the fridge and let it come to room temperature. This helps the turkey cook more evenly and ensures a juicier result.
  7. Cook to Perfection - Now, it's time to cook your perfectly seasoned turkey as per your chosen method to make turkey. Get ready for your kitchen to be filled with the most delightful aromas!
  8. The Grand Reveal - Once the turkey is cooked to perfection, it's time for the grand reveal! Carve into your masterpiece, and watch everyone savor the explosion of flavors you've created.

Ways To Use This Recipe On Your Thanksgiving Turkey

Once your turkey is perfectly seasoned with that amazing turkey rub, it's time to work some cooking magic! Depending on your preference and equipment, you have three fantastic cooking methods to choose from: roasting, grilling, and smoking. Each method brings its own unique flavors and textures to complement your rub.

Roast Turkey

An oven roasted turkey on a white plate with oranges and kale.

Roasting is a classic and popular way to cook a turkey. It results in a beautifully browned and tender bird with a mouthwatering aroma that fills your kitchen. To roast your turkey to perfection, follow these general guidelines:

  • Cooking Time: As a rule of thumb, roast your turkey at 325°F (165°C). The cooking time will vary depending on the turkey's size, but a good estimate is about 15 minutes per pound (30 minutes per kg). Use a meat thermometer to check the internal temperature, which should reach 165°F (74°C) in the thickest part of the thigh.

Grilled Turkey

close up of a Spatchcock Turkey roasted

Adds a delightful smoky flavor and a crispy, charred skin. It's perfect for those who love that outdoor cooking experience. Here's what you need to know:

  • Indirect Heat: Set up your grill for indirect heat cooking. Place a drip pan under the turkey to catch the juices and prevent flare-ups.
  • Cooking Time: Cook your turkey at a steady temperature of around 325°F (165°C). The cooking time will be similar to roasting, but it can be a bit faster due to the direct heat on the outer skin. Again, use a meat thermometer to ensure the internal temperature reaches 165°F (74°C).

Smoked Turkey

Whole smoked turkey in a disposable pan horizontal image

Smoking your turkey recipe takes it to the next level, infusing it with rich, smoky goodness. This method requires a bit more time and attention, but the results are worth it. Here are some pointers:

  • Low and Slow: Smoke your turkey at a lower temperature of around 225°F (107°C) for a longer time. This slow cooking process allows the flavors to penetrate deep into the meat.
  • Wood Chips: Use hardwood chips like hickory, applewood, or cherry to achieve that delicious smokiness. Soak the chips in water for about 30 minutes before adding them to your smoker box or directly on the coals.

How Long To Cook A Whole Turkey

whole turkey on a cutting board

Cooking Time Guidelines: Here's a rough estimate for cooking times based on turkey size:

  • 8-12 pounds (3.6-5.4 kg): 2.5 to 3.5 hours
  • 12-16 pounds (5.4-7.3 kg): 3.5 to 4.5 hours
  • 16-20 pounds (7.3-9.1 kg): 4.5 to 5.5 hours
  • 20-24 pounds (9.1-10.9 kg): 5.5 to 6.5 hours

Remember, these times are approximate, so always use a meat thermometer to confirm the turkey's doneness.

Deep Fried Turkey

Deep-frying your turkey is a fantastic way to get a juicy, tender interior and crispy skin. Follow these simple guidelines for a delicious result:

  1. Prep Turkey: Make sure your turkey is completely thawed and dry. Choose a safe outdoor spot for frying.
  2. Measure Oil and Heat: Measure the oil level by placing the turkey in the empty fryer and filling it with water until the turkey is submerged. Remove the turkey and note the water level; this is how much oil you'll need. Heat the oil to 350°F (175°C).
  3. Lower Turkey: Gently put the turkey into the hot oil using a fryer basket or a sturdy utensil.
  4. Cook and Check: Fry the turkey for about 3-4 minutes per pound (7-9 minutes per kg). Ensure the internal temperature reaches 165°F (74°C).
  5. Let it Rest: After frying, let the turkey rest for 20-30 minutes before carving.

Safety First: Always use a fryer designed for turkeys. Don't fry frozen or partially thawed turkeys. Keep a fire extinguisher nearby and have a helper with you.

Seasoning Blends

  • A clear glass jar filled with a mixed seasoning blend sits on a white surface with a lid placed beside it.
    Jerk Seasoning Recipe for Caribbean Flavor
  • A small glass jar filled with green basil salt sits on a wooden surface next to fresh basil leaves and scattered salt.
    How to Make Basil Salt
  • A glass jar filled with Onion Soup Mix, with a wooden spoon scooping some out; an onion sits nearby.
    Easy Onion Soup Mix Recipe
  • A glass jar filled with ground cinnamon powder, reminiscent of a chai spice mix, with a wooden spoon resting inside. The jar is placed on a wooden coaster.
    Homemade Chai Spice Mix Recipe

Seasonal Favorite

Baked lattice top crust on an apple pie made with the Crisco pie crust recipe, showing flaky layers in the fluted edge.

This is my award-winning Crisco pie crust recipe; flaky, tender, and made with simple ingredients you already have.

Crisco Pie Crust

Frequently asked questions, answers and tips:

What is a Turkey Rub?

A turkey rub is a blend of herbs, spices, and seasonings that is rubbed on the surface of your turkey. It's different from marinades or brines, as marinades and brines soak into the meat. Instead, the dry rub creates a flavorful crust on the outside of the bird.
The great thing about using a turkey rub is that it adds an amazing taste to your turkey. Plus, it makes your turkey look gorgeous with a crispy, golden skin.

A person is pouring seasoning into a glass container.

Best Turkey Rub

The most flavorful turkey rub recipe for Thanksgiving turkey! Savory spices in a homemade turkey seasoning rub, perfect for a roast turkey or smoked turkey.
5 from 2 votes
Print Pin Rate
Course: Thanksgiving
Cuisine: American
Keyword: Turkey Rub Seasoning
Prep Time: 5 minutes minutes
Total Time: 5 minutes minutes
Servings: 2 recipes
Calories: 61
Author: Sarah Mock

Ingredients

  • A bottle of McCormick smoked paprika with a red cap and label, featuring images of paprika peppers and text highlighting its rich, sweet flavor and non-GMO status-a perfect spice to add smoky depth to your favorite slowcooker sausage casserole.2 Tablespoon Paprika
  •  
    1 Tablespoon Coarse Salt
  • A 6 oz container of McCormick Pure Ground Black Pepper with a red lid and a 1 Tablespoon Black Pepper
  • A bottle of McCormick Thyme Leaves seasoning with a red cap and label displaying the brand name and product type-perfect for adding fragrant flavor to your turkey shepherd's pie.1 Tablespoon Dried Thyme
  •  
    1 Tablespoon Dried Rosemary
  • A bottle of McCormick Garlic Powder with a red lid and green label, featuring the brand logo and 1 Tablespoon Garlic Powder
  • A plastic container of McCormick Onion Powder with a red lid and a green label stating 1 Tablespoon Onion Powder
US Customary - Metric
Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

Instructions

  • Combine all ingredients in a small-medium mixing bowl and whisk until fully combined.
    2 Tablespoon Paprika, 1 Tablespoon Coarse Salt, 1 Tablespoon Black Pepper, 1 Tablespoon Dried Thyme, 1 Tablespoon Dried Rosemary, 1 Tablespoon Garlic Powder, 1 Tablespoon Onion Powder
  • Store in a sealed jar or container in a cool, dry area for up to 3 months.

Notes

If you would like to skip the paprika, you can, as it's mostly to give a nice color to the finished turkey. With the paprika, you'll get a nice dark, almost rust color, but will get more of a deep golden color if you remove it. It's totally up to you.
For the best results with this rub, cover the entire turkey well with the mixture and then let it rest for about 30 minutes before taking the next steps in the cooking process. You can cook right away, but that flavor will have a bit longer to sink in. If you can get the rub up under the skin, that’s even better.
This amount should cover 1-2 whole turkeys, depending on the size.
Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
Nutrition Facts
Best Turkey Rub
Serving Size
 
1 recipe
Amount per Serving
Calories
61
% Daily Value*
Fat
 
1
g
2
%
Saturated Fat
 
0.3
g
2
%
Polyunsaturated Fat
 
1
g
Monounsaturated Fat
 
0.2
g
Sodium
 
3500
mg
152
%
Potassium
 
308
mg
9
%
Carbohydrates
 
13
g
4
%
Sugar
 
1
g
1
%
Protein
 
3
g
6
%
* Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
**Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!


Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 16 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

as seen in:

Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

Pinterest Rachael JELL-O

What to Serve with Fried Rice

Stir fried vegetables in a wok with a fork.

Fried rice is a delicious and versatile dish that can be enjoyed on its own or with a variety of toppings. But sometimes, you might want to spice up your fried rice with some extra flavor and texture.

Stir fried vegetables in a wok with a fork.

I have compiled a list of side dishes for fried rice that will make your meal more satisfying and exciting. So you don't have to wonder what to serve with fried rice. Here are some of the side dishes you can try with your fried rice:

Protein Mains to Serve with Fried Rice

Fried rice is hearty enough to anchor a full meal, and the right protein alongside it turns a simple bowl into something worth sitting down for. Black pepper chicken has been our go-to recipe recently.

Chicken Teriyaki

This teriyaki chicken promises a fusion of delectable and sweet flavors that will tantalize your taste buds. The succulent chicken, marinated and glazed in a rich teriyaki sauce, ensures a delightful and satisfying meal. This recipe allows you to customize it with your favorite vegetables or side dishes.

Get The Recipe

Orange Chicken

This twist on the classic orange chicken recipe doesn't compromise on flavor, thanks to the sticky, sweet, and tangy orange glaze that perfectly coats the tender chicken. Enjoying this scrumptious dish with steamed jasmine rice or fried rice is a brilliant idea as it creates a harmonious combination of tastes and textures. The rice soaks up the delicious sauce, elevating the overall dining pleasure.

Get The Recipe

Lemon Chicken

The zesty and tangy notes of the lemon chicken beautifully complement the fried rice. The tender, juicy chicken in the dish is enhanced by the fluffy grains of rice. Moreover, the dish adds a touch of versatility to the meal and makes it suitable for both a casual family dinner and a special gathering with friends.

Get The Recipe

Sesame Chicken

This simple chicken dish combines tender chicken pieces with a sweet and tangy sauce, sprinkled with sesame seeds and green onions. It is perfect with fried rice because the rice absorbs the flavorful sauce and complements the crunchiness of the chicken.

Get The Recipe

Steamed Chicken with Black Bean Sauce

This traditional Asian dish is a simple dish cooked with a steamer. It has a rich and filling sauce that will give you a feeling of eating at your favorite Chinese restaurant. The tender and juicy chicken is heaven in every bite.

Get The Recipe

Pork Tenderloin Roast

The tenderloin is seasoned and roasted to perfection. So you get to enjoy a juicy and flavorful dish that will impress your guests or satisfy your family's taste buds. The natural flavors of the pork will make any meal stand out.

Get The Recipe

Braised Pork in Sweet Soy Sauce

The tender and succulent pork in this recipe complements the savory and slightly nutty flavor of the fried rice, resulting in a harmonious blend of tastes and textures. The sweet soy sauce adds a luscious and aromatic touch to the dish, enhancing its overall flavor profile. Together, these two dishes create a fulfilling and satisfying meal that will leave you craving more.

Get The Recipe

Bulgogi Beef

In this popular dish from Korea, thinly sliced tender beef is marinated in a flavorful blend of soy sauce, sesame oil, ginger, and garlic, infusing the meat with rich umami goodness. The meat is then stir-fried until perfectly caramelized and served over a bed of steaming white rice. To complete the meal, you can pair this mouthwatering bulgogi with a side of fried or leftover rice for a wholesome Asian-inspired feast for your taste buds.

Get The Recipe

Kung Pao Chicken

Kung Pao chicken is a classic Chinese dish that's delightful and full-flavored. The tender chicken is stir-fried with a medley of vegetables and roasted peanuts. The signature Kung Pao sauce, with its delightful blend of sweet, spicy, and tangy notes, coats the chicken and vegetables, making every bite a burst of flavor.

Get The Recipe

Black Pepper Beef

The Angus steak is generously seasoned with black pepper, enhancing its rich flavor and creating a tantalizing aroma. Whether grilled, pan-seared, or cooked to your preference, this steak recipe guarantees a tender and juicy result that will impress your taste buds. This black pepper Angus steak is an excellent choice to serve fried rice for any occasion.

Get The Recipe

Pineapple Glazed Pork Chops

Any kind of cooked rice tastes great with this versatile main dish. The succulent pork chops, glazed with a sweet and tangy pineapple sauce make the dish mouthwatering. The juicy bursts of pineapple in the dish add a refreshing touch that balances the richness of the rice and creates a delectable and satisfying meal experience.

Get The Recipe

Seafood to Serve with Fried Rice

Seafood and fried rice are a natural pairing; the clean, briny flavor of fish or shrimp cuts right through the richness of the rice.

Sweet and Sour Fish

Sweet and sour fish is perfect with fried rice because the tangy and zesty flavors of the sauce complement the fried rice. The crispy fish adds a delightful contrast to the soft and fluffy rice and gives a satisfying mouthfeel. These two dishes create a harmonious balance of flavors and textures, making each bite a delightful experience for the whole family.

Get The Recipe

Spicy Garlic Shrimp

This succulent and spicy shrimp recipe brings forth bold flavors that perfectly complement flavorsome fried rice or fragrant jasmine rice. The blend of heat and sweetness highlights the tender texture of the shrimp against the fluffy grains of rice. With its irresistible appeal, this pairing is sure to leave everyone craving for more.

Get The Recipe

Deep Fried Calamari

The recipe offers a perfect balance of crisp and tender calamari. The light and flavorful coating, combined with a hint of lemon, enhances the taste of the fried rice. This dish is indeed a treat for seafood lovers.

Get The Recipe

Pan Fried Fish

If you're not a fan of Chinese cuisine, I bet you'll be after trying this dish. The perfectly pan-fried fish has a golden and crunchy crust. This recipe highlights the flavors of the fish while enhancing them with a touch of garlic, ginger, and soy sauce.

Get The Recipe

Honey Garlic Glazed Salmon

This recipe will be your next favorite fried rice side. It's a honey garlic glazed salmon that is baked in the oven until flaky and tender. It has a sweet and sticky sauce that is made with honey, soy sauce, garlic, ginger, and lemon juice. It is a simple and meal that you can make in a jiffy.

Get The Recipe

Stir-Fried Asparagus and Shrimp

This dish is a delicious and easy way to enjoy shrimp and asparagus. You can whip it up in less than 30 minutes with just a few ingredients. You will love the flavorful sauce that coats the tender shrimp and crisp asparagus. It's perfect for a weeknight meal or a special occasion. Serve it with fried rice or your favorite Chinese food.

Get The Recipe

Thai Curry Shrimp

This Thai curry shrimp is a creamy and spicy dish that uses coconut milk, red curry paste, fish sauce, lime juice, and fresh herbs to create a rich sauce for the shrimp and vegetables. What makes it worth making is you can adjust the spiciness and thickness of the sauce according to your preference.

Get The Recipe

Salt and Pepper Squid

Salt and pepper squid is one of the popular Chinese dishes to have with fried rice. The squid is coated with a mixture of flour, cornmeal, salt, and pepper, then deep-fried until golden and crunchy. It's best served hot with some lime wedges for extra tanginess.

Get The Recipe

Vegetable Sides to Serve with Fried Rice

A crisp, well-seasoned vegetable side gives your plate color and balance; these are the ones that actually hold their own next to bold, savory rice.

Tofu and Broccoli Stir Fry

The tofu provides a hearty and protein-rich element, while the tender broccoli adds a fresh and vibrant touch. The fragrant garlic sauce ties everything together, creating a mouthwatering dish that pairs perfectly with fried rice. The contrasting textures and complementary flavors make fried rice more mouthwatering.

Get The Recipe

Chinese Broccoli with Oyster Sauce

The recipe is also easy and quick, making it a convenient choice for busy days when you want a flavorful addition to your meal without much effort. You won't crave Chinese takeout once you try this recipe.

Get The Recipe

Glazed Brussels Sprouts

The recipe takes Brussels sprouts to a whole new level by roasting them to perfection, creating a delightful crunch and caramelization. The glaze, a combination of sweet maple, savory soy, and spicy sriracha, adds an incredible depth of flavor that will tantalize your taste buds. This delicious side dish is a great way to get your veggies in, making it a standout addition to your fried rice meal.

Get The Recipe

Sauteed Bell peppers

This colorful and easy recipe complements a wide range of main courses. The peppers are cooked to perfection, maintaining their crispness and vibrant colors while developing a delicious caramelized flavor.

Get The Recipe

Garlic Ginger Snow Peas

It's the simplest side dish and a very flavorful way to add some greens to your meal. The garlic and ginger add a spicy and aromatic touch that complements the rice well. The snow peas are crisp and tender, and they cook quickly in a hot wok. You can enjoy this dish as a side or toss it with fried rice for a one-pot meal.

Get The Recipe

Grilled Vegetables

These grilled fresh veggies delightful choice to accompany fried rice due to their freshness and robust flavors. The assortment of grilled vegetables, such as zucchini, bell peppers, and mushrooms, adds a wonderful variety of textures and tastes to the meal. It's a fantastic choice for a flavorful and balanced meal that you can easily make at home.

Get The Recipe

Japanese Zucchini

The dish features thinly sliced zucchini sautéed in a flavorful soy-based sauce. The addition of garlic, ginger, and red pepper flakes gives it a subtle kick, elevating the taste profile. This recipe is a quick and easy side dish that goes well with a variety of main courses, adding a touch of Asian-inspired flair to your meal.

Get The Recipe

Roasted Carrots

This refreshing twist on a classic side dish only takes minutes to make. The carrots are roasted to perfection, bringing out their natural sweetness, while the combination of lemon and Dijon mustard adds a tangy and zesty kick. This dish is visually appealing with its vibrant colors and is a nutritious addition to any meal.

Get The Recipe

Green Beans and Mushroom Stir Fry

This delectable vegetarian dish has the earthy flavors of mushrooms with the fresh crunch of green beans. So it's a satisfying option for any meal. The dish is easy to prepare, making it a perfect go-to recipe for busy weeknights or as a side dish for special occasions. With its colorful presentation and flavorful seasoning, veggie enthusiasts and non-vegetarians will enjoy it.

Get The Recipe

Seasonal Favorite

Baked lattice top crust on an apple pie made with the Crisco pie crust recipe, showing flaky layers in the fluted edge.

This is my award-winning Crisco pie crust recipe; flaky, tender, and made with simple ingredients you already have.

Crisco Pie Crust

Plant-Based Proteins to Serve with Fried Rice

You do not need meat on the plate for fried rice to feel like a complete meal; these plant-based options bring enough protein and big flavor to do the job.

Teriyaki Mushrooms

The tender and umami-rich teriyaki mushrooms perfectly complement fried or white rice. The earthy flavors of the mushrooms elevate the overall dish, adding depth and complexity to the rice's simplicity. This hearty and fulfilling vegetarian option will impress both mushroom lovers and those seeking a tasty meatless alternative.

Get The Recipe

Fried Tofu

This delicious dish is perfect for vegans and anyone looking to add more plant-based protein to their diet. With its simple ingredients and small pieces, this recipe is an excellent addition to salads, stir-fries, or simply enjoyed as a delicious and satisfying snack.

Get The Recipe

Spicy Korean Tofu

Do you want a delicious and fiery take on tofu? The dish is pan-fried to achieve a crispy exterior, while the spicy Korean sauce adds a burst of flavor with its combination of gochujang, soy sauce, garlic, and sesame oil. The heat and umami make this delicious with fried or brown rice.

Get The Recipe

Appetizers and Small Bites to Serve with Fried Rice

Fried rice with a crispy bite on the side is the kind of spread that makes people think you ordered from a restaurant; these small plates earn their place at the table.

Spicy Vegan Chinese Dumplings

The spicy and piquant profile of the dumplings pairs perfectly with the subtle and comforting flavors of fried rice. Additionally, the softness of the dumplings contrasts nicely with the crisp texture of the rice. The mix of tastes and textures on your plate gives a Chinese restaurant experience.

Get The Recipe

Crispy Fried Egg with Herbs

Try cooking this skillet eggs with herbs recipe because it offers a unique and delicious twist on a classic breakfast dish. The edges and soft, perfectly cooked eggs create a delightful textural experience. The addition of fresh herbs elevates the flavors, adding a burst of freshness to each bite. This recipe is quick and easy to make in just one skillet.

Get The Recipe

Air Fryer Chicken Wings

The air fryer technique ensures that the wings turn out perfectly crispy on the outside while remaining tender and juicy on the inside. With a variety of flavor options available, you can customize the wings to suit your preferences - from classic buffalo sauce to tangy barbecue or even sweet and spicy glazes.

Get The Recipe

Egg Drop Soup

Pairing this warm delicious side with Chinese fried rice is a fantastic idea for a few reasons. Firstly, the light and savory nature of the egg drop soup perfectly complements the heartiness of the fried rice, creating a well-balanced and satisfying meal. Secondly, the simplicity of the soup's flavors allows the complexity of the fried rice to shine through.

Get The Recipe

Hot and Sour Soup

This soup is an ideal choice for those who enjoy a tantalizing blend of spiciness and tanginess. The dumplings add a comforting and satisfying element to the soup. The heat from the spices combined with the sour notes creates a delightful flavor explosion that will warm your soul. So this soup is a perfect accompaniment to any meal, especially on a chilly weeknight dinner.

Get The Recipe

Spring Rolls

The flavor from this spring roll recipe complements the heartiness of any fried rice recipe. The mix of fresh vegetables and aroma pairs exceptionally well with the comforting fried rice, which creates a truly delightful feast.

Get The Recipe

Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and a graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 17 years, Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

as seen in:

Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


Hamburger and Rice Recipes

A plate with rice and chili on it.

What if I tell you there's a way to transform leftover hamburger and day-old rice into a delightful, scrumptious masterpiece? Yup, you heard me right!

A plate with rice and chili on it.

You might think hamburger and rice don't go well together, but hold onto your taste buds because the recipes I'll be sharing will change your mind!

From hamburger casseroles to delicious keto beef dishes, these 30 hamburger and rice recipes will surely become your new go-to family favorites.

Seasonal Favorite

Baked lattice top crust on an apple pie made with the Crisco pie crust recipe, showing flaky layers in the fluted edge.

This is my award-winning Crisco pie crust recipe; flaky, tender, and made with simple ingredients you already have.

Crisco Pie Crust

Hamburger meat recipes with rice

Stuffed Cabbage Rolls

A close-up of a cooked stuffed cabbage roll cut in half, revealing minced meat, rice, and vegetables inside, covered in a tomato-based sauce.
credit: savoringthegood.com
Stuffed cabbage rolls hold a special place in my heart. It's a recipe that my Ukrainian grandmother used to make alongside her incredibly tasty Paska bread.
Pro tip: Dunk the cabbage in a pot of boiling/simmering salted water to ensure you get beautifully intact cabbage leaves for your rolls.
Get Full Recipe

Stuffed Pepper Soup

close shot of stuffed pepper soup in a white bowl showing the textures of the ingredients
This rich and nutritious slow cooker recipe combines all the flavors of classic stuffed peppers in a heartwarming soup. It's a reminder of the simple pleasures in life, the joy of sharing a delicious meal, and the warmth of being surrounded by your loved ones!
Get Full Recipe

Korean Ground Beef and Broccoli

A white plate with steamed white rice, fresh broccoli florets, and a serving of ground beef garnished with chopped green onions and sesame seeds.
credit: Miss in the Kitchen
First on our list: the scrumptious Korean Ground Beef and Broccoli-a fresh and visually appealing East Asian cuisine perfect for weeknight dinners. With its savory and slightly sweet flavors, expect an explosion of taste that will make you dance Gangnam style!
Get Full Recipe

Texas Beef Skillet Recipe

A skillet filled with chili topped with shredded cheese, crushed tortilla chips, and chopped green onions. A wooden spoon is in the skillet, with small bowls of green onions and shredded cheese nearby.
credit: simplystacie.net
This Tex-Mex-inspired skillet recipe combines tender beef, bell peppers, onions, and tomatoes in an aromatic sauce to create a flavor-packed one-pan wonder. Perfect for your next family gathering!
Get Full Recipe

Basmati Rice with Ground Beef and Carrots

A close-up of a rice dish with ground meat and diced red bell peppers mixed in.
credit: myfavouritepastime.com
Basmati rice is known for its fragrant and elongated grains and delightful taste; and it takes on a whole new level when combined with ground beef, carrots, dried chili flakes, and a blend of exquisite seasonings.
Get Full Recipe

Spanish Rice

A bowl of Spanish rice mixed with ground beef and topped with cilantro. Text on the image reads
credit: tastesoflizzyt.com
Spanish Rice with Ground Beef is a mouthwatering one-pot wonder that'll have you dreaming of Spain!
But why stop there? Pair it with one of these 22 Spanish appetizer recipes to turn your ordinary meals into a festive celebration.
Get Full Recipe

Thai Basil Beef (Pad Gra Prow)

Two bowls of rice with stir-fried beef and vegetables, garnished with cilantro, placed on a white surface with cilantro and basil leaves nearby. A fork is next to one of the bowls.
credit: thewoksoflife.com
Pad Gra Prow is one of my absolute favorite Thai dishes alongside Sous Vide Mahi-Mahi and Thai Iced Tea. It's a satisfying and delicious option for those who enjoy a little kick in their meals and want to experience the streets of Thailand in the comfort of their homes.
Get Full Recipe

Louisiana Dirty Rice

A cast iron skillet filled with a cooked mixture of rice, ground meat, and vegetables, garnished with parsley, next to a green bell pepper, onion, and a red and white checkered cloth.
credit: southerndiscourse.com
Dirty Rice is a flavorful and beloved dish in Southern cuisine, especially in Louisiana, where it is a staple in Cajun and Creole cooking.
And no, it's not dirty! It's the spices and small bits of meat and veggies that create the illusion of a dirty or mottled texture.
Get Full Recipe

Ground Beef Stir Fry with Garlic Ginger Sauce

Close-up of ground beef stir fry with garlic ginger sauce, featuring vibrant vegetables such as snap peas and bell peppers, served over white rice. Text overlay reads, "Ground Beef Stir Fry with Garlic Ginger Sauce.
credit: theendlessmeal.com
The combination of garlic and ginger creates a perfect balance of savory and aromatic notes that can really take your beef mixture from a 7 to a solid 11 out 10.
Get Full Recipe

Japanese Dry Curry

A plate of minced meat with peas and diced vegetables in a thick sauce, served with white rice and garnished with pickled red ginger. A spoon is placed next to the plate.
credit: closetcooking.com
Japanese Dry Curry might sound like an expensive dish, but it really isn't. With simple and readily available ingredients, you can easily whip up this oriental dish under 30 minutes.
Get Full Recipe

Uzbek Beef Plov (Beef Rice Pilaf Recipe)

A bowl of rice with meat and vegetables, garnished with herbs, sits on a table alongside small pickles and a cloth napkin.
credit: lenaskitchenblog.com
For a quick and easy dinner, you can't go wrong with Beef Fried Rice Pilaf. This delectable dish is a symphony of flavors that brings the spirit of Uzbekistan right to your dinner table.
Get Full Recipe

Beef Picadillo Over Brown Rice

A white plate filled with a ground meat dish containing diced vegetables, placed on a wooden table next to a fork and a cloth napkin. A glass jar is partially visible in the upper right corner.
credit: thecakechica.com
Beef picadillo is a beloved Latin American dish that consists of lean ground meat, tomatoes, onions, garlic, and a variety of spices and seasonings. Topped over warm brown rice, it's one of the most comforting dishes you'll ever try!
Get Full Recipe

Cheesy Beef Casserole

A wooden spoon scooping a portion of a cheesy baked casserole from a white baking dish. The casserole includes leafy greens, ground meat, and melted cheese on top.
credit: realbalanced.com
If you share my love for cheese, then the Cheesy Ground Meat with Spinach and Cauliflower Rice Casserole is a must-try! This delightful dish combines all the cheesy goodness with the benefits of spinach and cauliflower.
Get Full Recipe

One Pot Mexican Rice Casserole

Close-up of a skillet containing a cheesy ground meat and rice dish topped with sour cream and chopped vegetables. A wooden spatula is partially visible on the right.
credit: sweetpeaskitchen.com
This easy-to-make casserole is a fiesta of tastes and textures with its lovely blend of seasoned ground beef, bell peppers, sweet corn, black beans, and rice.
If you want the ultimate Mexican experience, be sure to try Mexican Corn Casserole, Mexican Corn and Chicken Soup, and Mexican Shrimp Cocktail!
Get Full Recipe

Beef, Wild Rice and Mushroom Bake

Beef, Wild Rice and Mushroom Bake
credit: kansasbeef.org
Wild rice has a unique nutty and earthy flavor that sets it apart from traditional rice varieties. When cooked with leftover ground beef and mushroom, it transforms into a hearty meal that's as delicious as it is nutritious.
Get Full Recipe

Southwestern Ground Beef & Dirty Rice Casserole

A wooden spoon scoops a serving of cheesy ground beef and rice casserole topped with chopped tomatoes, green onions, and corn.
credit: Wildflour's Cottage Kitchen
Tender ground beef and rice mixed with bold and zesty Southwestern spices. It's a surefire hit that'll make your family and friends ask for the recipe!
Get Full Recipe

Beefy Rice-A-Roni Casserole

A close-up of a rectangular glass baking dish containing a baked casserole topped with crispy fried onions. The dish rests on a patterned tablecloth.
credit: Plain Chicken
Whenever I'm swamped with work, Beefy Rice-A-Roni Casserole is my go-to. It's a lifesaver, really. You only need 5 ingredients and a few simple steps, and voilà, you've got a flavorful casserole ready to enjoy.
Get Full Recipe

One Pot Teriyaki Beef & Rice

A wooden spoon in a pan containing a mixture of rice, ground meat, broccoli, diced red bell peppers, and green onion slices, topped with sesame seeds.
credit: togetherasfamily.com
The sauce's harmonious blend of soy sauce, mirin, sugar, and pineapple creates a glossy glaze that perfectly enhances the flavor of the ground beef.
If you're feeling adventurous, you can use ground turkey or chicken for a delicious twist.
Get Full Recipe

Ground Beef and Rice Casserole

Ground Beef and Rice Casserole
credit: thespruceeats.com
Beefy French Onion Baked Rice is a classic dish that combines the rich flavors of French onion soup with tender ground beef and fluffy white rice. Perfect for warming you up on a chilly day!
Get Full Recipe

Burrito Bowl

Burrito Bowl
credit: I Heart Naptime
Packed with savory seasoned beef, rice, black beans, and an array of colorful toppings, Easy Beef Burrito Bowl offer a burst of fiesta in every bite!
Get Full Recipe

Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and a graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 17 years, Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

as seen in:

Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


Easy Strawberry Tea with Real Strawberries

Two glasses of homemade strawberry tea with straws and fresh strawberries.

My homemade strawberry tea is one of my favorite summer sips and once you learn to make it yourself, you'll never go back to the store-bought stuff. My recipe for Southern-style strawberry sweet tea is made with real strawberries, a simple homemade strawberry syrup, and bold black tea for a drink that's perfectly balanced between sweet and tart.

tight shot of 2 glasses of strawberry iced tea with straws.

The best part? You only need 10 minutes of prep time and a handful of simple ingredients. Whether you're hosting a backyard cookout, lounging on the porch, or just need something cold and refreshing on a hot day, this easy strawberry tea recipe delivers every single time.

Ingredients:

Making strawberry tea at home starts with keeping it simple. You don't need anything fancy...just a few quality ingredients that work together beautifully. The key is using ripe, red strawberries for the deepest flavor and color. The fresher your berries, the prettier and more flavorful your tea will be!

ingredients for strawberry iced tea recipe water, sugar, black tea bags, strawberry simple syrup with text overlay.

Recipe Card?

To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

Substitutions

This recipe is super flexible, so don't be afraid to make it your own!
Here are some easy swaps depending on what you have on hand:

  • Black tea bags → Green tea or herbal tea - Green tea gives a lighter, more delicate flavor. A hibiscus tea base makes a stunning deep-pink strawberry tea with a slightly tart edge.
  • White sugar → Honey or agave - Use the same amount and dissolve it into the hot water just as you would regular sugar. Honey adds a subtle floral note that pairs beautifully with strawberry.
  • Homemade strawberry syrup → Store-bought strawberry syrup - Totally fine in a pinch! Start with less than the recipe calls for and adjust to taste, as store-bought syrups tend to be sweeter.
  • Fresh strawberries → Frozen strawberries - Frozen strawberries work great for the syrup. Just thaw them first and drain any excess liquid before using.
  • Simple syrup → Skip it entirely - If your strawberry syrup is sweet enough, you may not need additional simple syrup. Taste as you go!
  • Water → Sparkling water - Swap the cold water at the end for sparkling water for a fizzy strawberry tea soda twist. Add it just before serving so it stays bubbly.

How to make strawberry iced tea

Making strawberry tea at home is easier than you think! Follow these simple steps and you'll have a pitcher of gorgeous pink tea ready in no time.

simple syrup in a clear bowl with a bamboo spoon.

Make the Simple Syrup

Bring 2 cups of water to a boil in a medium saucepan. Pour the boiling water into a medium mixing bowl and add ½ cup of white sugar. Stir continuously until the sugar is completely dissolved and the liquid is clear.

5 black tea bags steeping in hot water.

Steep the Tea

Add 5 black tea bags to the hot sugar water. Steep for exactly 5 minutes - no longer!

Why is my tea bitter?

Over-steeping is the number one cause of bitter tea, so set a timer for no longer than 5 minutes.

Remove the Tea Bags

After 5 minutes, remove the tea bags, giving each one a gentle squeeze to release any remaining tea. Discard the used bags.

strawberry iced tea being poured into a clear glass bowl.

Add the Strawberry Syrup

Pour in 1½ cups of strawberry simple syrup and stir well to combine.

Build Your Pitcher

Add 3 cups of cold water to a large pitcher, then pour the hot tea mixture in. The cold water helps bring the temperature down quickly.

tea being poured into a glass pitcher (strawberry iced tea recipe)

Taste and Adjust

Give everything a good stir and taste your strawberry tea. Want it sweeter? Add more strawberry syrup a little at a time until it hits the right note for you.

pitcher of strawberry iced tea with 2 glasses of the same and strawberries and straws around it.

Chill

Refrigerate the tea for at least 30 minutes before serving for the best flavor.

hand holding a glass of strawberry iced tea recipe.

Serve

Fill glasses with ice, pour the chilled strawberry tea over top, and garnish with sliced fresh strawberries. Enjoy!

Can I make a big batch for a party?

pitcher of strawberry iced tea with 2 glasses of the same and strawberries and straws around it.

Definitely! Simply double or triple the recipe. You can also store the sweet tea concentrate and strawberry syrup separately, then mix with cold water as needed so nothing gets watered down sitting in a pitcher.

Make-Ahead Tips

One of the things I love most about this strawberry tea recipe is that it's perfect for making ahead. Hosting a party? Brew it the night before and it's one less thing to worry about on the day.

Here's How to Do It Right:

  • Brew the tea and let it cool completely before refrigerating - never put hot tea directly in the fridge as it can affect flavor and food safety.
  • Store the tea concentrate and strawberry syrup separately if making more than a day ahead - mix together with water when ready to serve for the freshest taste.
  • The sliced fresh strawberries should always be stored separately and added to individual glasses at serving time - they get mushy in the tea overnight.
  • Make-ahead strawberry tea tastes best within 24-48 hours of brewing for peak flavor.
  • Label your pitcher with the brew date so nothing gets forgotten in the back of the fridge!

Seasonal Favorite

Baked lattice top crust on an apple pie made with the Crisco pie crust recipe, showing flaky layers in the fluted edge.

This is my award-winning Crisco pie crust recipe; flaky, tender, and made with simple ingredients you already have.

Crisco Pie Crust

Storage Tips

Leftover strawberry tea? Lucky you! It keeps beautifully! Here's everything you need to know to store it properly:

  • Refrigerator: Store in an airtight pitcher or jar for up to 3-5 days.
  • Freeze it: Pour leftover tea into ice cube trays or souper cubes and freeze. Drop the cubes into a glass of lemonade, water, or fresh tea for a flavor boost with zero waste
  • Room temperature rule: Never leave strawberry tea out for more than 2 hours - after that, bacteria can start to form
  • Fresh strawberry garnishes should always be stored separately from the tea
  • Give the tea a quick stir before serving if it's been sitting - the flavors can settle
  • If it smells off or tastes flat and odd, trust your gut and brew a fresh batch

Pairing Suggestions:

Not sure what to serve alongside your strawberry tea? It pairs beautifully with so many summer favorites - here are a few of my go-to combinations:

  • Light Salads: Opt for crisp and refreshing salads, such as a Strawberry Spinach Salad or a Citrus Avocado Salad, to complement the sweetness of the tea.
  • Grilled Delights: Serve alongside grilled chicken, shrimp skewers, or vegetable kebabs for a delightful balance of flavors.
  • Summer Fruits: Enjoy the tea with a platter of fresh, seasonal fruits like watermelon, berries, and peaches to enhance the summery experience.
  • Desserts: Conclude your meal with desserts that complement the tea's fruity notes, such as strawberry shortcake, lemon bars, or fruit tarts.

Strawberry Recipes

  • A mason jar filled with iced strawberry lemonade, the perfect mocktail with strawberries, garnished elegantly with lemon slices and mint leaves. A red cloth and whole strawberries add a charming touch beside the jar.
    Sparkling Strawberry Mocktail
  • A glass of refreshing strawberry lemonade with ice, garnished with a lemon slice and whole strawberry, placed on a coaster. Other glasses, fresh strawberries, and lemons are in the background.
    Homemade Strawberry Lemonade
  • Close-up of a fresh Strawberry tanghulu on a stick, with a glossy appearance and other blurred strawberries in the background.
    Strawberry Tanghulu Recipe (Candied Strawberries)
  • A glass of strawberry lime juice with a striped straw, garnished with lime slices and mint leaves. Fresh strawberries and lime slices are arranged beside the glass, reminiscent of a delightful Strawberry Agua Fresca Recipe.
    Strawberry Agua Fresca Recipe (Mexican Strawberry Water)
  • How To Freeze Strawberries
    How to Freeze Strawberries Perfectly Every Time
  • Strawberry Rhubarb Jam Recipe
    Strawberry Rhubarb Jam

Tips for the Best Strawberry Tea

  • To enjoy the best taste, make sure the tea is properly chilled or iced before serving.
  • Take a moment to taste the tea before adding ice, adjusting the amount of strawberry syrup and sugar to your liking.
  • Choose a strawberry simple syrup that complements the tea's flavor. If using a store-bought syrup, start with a smaller amount and adjust to taste.
  • Add the sugar to the boiling water when it's hottest to ensure complete dissolution.
  • While Lipton is a popular choice for tea bags, feel free to experiment with different brands to find your preferred strength.
Why is my strawberry tea bitter?

The most common culprit is over-steeping. Black tea bags should never steep for more than 5 minutes - after that, they release tannins that make the tea taste harsh and bitter. Set a timer every time!

Can I make strawberry tea without syrup?

Yes! You can muddle fresh strawberries directly into the tea or use a strawberry puree instead. Just keep in mind that the texture and sweetness level will be different - a syrup gives you the most consistent, smooth result.

Can I use frozen strawberries for strawberry tea?

Absolutely. Frozen strawberries work great, especially for making the strawberry simple syrup. Thaw them completely and drain excess liquid before using for the best flavor concentration.

Why isn't my strawberry tea pink?

Color depends heavily on how ripe and red your strawberries are. Pale or underripe strawberries produce a lighter color. Using a vibrant, deeply colored strawberry syrup is your best bet for that gorgeous pink hue every time.

How long does homemade strawberry tea last in the fridge?

Properly stored in an airtight container, your strawberry tea will stay fresh for 3-5 days in the refrigerator. For the best flavor, try to drink it within the first 48 hours.

Can I make strawberry tea with tea bags?

Yes - that's exactly how this recipe works! Standard black tea bags (like Lipton) are perfect. You'll use 5 bags to brew a full pitcher. Feel free to experiment with different brands to find your preferred strength.

Two glasses of homemade strawberry tea with straws and fresh strawberries.

Fresh Strawberry Tea

Sweet iced tea gets a fresh new twist in this strawberry sweet tea recipe bursting with juicy berry flavor. This sweet sipper is just what you need to keep cool on a hot summer day.
5 from 1 vote
Print Pin Rate
Course: Drinks - Non Alcoholic
Cuisine: American
Keyword: Strawberry Iced Tea
Prep Time: 5 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 5 minutes minutes
Chill: 1 hour hour
Total Time: 1 hour hour 10 minutes minutes
Servings: 6 servings
Calories: 364
Author: Sarah Mock

Ingredients

  •  
    3 Cups Water Cold
  •  
    2 Cups Water Boiling
  •  
    1 ½ Cup Strawberry Simple Syrup
  • A 4-pound bag of Domino granulated pure cane sugar with a yellow and white design, showing nutrition information and branding-perfect for sweetening recipes like rhubarb sour or your favorite desserts.½ Cup Sugar
  •  
    5 Black Tea Bags
  •  
    Strawberries sliced, optional garnish
  •  
    Ice optional
US Customary - Metric
Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

Instructions

  • Place the 2 Cups Water and ½ Cup Sugar in a medium mixing bowl.
    2 Cups Water, ½ Cup Sugar
  • Stir until the sugar is dissolved.
  • Remove the 5 Black Tea Bags from their wrappers and remove the string, gently.
    5 Black Tea Bags
  • Place all 5 tea bags in the boiling water. Allow to steep for 5 minutes.
  • Carefully, squeeze the water out of the tea bags and discard them.
  • Add the 1 ½ Cup Strawberry Simple Syrup to the bowl and stir well.
    1 ½ Cup Strawberry Simple Syrup
  • Add the 3 Cups Water to a pitcher and follow it with the bowl of tea mixture. Stir well.
    3 Cups Water
  • Add Ice to both the pitcher and your glasses, if desired, and pour the tea into the glasses.
    Ice
  • Garnish each glass with a Strawberries, if you like, and enjoy!
    Strawberries
Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
Nutrition Facts
Fresh Strawberry Tea
Serving Size
 
8 ounces
Amount per Serving
Calories
364
% Daily Value*
Fat
 
0.1
g
0
%
Sodium
 
10
mg
0
%
Potassium
 
0.3
mg
0
%
Carbohydrates
 
17
g
6
%
Sugar
 
17
g
19
%
* Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
**Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and a graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 17 years, Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

as seen in:

Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


Sugared Champagne Grapes

Sugared Prosecco Grapes (Sugared Champagne Grapes).

This easy recipe for prosecco grapes features crisp green grapes, soaked in champagne, and then lovingly coated in sugar.

sugared grapes in a white bowl .

The result is a sweet treat that is the perfect balance of tartness, sweetness and snack. Get ready to experience a burst of flavors with every bite, as these little gems become the star of your gatherings and a go-to snack for any occasion.

These sugared grapes are the ultimate easy-but-elegant snack-think bridal showers, NYE parties, or a fancy treat-yourself moment. The prosecco soak adds a light boozy flair, while the sugar coating gives a delightful crunch. Plus, they're freezer-friendly, so you can prep ahead!

Ingredients:

ingredients for Sugared Prosecco Grapes (Sugared Champagne Grapes) grapes, champagne and sugar with text overlay.

Recipe Card?

To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

How to make prosecco grapes:

Whether served as a refreshing summer treat, a charming addition to holiday festivities, or a delightful boozy indulgence for a joyous New Year celebration, these Sugared Champagne Grapes are sure to captivate hearts and palates alike. With just a few simple steps, you can create a frozen sugared grape recipe that is both easy to make and a delight to savor.

green grapes in prosecco in a clear blass bowl.

Soak the grapes

  • Wash grapes, place in a bowl, and cover with Prosecco.
  • Refrigerate for at least 12 hours (or overnight).
soaked green grapes being pulled out of prosecco.

Drain & sugar-coat

  • Use a slotted spoon to remove grapes.
  • Roll in sugar (work in small batches to avoid clumping).
tight image of green Sugared Prosecco Grapes (Sugared Champagne Grapes).

Freeze & serve

Place on a tray (not stacked) and freeze for 2 hours.

Substitutions

Prosecco and Vodka Sugared Grapes

These Prosecco and Vodka Sugared Grapes will have a unique and refreshing flavor profile, combining the effervescence of Prosecco with a subtle vodka kick. Remember to label them accordingly if you're serving them at parties to ensure everyone is aware of the alcohol content.

Add a splash of vodka to the bowl with the Prosecco and grapes. The amount of you use can vary depending on your preference, but around 1-2 tablespoons should suffice for a subtle flavor. Continue with the directions on how to coat the grapes with sugar.

Sugar-Coated Grapes Without Alcohol

This version of sugar-coated grapes offers a delicious treat without the use of alcohol. It's perfect for kids, non-drinkers, or anyone who prefers to avoid alcohol in their snacks.

  • 2 cups Grapes
  • ¼ cup Water
  • ¼ cup Fruit Juice (e.g., apple juice, white grape juice, or any juice of your choice)
  • ½ cup White Granulated Sugar

Chef Tip

  • Pick the best grapes - Use ripe but firm seedless grapes (green or red) for maximum flavor and texture.
  • Splurge on decent bubbly - Since the prosecco's flavor infuses into the grapes, avoid cheap bottles (save those for mimosas!).
  • Get creative with flavors - Roll sugared grapes in:
    • Citrus zest (lemon/orange)
    • Vanilla sugar or a pinch of cinnamon
    • Finely chopped mint for freshness
  • Coating hack - Toss grapes in sugar in small batches to prevent clumping and ensure an even crunch.

Serving Suggestions

  • Decorate and Serve Creatively: When serving the Sugared Champagne Grapes, consider using fancy cocktail picks or small decorative skewers to present them attractively. You can also place them in chilled glasses or on a bed of crushed ice to maintain their chilliness.
  • Pair with Complementary Treats: can be a lovely addition to a dessert platter or a Sunday brunch. Consider pairing them with small cubes of cheese or other fruits to create an appealing and varied dessert or appetizer spread.

Frequently asked questions, answers and tips:

Is Prosecco just cheap Champagne?

Both Prosecco and Champagne have their own unique qualities and appeal to different palates and occasions. Prosecco is often favored for its approachable, lively, and fruity nature, making it suitable for casual gatherings and as an aperitif. On the other hand, Champagne is often associated with celebrations and special occasions, appreciated for its elegance, complexity, and aging potential. It's essential to appreciate each sparkling wine style for its distinct characteristics rather than comparing them solely based on price or assuming one is a "cheap" version of the other.

Can I use frozen grapes?

Yes, but thaw slightly before sugaring for better coating.

Sugared Prosecco Grapes (Sugared Champagne Grapes).

3 Ingredient Sugared Prosecco Grapes

Sugared prosecco grapes are made by soaking grapes in champagne and rolling in sugar for a little boozy festive bite. A sparkly treat!
No ratings yet
Print Pin Rate
Course: Cocktails
Cuisine: French
Keyword: Sugared Prosecco Grapes
Prep Time: 15 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 12 hours hours
2 hours hours
Total Time: 14 hours hours 15 minutes minutes
Servings: 2 cups
Calories: 297
Author: Sarah Mock

Ingredients

  •  
    Champagne
  •  
    2 Cups Green Grapes
  • A 4-pound bag of Domino granulated pure cane sugar with a yellow and white design, showing nutrition information and branding-perfect for sweetening recipes like rhubarb sour or your favorite desserts.½ Cup Sugar
Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

Instructions

  • Make sure your grapes are washed well.
  • Place your grapes in a medium bowl and pour the champagne over them until they're just covered.
  • Cover and place in the fridge for at least 12 hours.
  • Place half of the sugar in a small bowl.
  • Remove the grapes from the fridge and using a slotted spoon, scoop them out, let them drain and place them in the sugar.
  • I only do about 10 grapes at a time, or less, when I toss them in the sugar. Get the grapes nice and coated before placing them on a plate, making sure not to pile them on top of each other.
  • When your sugar starts to get clumpy and doesn't coat the grapes well, toss it and replace it with the remaining sugar.
  • Place in the freezer, once finished coating in sugar, and let freeze for 2 hours, or until frozen through.
  • Remove, serve, and enjoy!

Notes

You can use any grapes you like for this recipe, but I've always thought the green grapes were the best because they were the most tart. However, this is a personal preference. Do not use grapes with seeds.
Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
Nutrition Facts
3 Ingredient Sugared Prosecco Grapes
Serving Size
 
0.5 cups
Amount per Serving
Calories
297
% Daily Value*
Fat
 
0.4
g
1
%
Saturated Fat
 
0.1
g
1
%
Polyunsaturated Fat
 
0.1
g
Monounsaturated Fat
 
0.01
g
Sodium
 
4
mg
0
%
Potassium
 
289
mg
8
%
Carbohydrates
 
77
g
26
%
Sugar
 
73
g
81
%
Protein
 
1
g
2
%
* Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
**Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 16 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

as seen in:

Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


Best Chili Spices Blend

Homemade Chili Seasoning Recipe.

This homemade chili spice blend recipe is bursting with the bold flavors of chili powder, cumin, and an array of essential pantry spices and comes together in less than 5 minutes.

Homemade Chili Seasoning Recipe.

Whether you're a seasoned chili aficionado or making your first batch of chili, our easy to make spice mix recipe will empower you to create the best chili seasoning mix that will impress friends and family alike. Say goodbye to store bought chili seasoning packets and embrace the joy of crafting your own signature homemade spice blend.

Why you should make chili seasoning:

  • Customization: Making your own allows you to customize the flavors according to your taste preferences. You can adjust the quantities of individual spices to achieve the perfect balance of heat, smokiness, and other flavors that you personally enjoy.
  • Quality and Freshness: You have control over the quality and freshness of the ingredients. You can use high-quality spices and grind them just before use, ensuring that your chili seasoning is packed with vibrant flavors.
  • Avoiding Additives and Preservatives: Store-bought chili seasoning mixes may contain additives, preservatives, and other ingredients that some people prefer to avoid. When making your own you have the assurance of using only pure spices without any unwanted extras.

Chili Spices:

Together, these ingredients create a balanced and flavorful chili seasoning mix for your favorite chili and other dishes. You can adjust the ratios of the spices to suit your personal preferences and experiment with other herbs and spices to create your own signature chili seasoning blend.

ingredients for Homemade Chili Seasoning, chili powder, cumin, onion powder, cayanne peppers, salt, black pepper in a bowl with text overlay.

Recipe Card?

To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

Substitutions

Mix these additional spices and flavors with your original chili seasoning blend, and you'll have a delicious variation that brings a new twist to your favorite dishes! Remember to adjust the quantities to suit your taste preferences. Happy cooking!

Homemade Chili Seasoning Recipe in a glass jar with a white spoon.
  • Smoked Paprika - 1 teaspoon: Smoked paprika adds a rich, smoky flavor that complements the chili and gives your dishes a delightful depth of taste.
  • Oregano - 1 teaspoon: Oregano brings a slightly earthy and aromatic note to the mix, enhancing the overall herbal profile of the seasoning.
  • Garlic Powder - 1 teaspoon: Garlic powder intensifies the savory aspect of the blend and works harmoniously with the other spices.
  • Cocoa Powder - ½ teaspoon: A touch of cocoa powder adds a subtle bitterness and richness, enhancing the complexity of the chili.
  • Brown Sugar - 1 teaspoon: Brown sugar contributes a hint of sweetness that helps balance the heat and spices in the mix.
  • Ground Coriander - ½ teaspoon: Ground coriander complements the cumin in the chili seasoning, adding a citrusy and warm flavor.
  • Ground Chipotle Pepper - ½ teaspoon: For an extra smoky and fiery kick, ground chipotle pepper is an excellent addition to amp up the heat in your chili seasoning.

Instructions

Create the perfect homemade chili with my easy-to-make chili seasoning recipe. Save time in the kitchen when making chili without the hassle of measuring individual spices; this all-in-one seasoning blend has got you covered.

top down image of Homemade Chili spice mix in white bowl.
  1. Simply combine all the ingredients in a small dish or jar, ensuring they are mixed thoroughly.
  2. Use the seasoning mix right away or store it in an airtight container for up to a year.

How much chili seasoning spice mix do I need per pound of ground beef?

Homemade Chili spice mix seasoning in a glass jar and white spoon.

I would recommend using approximately 2 tablespoons of chili seasoning per pound of ground beef. This should provide a flavorful balance without overwhelming the dish. Adjust the amount according to your personal taste.

5 Ways To Use Chili Seasoning

These five diverse techniques showcase the versatility of chili seasoning, from traditional chili dishes to spiced vegetables and meats. Feel free to experiment and adjust the amounts to suit your taste preferences in each recipe!

Homemade Chili spice mix seasoning in a glass jar and white spoon.
  • Classic Chili Con Carne: the star of this traditional recipe. Brown ground beef or turkey in a pot, then add chopped onions, garlic, diced tomatoes, kidney beans, and your homemade chili seasoning. Let it simmer until the flavors meld together, creating a hearty and flavorful chili con carne. Serve with toppings like shredded cheese, sour cream, and chopped green onions.
  • Spicy Grilled Chicken: Create a mouthwatering marinade by mixing chili seasoning with olive oil, lime juice, and a touch of honey. Coat chicken breasts or thighs with the marinade and let them sit for at least 30 minutes before grilling. It adds a kick of heat and a tantalizing flavor to the grilled chicken.
  • Tex-Mex Roasted Vegetables: For a delicious and zesty side dish, toss a mix of chopped bell peppers, zucchini, red onions, and cherry tomatoes with olive oil and chili seasoning. Roast the vegetables in the oven until they're tender and slightly caramelized. This dish pairs perfectly with grilled meats or can be served with rice or tortillas.
  • Spicey Sweet Potato Fries: Take your sweet potato fries to the next level by tossing them in the blend and a bit of cornstarch to get them crispy. Bake in the oven until golden brown and enjoy the fusion of sweet and spicy flavors in every bite.
  • Chipotle-style Black Beans: Transform plain black beans into a delectable side dish reminiscent of the flavors found in popular fast-food chains. Sauté minced garlic in olive oil, then add drained and rinsed black beans along with chili seasoning and a pinch of smoked paprika. Cook until heated through, and serve these smoky, spicy black beans alongside your favorite Mexican dishes.

More recipes to try

  • A plate of spaghetti topped with Cincinnati chili, shredded cheddar cheese, chopped onions, and a side of oyster crackers sits on a wooden table near a crockpot.
    Cincinnati Chili Crock Pot Recipe (5-Way Style!)
  • bowl of chili without beans garnished with chopped onions
    No Bean Chili
  • A wooden ladle holds a serving of Crock Pot Cowboy Soup, filled with ground meat, black beans, corn, tomatoes, and green peppers in a thick red sauce.
    Crock Pot Cowboy Soup
A cast iron skillet filled with cooked chili, resting on a countertop with a striped kitchen towel nearby.

Need a Side?

Sides For Chili

Sides for Chili

Frequently asked questions, answers and tips:

What's the difference between chili powder and chili seasoning mix?

Chili powder is a single spice that provides heat and smokiness, while chili seasoning mix is a blend of multiple spices and herbs, including chili powder, designed to create a flavorful and convenient homemade spice mix for chili dishes. You can use chili powder as a base ingredient and customize it with other spices to make your own chili spice mix, or you can opt for a pre-made chili seasoning mix that combines various flavors for added convenience.

What are the most common spices in chili?

The most common spices used in chili are just like this spice blend. Chili Powder, Cumin, Onion Powder, Cayenne Pepper, Salt and Black Pepper. Additional variations may include ingredients like cayenne pepper, paprika, thyme, coriander, or even cocoa powder, depending on regional preferences or personal taste.

Homemade Chili Seasoning Recipe.

Chili Seasoning Recipe (No Sugar)

Spice up your favorite chili recipe with this easy to make homemade chili seasoning blend. This chili seasoning recipe is a perfect mix of chili powder, cumin, and other pantry staples.
4.50 from 2 votes
Print Pin Rate
Course: Ingredients
Cuisine: Mexican
Prep Time: 5 minutes minutes
Total Time: 5 minutes minutes
Servings: 6 Tablespoons
Calories: 18
Author: Sarah Mock

Ingredients

  • A 7.5 oz container of McCormick Dark Chili Powder with a red lid and a label stating 3 Tablespoon Chili Powder
  • A plastic container of McCormick ground cumin with a red lid, featuring a yellow label that says 2 Teaspoons Cumin
  • A plastic container of McCormick Onion Powder with a red lid and a green label stating 2 Teaspoons Onion Powder
  •  
    1 Teaspoon Cayenne Pepper
  • A Morton Salt container with a blue label featuring a girl in a yellow dress holding an umbrella, with salt pouring out of a container-an essential ingredient for perfectly seasoning dishes like Chicken Cordon Bleu.1 Teaspoon Salt
  • A 6 oz container of McCormick Pure Ground Black Pepper with a red lid and a 1 Teaspoon Black Pepper
Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

Instructions

  • Combine all ingredients in a small dish or jar and mix well.
  • Use immediately or store in a sealed container for up to a year.
Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
Nutrition Facts
Chili Seasoning Recipe (No Sugar)
Serving Size
 
2 Tablespoons
Amount per Serving
Calories
18
% Daily Value*
Fat
 
1
g
2
%
Saturated Fat
 
0.1
g
1
%
Polyunsaturated Fat
 
0.4
g
Monounsaturated Fat
 
0.2
g
Sodium
 
455
mg
20
%
Potassium
 
108
mg
3
%
Carbohydrates
 
3
g
1
%
Sugar
 
0.4
g
0
%
Protein
 
1
g
2
%
* Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
**Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 16 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

as seen in:

Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


Cardamom Pods and Cardamom Seeds

cardamom bods in a wood bowl white surface.

Cardamom, an aromatic spice widely used in traditional cuisines, hails from the green cardamom pods of the cardamom plant native to South Asia. This unique spice, with its sweet flavor and citrus aroma, is a staple in dishes around the globe.

cardamom bods in a wood bowl white surface.

In countries like Nepal, Bhutan, India, Guatemala and Bangladesh, cardamom is the heart of flavorful chai tea and masala blends. With its exotic taste and captivating aroma, cardamom has become one of the most expensive spices in the world. Its versatility shines through as it graces everything from savory curries to delightful sweet treats.

For centuries, different types of cardamom have held a significant position in culinary history, and even today, cardamom is used for its freshness and exceptional flavor. Whether you grind whole cardamom pods in a spice grinder to make fresh cardamom powder or use cardamom seeds in your recipes, the essence of this enchanting spice never fails to elevate any dish to a whole new level.

Different varieties of cardamom pods

Cardamom pods come in various types, each with its own distinct flavor and aroma. From the commonly used green variety to the smoky black pods, and even the bleached white ones, there is a cardamom pod for every taste preference.

Green cardamom pods

green cardamom pods on a surface.

Green cardamom pods are the most popular and widely available type. They are known for their vibrant green color and intense fragrance. When you crack open a green pod, you'll find small black seeds nestled inside. These seeds hold a delightful combination of sweet, floral, and slightly spicy flavors that add depth to both savory and sweet dishes.

Green cardamom is often used in traditional Indian cuisine, where it enhances curries, rice dishes, and beverages like chai tea. Its versatility makes it an essential ingredient in many spice blends worldwide.

Black cardamom pods

Black cardamom pods in a wooden bowl.

If you're looking to add a smoky twist to your culinary creations, black cardamom is the way to go. These large brownish-black pods have a robust flavor profile with hints of resinous notes and an earthy undertone. The seeds within these pods are sticky and possess a strong essence.

Popular in Southeast Asian cuisines such as Thai and Vietnamese, the black variety lends its distinctive taste to hearty stews, braised meats, soups, and pickles. Their bold flavor can withstand long cooking times without losing its potency.

White cardamom pods

White cardamom pods in a spoon.

White cardamom pods may appear similar to their green counterparts at first glance but don't be fooled by their appearance. These pale ivory-colored pods undergo a bleaching process after harvesting green cardamoms. As a result of this treatment, this bleached version have a milder taste compared to the original green variety.

The white variety is often preferred in Scandinavian and Middle Eastern cuisines, where its subtle flavor complements delicate dishes like pastries, desserts, and creamy sauces. It provides a gentle hint of cardamom without overpowering other ingredients.

Madagascar cardamom pods

While not as widely known as the previous types, Madagascar cardamom pods offer a unique flavor profile that sets them apart. These pods have a beautiful light green color with reddish-brown streaks and are prized for their citrusy undertones. The seeds within possess a refreshing zing reminiscent of lemon or grapefruit.

Madagascar cardamom is commonly used in African and tropical cuisine to infuse dishes with a bright and tangy twist. It pairs exceptionally well with seafood, tropical fruits, salads, and marinades, adding an invigorating touch to any recipe.

What are cardamom pods used for?

Cardamom pods are not just an ordinary spice; they bring a burst of flavor to both sweet and savory dishes. This versatile ingredient is known for its distinctive smell and taste, but it also offers numerous benefits that make it a valuable addition to any kitchen.

  • Spice up Your Culinary Creations - One of the primary uses of cardamom pods is as a spice in cooking. Whether you're preparing a fragrant curry or baking a batch of cookies, adding cardamom can take your dish to the next level. Its warm, citrusy flavor adds depth and complexity, making it a favorite among chefs worldwide.
  • Soothe Your Digestive System - Beyond their culinary applications, cardamom pods are renowned for their digestive properties. If you often experience bloating or indigestion after meals, incorporating cardamom into your diet may provide some relief. The natural compounds found in cardamom help stimulate the production of digestive enzymes, aiding in the breakdown of food and preventing discomfort.
  • Traditional Medicine - For centuries, cardamom has been used in traditional medicine to address respiratory issues such as coughs and congestion. Its expectorant properties help loosen phlegm and clear airways, providing relief from common respiratory ailments. Cardamom's antimicrobial properties may aid in fighting off infections that affect the respiratory system.

How to use cardamom in your everyday life.

Let's explore some ways you can incorporate this flavorful spice into your daily routine:

  • Add a pinch of ground to your morning coffee or tea for a flavorful twist.
  • Sprinkle the powder over fresh fruit salads or yogurt for a burst of flavor.
  • Infuse warm milk with crushed pods to create a soothing bedtime beverage.
  • Use whole pods when cooking rice or grains to infuse them with a subtle fragrance.

Cardamom pods vs. cardamom seeds

Seeds

cardamom seeds on a spoon.

Inside the green or black seed pod lies the treasure trove of flavor - the seeds! These small seeds boast an intense flavor profile that surpasses that of the pod itself. When you crack one open, you'll find several tiny seeds nestled within.

The potent taste of the seeds makes them ideal for recipes where texture is not desired. Ground cardamom made from these seeds adds a burst of bold flavor to sweet treats like cookies, cakes, and pastries. It also finds its way into savory dishes such as curries, stews, and marinades.

Pods

cardamom pods in a grey bowl.

While cardamom seeds steal the show with their robust taste, let's not overlook the contribution of the pod itself. The outer shell holds its own distinct flavors that complement and enhance various culinary creations.

The pods are often used whole or slightly crushed when simmering broths or infusing liquids like tea or coffee. This allows their subtle yet delightful essence to permeate throughout the preparation process gradually. Cooking rice with intact pods imparts a delicate fragrance that elevates simple grains into something extraordinary.

Exploring Culinary Possibilities

Both cardamom pods and seeds offer unique flavors that can transform ordinary dishes into extraordinary culinary experiences. Here are some examples:

  • Cardamom Pod Applications:
    • Simmering in soups, stews, and sauces for a subtle touch.
    • Infusing milk or cream for custards or ice creams.
    • Adding to pickling brines for a hint of warmth and complexity.
  • Cardamom Seed Applications:
    • Ground into powder form for baking delectable treats like cookies, muffins, and bread.
    • Blending with other spices in curry powders or masalas for an exotic twist.
    • Incorporating into marinades for meats, providing a tantalizing flavor infusion.

How to use cardamom pods in cooking

chai in a clear mug on a green table with cardamom pods in a spoon.

Cardamom pods are a versatile spice that can add a burst of flavor to various dishes. Whether you're simmering stews, brewing tea, or preparing rice dishes, these small green pods hold the key to creating flavorful and delicious meals.

Tip: Crush or grind for maximum flavor release: To unlock the full potential of cardamom pods, it's essential to gently crush or grind them before adding them to your recipes. This process helps release their flavor, infusing your dishes with a delightful taste. You can use a mortar and pestle or a spice grinder to break down the whole pod into smaller pieces.

  • Simmer with whole or split pods - When preparing stews, curries, or rice dishes, consider using whole or split cardamom pods during the cooking process. The heat allows their essence to mingle with the flavors, resulting in a harmonious blend.
  • Infuse milk or tea - crushed cardamom pods are an excellent addition when infusing milk or tea. Simply drop some crushed pods into warm milk while heating it on the stove. Alternatively, you can place them in your teapot along with loose tea leaves for an amazing cup of tea.

Where to Buy High-Quality Cardamom Pods

Specialty Spice Shops

Specialty spice shops are a treasure trove for those seeking high-quality cardamom pods. These stores often stock a diverse range of spices, including premium-grade cardamom pods. The advantage of shopping at specialty spice shops is that they typically source their products from reputable suppliers who prioritize quality and freshness. By purchasing cardamom pods from these establishments, you can be confident that you are getting the best possible product.

Online Retailers

The internet has revolutionized the way we shop, and it's no different. Online retailers offer convenience and accessibility, making them an excellent option for purchasing this spice. With just a few clicks, you can explore a wide selection of organic and premium-grade cardamom pods from various brands and regions around the world. Online reviews and ratings provide valuable insights into the quality of the products offered, helping you make an informed decision.

Local Farmers' Markets

For those who enjoy supporting local businesses while indulging in fresh produce, visiting farmers' markets during the harvest season is an excellent choice. Local farmers may grow their own cardamom plants or have partnerships with nearby growers, ensuring that you get freshly harvested cardamom pods bursting with flavor.

Reputable Grocery Stores and International Food Markets

Don't underestimate the power of your neighborhood grocery store or international food market when searching for high-quality cardamom pod brands. Many well-established supermarkets carry trusted spice brands known for their commitment to excellence. These stores often have dedicated sections or aisles featuring spices from around the world, including fragrant cardamom pods. By choosing reputable grocery stores or international food markets, you can find reliable options without having to venture far.

FAQ's and Tips

Can I use ground cardamom instead of whole cardamom pods?

Yes, you can substitute ground cardamom for whole pods in most recipes. However, keep in mind that ground cardamom may lose its flavor more quickly than whole pods. Adjust the quantity accordingly based on your personal preference.

How long do cardamom pods stay fresh?

When stored properly in an airtight container away from heat and moisture, whole pods can stay fresh for up to a year. Ground cardamom has a shorter shelf life and should be used within six months for optimal flavor.

Can I use cardamom pods in beverages?

Absolutely! Cardamom pods are a fantastic addition to hot beverages like tea, coffee, and hot chocolate. Simply crush the pods slightly before adding them to your drink for a delightful aromatic twist.


Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 16 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

as seen in:

Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


Side Dishes to Go with Fish Tacos

Best Side Dishes to Serve with Fish Tacos featured image.

The best side dishes to serve with fish tacos! These easy and delicious side dishes perfectly complement your favorite fish taco recipe.

Best Side Dishes to Serve with Fish Tacos featured image.

Level up the taste of your favorite fish taco with these side dishes that your family will absolutely love! These easy-to-prepare and delicious accompaniments will enhance the texture and flavor of your meal that will surely make your day and make you want for more.

Fish Tacos Side Dishes

Fish tacos, with their tantalizing blend of succulent fish, zesty flavors, and soft tortillas, have rightfully earned their place as a beloved culinary delight. But while the star of the show is undoubtedly the perfectly seasoned and cooked fish, crafting a well-rounded meal experience involves pairing it with complementary side dishes. Whether you're hosting a delightful fiesta or simply looking to elevate your weeknight dinner, choosing the right accompaniments can elevate the entire dining experience.

Mexican Corn Dip

Easy Mexican Corn Dip in a red rimmed bowl with chips

Mexican corn dip has all the flavors of Mexican street corn, is a family favorite and usually disappears faster than it should. This easy side dish features Mexicorn, roasted green chilies as well as shredded cheese.

Candied Jalapenos

A close-up of candied jalapeños glistens atop a rustic wooden spoon, poised over a bowl.

Savor the addictive fiery heat in every bite. The sweet heat of this side dish will add a twist to your snacking.

Caesar Salad

tossing-caesar-salad

Crisp, hand-torn romaine lettuce is tossed in a creamy, classic Caesar Salad dressing made from scratch, then embellished with shatteringly crisp croutons, grated parmesan cheese, and crispy capers. 

Black bean salad

Sit and let it marinate for a couple of minutes. The contrasting textures and tasty flavors of this side dish is always a hit! A healthy choice too.

Avocado Salsa

The refreshing flavors and creamy texture of the avocado will create a delightful taste in your pallet. Perfect for dipping or topping. Your choice.

Cilantro Lime Rice

This captivating and aromatic side dish will add vibrant flavors to your meal and balance your taste buds in every bite.

Chipotle Slaw

The upgraded version of your classic coleslaw. The blending of flavors, the tangy kick of spices and the vibrant colors will boost your appetite and take it to the next level.

ROASTED CHILI CORN SALSA RECIPE

chipotle corn slasa in a white bowl showing texture of the salsa, limes in the background, square image

This roasted chili corn salsa recipe is a sweet corn salsa with a mild to medium heat, much like you would find at the restaurant. My homemade chipotle corn salsa is made with fire-roasted poblano peppers, frozen sweet corn, red onion, cilantro along with fresh lemon and lime juice. Serve the corn salsa with tortilla chips, alongside a burrito bowl or with any of your favorite Mexican food. 

Grilled Vegetables

With a little seasoning and fresh vegetable ingredients that is grilled to perfection, this dish will definitely add depth to any meal.

Sautéed Spinach with Garlic

A pop of green into your plate with a touch of garlicky flavor, this healthy side dish is truly yummy and irresistible. No need to feel guilty on your second plate.

Pico de Gallo

A perfect companion to your fish taco. The tangy and flavorful taste will make your meal superb. Letting it sit on the refrigerator while you are preparing for another dish will enhance the taste even better.

Roasted sweet potato fries

The crispy edges, the crunchy texture and the irresistible natural sweetness of the sweet potato will have your taste buds dancing with joy. Crunchy goodness in every bite.

Cornbread

The delicious buttery and sweet corn aroma gives a delightful combination to your meal plus the soft and moist texture that you will definitely enjoy.

Spicy Cucumber Salad

A refreshing side dish complemented by a zesty and spicy dressing that will surely tickle your pallet and make you want to feel the kick more.

Guacamole

Dive into the creaminess of perfectly mashed avocado, sprinkled with spices and herbs. Indulge in the Mexican flavorful delight in every bite.

Smoked Pineapple

plain smoked pineapple with top still intact, laying down on the smoker grates with grill marks on the pineapple.

Try adding this smoked pineapple to your fish tacos with a burst of juicy, tropical sweetness combined with the smoky flavor that perfectly compliments in every bite. 

Mexican Quinoa Salad

A colorful side dish that is rich in protein. Have this salad while enjoying both taste and nutrition. No worries!

Pickled Red Onions

Pickled Red Onions being pulled out of the jar on a fork

If you love onions this side dish is perfect for you! Burst with flavors with a kick of zestiness and a little bit of spice, this is perfect for your fish taco.

Mexican Street Corn Casserole (Elote)

Mexican corn casserole with lime wedges

This corn casserole has all your favorite flavors of Mexican street corn. Scoop it up with chips and serve it warm, fresh out of the oven. This street corn casserole recipe is full of your favorite Mexican flavors, corn, chipotle pepper, Cotija cheese, and just a hint of lime and hot sauce.

Seasonal Favorite

Baked lattice top crust on an apple pie made with the Crisco pie crust recipe, showing flaky layers in the fluted edge.

This is my award-winning Crisco pie crust recipe; flaky, tender, and made with simple ingredients you already have.

Crisco Pie Crust

Tomatillo Salsa

A delightful balance of sourness, sweetness with a twist of flavors, this side dish will bring a lively element to your meal and wake your taste buds. A healthy treat for you too.

Watermelon Salad

The sweet and juicy watermelon and the delightful flavors from the combination of herbs and spices create a refreshing taste that will suit your palate.

Plantain Chips

A crunchy accompaniment that has a satisfying subtle sweetness flavor and crispy texture, slightly salted and fried until golden brown. One of the best to serve with grilled fish tacos!

Refried Beans

Made from mashed Pinto beans and added with seasonings, this savory rich side dish is a perfect match for your meal.

Coleslaw

A combination of shredded cabbage and carrots together with a tangy dressing. You will never go wrong with this quick and easy, refreshing and crunchy side dish. It can always make you want more.

Mango Salsa

A bowl of black bean and corn salsa with a wooden spoon alongside crispy fish tenders.

Awaken your taste buds with a burst of flavors in every bite of the refreshing balance taste of zesty and sweet appeal. Chef tip: don't skip the fresh cilantro!

Mexican Rice

This infused rich-in-flavor rice, perfectly simmer in well-seasoned broth is always a great choice as an accompaniment. You will not believe that it has only a few ingredients.

Baja Style Slaw

The crunchy texture of cabbage and carrots seasoned with vibrant flavors infused in this dish will surely enhance your dining experience. Perfect accompaniment for almost every dish.

Pineapple Salsa

Tangy, sweet and a little spicy. This irresistible accompaniment will wake your palate and level up your meal. Perfect if you need a fresh summer flavor.

Baked Plantains

A delicious and healthier accompaniment. The crispy texture and the delightful sweetness make it a perfect side dish for your meal. No guilty feeling too!

Citrus Salad

Sour, sweet, salty and savory. This healthy dish will bring you excitement in every bite. Plus, a healthy choice too.

Grilled Asparagus

The smoky and sweet taste of this accompaniment will make you crave for more without feeling guilty. You will not believe that a plain asparagus can taste this good.

Creamy Cilantro Dressing

Upgrade your taste buds with this flavorful, fragrant and zesty dressing. Best if rested for a couple of minutes before serving to enhance the taste even more.

Roasted Red Pepper Dip

Burst with smoky and sweet-savory goodness that will elevate your dining game. The little spicy kick will tickle your palate.

Fresh Tomato Salad

Simple yet delicious accompaniment. The naturally sweet and ripe tomatoes together with red onions and herbs give a fresh taste that will only take a couple of minutes to prepare.

Corn and Black Bean Salsa

Full of flavor and spice. This dish will bring some spice to any boring meal and will make you want for more. The combination of colors and aroma adds to it's addicting taste.

Green Salad with Lime Cilantro Dressing

A simple and refreshing recipe that could be your next favorite. This flavorful dish has a balance of zesty flavor and a delightful kick that can take your meal to a whole new level.

Grilled Zucchini

The tender zucchini seasoned with salt and black pepper, grilled to perfection and served with a sprinkle of fresh herbs will surely make you drool. Slice the zucchini into strips to make it more appealing.

Mexican Street Fries

Crispy fries with flavorful Mexican toppings. This dish will has an irresistible bold taste that will surely please your palate. It's aroma is to die for too.

Roasted Poblano Peppers

The unique flavor from roasting the poblano peppers gives your meal a little kick and a smoky goodness. Perfect grilling really enhances the taste.

Mango and Avocado Salad

This easy to make dish has a naturally sweet, rich and creamy taste and texture that even the kids will surely love! Can be the crowds next favorite too!

Zucchini fritters

Golden and crispy. The shreds of tender zucchini with a little hint of fragrant herbs and garlic combined with its naturally mild sweetness will make your mouth water.

FAQ's and Tips

What fish is usually used in fish tacos?

The fish commonly used in fish tacos is typically a mild, white fish that is well-suited for frying or grilling.

These fish options are often seasoned with a variety of spices and herbs, then either grilled, baked, or deep-fried, before being served in a tortilla and garnished with toppings like shredded cabbage, pico de gallo, salsa, avocado, lime, and various sauces.

Some of the popular fish varieties used in fish tacos include:

Mahi-Mahi: Also known as dorado or dolphin fish (not related to the mammal dolphin), mahi-mahi is a popular choice due to its firm texture and mild flavor.
Tilapia: Tilapia is a widely available and affordable fish with a neutral taste that takes on the flavors of the marinade or seasoning.
Cod: Cod is a classic choice for fish tacos, especially in regions with a strong British or Nordic influence. It has a delicate flavor and flakes nicely when cooked.
Halibut: Although a bit pricier, halibut's flaky texture and slightly sweet taste make it a delicious option for fish tacos.
Snapper: Red snapper or other varieties of snapper can also be used, offering a slightly sweeter flavor compared to some other white fish.


Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 15 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

What To Serve With Mashed Potatoes

Main Dishes That Go Great with Mashed Potatoes featured image.

Mashed potatoes are the perfect side dish but finding the perfect main dish to go with potatoes may be a bit overwhelming. These are the best main dishes to serve with your favorite mashed potatoes.

Main Dishes That Go Great with Mashed Potatoes featured image.

Go beyond chicken and gravy, baked chicken and your other delicious chicken recipes and find a new favorite main dish to serve with leftover mashed potatoes.

Main Dishes That Go Well With Mashed Potato

Find perfect main and side dishes to serve with mashed potatoes. From comforting main dishes to delightful side dishes, enhance your creamy mashed potatoes. Looking for a simple dessert? I recomend my 2 ingredient peanut butter fudge. I also suggest my latest recipe: Slow Cooker Beef Broccoli.

Beef Main Dishes to Serve with Mashed Potatoes

Mashed potatoes and beef are one of those pairings that just make sense; the creamy, buttery potatoes are the perfect base for rich gravies, braised cuts, and saucy steak dishes.

Beef Stroganoff

close shot of the beef stroganoff with the noodles added to the crockpot.

The Beef Stroganoff's tender beef strips, rich flavors of onions and mushrooms, and smooth potato texture combine to make a delectable dish that will leave you craving more. This recipe made it into my Crockpot Game Day Recipes list!

Chicken Fried Steak

The contrast in textures and flavors between the crunchy chicken and the smooth mashed potatoes is just exquisite. 

Country Fried Steak

Typically smothered in a rich and flavorful gravy, adding an extra layer of indulgence to the dish. Also, the combination of the crispy steak, creamy potatoes creates a mouthwatering and comforting meal that is sure to please any meat lover. 

Hamburger with Mushroom Sauce

The rich and savory gravy that accompanies the hamburger adds an extra layer of indulgence to this comforting dish. The tender and juicy hamburger patty pairs perfectly with the mashed potatoes, creating a satisfying and flavorful meal that will leave you craving more. 

Meatloaf

The pairing of the moist and tender meatloaf with the mashed potatoes creates a comforting and satisfying meal that is sure to please everyone at the table. 

Mississippi Pot Roast

mississippi pot roast crockpot recipe

Crockpot Mississippi pot roast is fall apart tender and so full of flavor. In a crock pot combine chuck roast with ranch dressing mix, au jus mix, butter and peperoncini to make a delicious crockpot meal.

Roast Beef with Gravy

Savory gravy truly complements the beef perfectly, adding an extra layer of richness and indulgence. Together, they create a mouthwatering combination with tempting mashed potatoes that will have you coming back for seconds. 

Salisbury Steak

 Sink your teeth into the savory goodness of Salisbury steak, complemented by a velvety mushroom gravy. The mashed potatoes act as a delectable canvas, balancing the rich flavors and adding a comforting element to this classic comfort food.

Slow Cooker Beef Stew

 The slow-cooked tenderness of beef stew is elevated to new heights when ladled atop a bed of mashed potatoes. The velvety potatoes soak up the rich flavors of the stew, creating a luscious amalgamation that will warm your soul with every spoonful.

Slow Cooker Chuck Roast

Mashed potatoes have an exceptional talent for absorbing flavors, and when they meet the tender pot roast it's a match made in culinary heaven. The smooth texture of the potatoes acts as a luxurious base, enhancing the succulence of the meat and vegetables.

Steak Diane

The indulgent, pan-seared steak coated in a rich Diane sauce sings a symphony when accompanied by mashed potatoes. The potatoes act as a neutral foundation, allowing the special occasion dish and the complex flavors of the sauce to take center stage.

Steak Tips with Gravy

Tender beef tips bathed in a luscious mushroom sauce beg for the company of mashed potatoes. The creamy canvas of the potatoes helps to balance the robust flavors of the steak and gravy, creating a luxurious and satisfying combination.

Chicken and Turkey Dishes That Go with Mashed Potatoes

From crispy fried chicken to saucy Marsala, poultry and mashed potatoes are weeknight dinner staples for a reason; the potatoes soak up every bit of that pan sauce.

Chicken Marsala

The chicken is cooked in a rich and savory Marsala wine sauce, infusing it with a depth of flavor that pairs perfectly with the earthy mushrooms. The mashed potatoes provide a comforting and satisfying base for this indulgent dish. 

Chicken Parmesan

 Chicken Parmesan strikes the ideal balance between crunch and smoothness thanks to the breaded chicken cutlet. The chicken is topped with melted cheese, which gives it a rich, savory flavor and works well with the potatoes. 

Chicken Piccata

Chicken Piccata {Giada Recipe} facebook share image

 The creamy texture of the mashed potatoes is well offset by the tartness of the lemon sauce. Every mouthful of Chicken Piccata is an explosion of flavor because of the combination of the soft and juicy chicken with the smooth and buttery potatoes. 

Chicken Pot Pie

The flaky crust of the Chicken Pot Pie adds a delightful crunch to each bite, creating a filling variation on the smooth mashed potatoes. This classic comfort dish is sure to leave you feeling warm and satisfied. 

Fried Chicken

Crunchy chicken and smooth potatoes provide a welcome textural contrast that enhances every taste. The seasoned chicken and buttery mashed potatoes provide an irresistible blend of comfort food and indulgence. 

Mary Me Chicken

Marry Me Chicken with sauce and white rice, blue plate, orange napkin.

Marry me chicken made in the crock pot is the easy dinner meal that everyone loves. The combination of sun-dried tomatoes, heavy cream, and Italian herbs smothering chicken might just make you want to pop a question, it is so good! Don't forget to serve mashed potatoes with it!

Roasted Chicken with Vegetables

 The roasted vegetables add a burst of color and a delicious crunch to some mashed potatoes, complementing the tender chicken perfectly. The combination of flavors and textures creates a satisfying and well-balanced meal that will leave you feeling nourished and satisfied. 

Turkey Meatloaf

A comforting classic like turkey meatloaf deserves a comforting side, and mashed potatoes are just the ticket. With their velvety smoothness, mashed potatoes elevate each bite of the flavorful entree, creating a delicious and comforting union.

Turkey Shepherd's Pie

turkey shepherd's Pie on a plate

 A hearty and wholesome dish like Shepherd's Pie finds its ideal companion in mashed potatoes. As the buttery blanket atop a medley of ground turkey and vegetables, the mashed potatoes bring an extra layer of creaminess, tying the ingredients together into a blissful symphony of flavors.

Turkey Tetrazzini

 The creamy, cheesy delight of turkey tetrazzini finds its ultimate match in mashed potatoes. The soft and creamy potatoes provide a delightful contrast to the rich flavors of the casserole, making every forkful a divine experience.

White Wine Braised Chicken Thighs

 The succulent braised chicken thighs, infused with the flavors of white wine, are taken to new heights when paired with mashed potatoes. The creamy potatoes absorb the aromatic essence of the wine, enhancing the overall taste and creating a culinary masterpiece.

Pork Mains to Serve Alongside Mashed Potatoes

Pork and potatoes go together the way a good Sunday dinner should; whether it is a smothered chop or slow-cooked pulled pork, the combination never misses.

Corned Beef and Cabbage

Sliced ham on a cutting board with spices, sous vide.

Tender corned beef pairs perfectly with the slightly sweet and earthy flavor of the cabbage, creating a well-balanced and delicious meal. The mashed potatoes provide a creamy and comforting base that ties all the flavors together. 

Grilled Pork Chops

The smokiness imparted by grilling the pork chops is a welcome addition to the meal. In addition, the luscious mashed potatoes complement the tender pork well, making for a satisfying and filling supper. 

Ham Steak

The combination of the savory ham slice and velvety mashed potatoes creates a harmonious balance of flavors and textures. Additionally, the natural juices from the ham add a burst of succulence to each bite, elevating the overall dining experience. 

Oven Baked Pork Chops

This easy recipe for pork chops are seasoned with a delicious blend of herbs and spices and then baked to perfection in the oven. The result is a tender and juicy chop that pairs perfectly with the fluffy mashed potatoes. It's a classic combination that never fails to impress. 

Pork Loin with Apples and Onions

A delicious pork and sauerkraut recipe, served in a white bowl.

Flavor-wise, the pork loin, caramelized onions, and apples provide a wonderful contrast to one another. The dish's rich hues make it not only tasty but also aesthetically beautiful and is the perfect pairing for a classic mashed potato. 

Pork Tenderloin

If you are a fan of pork tenderloin this citrus infused recipe is one that you will want to make over and over again. A super easy and satisfying weeknight meal the whole family will get on board with. 

Ribs

Fall-off-the-bone tender ribs coated in a sticky glaze are a barbecue lover's dream. Introduce mashed potatoes to the scene, and their velvety texture serves as a delightful contrast to the smoky, tangy flavors of the ribs, ensuring a satisfying and comforting meal.

Sausage and Peppers

When the zesty sausages and vibrant peppers combine with the mellow creaminess of mashed potatoes provides a pleasant contrast. Its texture helps to tame the spiciness of the sausages and peppers, creating a delightful harmony of flavors.

Slow Cooker Pulled Pork Sandwiches

The combination of pulled pork, tangy BBQ sauce, and refreshing coleslaw is a masterpiece in itself. Add a dollop of mashed potatoes to the equation, and you have a medley of flavors that tickles your taste buds with each bite, creating an unforgettable dining experience.

Smothered Pork Chops

The name says it all: smothered in flavorful gravy, these juicy chops crave the presence of mashed potatoes. The smooth texture of the potatoes mellows the robust flavors of the dish, allowing each component to shine without overpowering the palate.

Seasonal Favorite

Baked lattice top crust on an apple pie made with the Crisco pie crust recipe, showing flaky layers in the fluted edge.

This is my award-winning Crisco pie crust recipe; flaky, tender, and made with simple ingredients you already have.

Crisco Pie Crust

Seafood Dishes That Pair Well with Mashed Potatoes

Seafood with mashed potatoes might surprise you, but a buttery pan sauce on tender salmon or scallops is exactly what those potatoes were made to soak up.

Pan-seared Salmon

You won't be able to get enough of this dish because of the perfect harmony between the rich mashed potatoes and the light fish. 

Seared Scallops

 The delicate sweetness of seared scallops dances harmoniously with the tangy zest of lemon butter sauce. With each forkful, the smooth mashed potatoes serve as a neutral foundation, enhancing the flavors of the scallops and adding a touch of decadence to this easy to make dish.

Shrimp Scampi over Linguine

The garlic shrimp of a Scampi dish finds a luxurious harmony when paired with mashed potatoes. Their silky texture and subtle taste provide a soothing contrast to the robust flavors of the scampi, making every bite a delicious experience.

Sous Vide Sea Bass

the best sous vide sea bass recipe on a plate

The best way to cook a sea bass is to use the sous vide cooking method. By setting the sous vide water temperature to your optimal doneness. The fish will be your preferred temperature from edge to edge. The sea bass will retain all the fat and moisture because of being in the sous vide bag.

Glasses of red sangria with fruit slices and berries, garnished with lemon, sit on a table alongside a plate of fresh fruit.

Spanish Classic!

Red Sangria

Transforms your favorite bottle of red wine into a party-worthy cocktail.

Red Sangria

Veal Dishes to Serve with Mashed Potatoes

Veal is delicate, and mashed potatoes are the ideal companion; their mild, creamy base lets the subtle flavor of the meat stay front and center.

Veal Marsala

The elegant flavors of veal Marsala require an equally sophisticated partner, and mashed potatoes step up to the plate. Their creamy texture acts as a luxurious base, enhancing the delicate flavors of the veal and the earthy richness of the Marsala sauce.

Veal Parmesan

 Indulge in the classic Italian delight that is veal Parmesan and let mashed potatoes take your experience to the next level. The velvety smoothness of the potatoes tempers the richness of the dish, ensuring a harmonious balance of flavors that will leave you craving more.

Veal Scallopini

 The tender veal scallopini, lightly coated in a delicate sauce, finds its culinary soulmate in mashed potatoes. The creaminess of the potatoes accentuates the subtle flavors of the veal, resulting in a refined and satisfying dining experience.

Vegetable Sides and Sauces

Mashed potatoes do not always need a protein to shine; a rich mushroom gravy, creamy spinach, or a hearty vegetable stew can turn a bowl of potatoes into a satisfying meal on its own.

Creamed Kale

Mashed potatoes pair well with delicate, nutrient-packed kale leaves in a creamy sauce. Its velvety texture contrasts well with the lush greens, and their mild taste pairs well with the somewhat bitter kale, making you fall in love with it.

Creamed Spinach

Spinach, known for its many advantages, tastes better with mashed potatoes. Potatoes lend luxury to delicate spinach leaves in a velvety cream sauce. The velvety mashed Yukon gold potatoes and subtle sharpness of the spinach form a delicious combination that will make your taste senses thrill.

Stuffed Pepper Soup

close shot of stuffed pepper soup in a white bowl showing the textures of the ingredients

Stuffed pepper soup is a hearty, thick soup that is like eating a stuffed bell pepper with the ground beef, cooked rice, tomatoes and bell peppers that you love, but you eat it out of a bowl. 

Mushroom Gravy

Mushrooms and mashed potatoes create an umami explosion. Creamy red potatoes enhance the earthy mushroom sauce. The combination provides a symphony of delicious tastes that will leave you licking your lips after a satisfying meal.

Vegan Mushroom Stew

Serve this earthy gem with mashed potatoes for a culinary symphony. The deep stew and creamy potatoes create a sumptuous combination that highlights each ingredient, leaving you warm, satiated, and appreciating plant-based cooking.

Zucchini Lasagna

Imagine pasta sheets layered with soft zucchini, vivid tomato sauce, and melting cheese. Imagine silky mashed potatoes' charm. Its creamy texture complements the zucchini, creating a soothing base that accentuates the lasagna's tastes and leaves you wanting more.

FAQ's and Tips

What do you eat mashed potatoes with spoon or fork?

Ultimately, the choice between using a spoon or a fork to enjoy mashed potatoes is a matter of personal preference. Some people may prefer the convenience and ease of a spoon, while others may enjoy the ability to savor the texture and pick up individual pieces with a fork.

Here are a few factors to consider when deciding which utensil to use:

Consistency: If the mashed potatoes have a smooth and creamy consistency, a spoon is often the preferred utensil. The spoon allows you to scoop up the potatoes easily and enjoy their velvety texture.

Chunky or lumpy potatoes: If the mashed potatoes have visible chunks or lumps, a fork can be more suitable. The tines of the fork can help you pierce and pick up individual pieces, allowing you to savor the texture.

Dining etiquette: If you're in a formal dining setting or a more formal occasion, it is generally more appropriate to use a fork when eating mashed potatoes. This is because using a fork is considered more refined and proper.


Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and a graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 17 years, Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

as seen in:

Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


What Goes With Chili

36 Best Side Dishes to Serve With Chili.

What are the best side dishes to serve with chili dinner? Enjoy our bowl of chili on a chili night accompanied by the perfect side dish found in this list.

36 Best Side Dishes to Serve With Chili.

Looking for your next favorite chili recipe?

This easy beanless low-carb chili recipe is for those who love chili but don't love beans or the carbs that come with them! Full of protein and all the flavors of a traditional chili this easy chili recipe will sure to become a family favorite.

Best side dishes to serve with chili:

Baked potatoes

baked potatoes.

Large potatoes that are baked until their skin turns crispy, while the inside becomes fluffy and soft. They can be topped with various ingredients like butter, sour cream, cheese, or bacon bits.

Black beans and white rice

beans and rice.

A classic combination of tender black beans cooked with flavorful spices and served alongside fluffy white rice. It offers a satisfying and nutritious accompaniment to chili.

Caesar salad

Caesar salad.

A refreshing salad made with crisp romaine lettuce, tossed in a tangy Caesar dressing, and garnished with crunchy croutons and grated Parmesan cheese.

Cheesy breadsticks

cheesy breadstick.

Long, thin breadsticks that are baked to golden perfection and sprinkled with melted cheese. They are an irresistible combination of chewy bread and gooey cheese.

Cheddar biscuits

cheddar biscuit.

Fluffy, buttery biscuits made with cheddar cheese for an extra savory kick. These biscuits are a delightful side to enjoy with chili, adding a touch of cheesy goodness.

Coleslaw

coleslaw.

A cold salad made from shredded cabbage, carrots, and a creamy dressing. It provides a refreshing and crunchy contrast to the rich and spicy flavors of chili.

Cornbread

cornbread.

A moist and slightly sweet bread made with cornmeal. It has a crumbly texture and a golden crust, making it a classic companion to chili. Cornbread has been a chili side dish staple for decades!

Corn on the cob

corn on the cob.

Fresh ears of sweet corn that are boiled, grilled, or roasted until tender. They can be slathered with butter and sprinkled with salt, offering a deliciously sweet and juicy side dish. Corn is quick and easy to make and is the perfect side for your game day chili!

Corn pudding

corn pudding.

A rich and creamy casserole made with sweet corn kernels, eggs, milk, and butter. It has a slightly sweet flavor and a soft, custard-like texture.

Cream Cheese and Chive Deviled Eggs

deviled egg.

Cream Cheese and Chive Deviled Eggs are a delightful appetizer that combines the classic charm of deviled eggs with the creaminess and tanginess of cream cheese. Imagine perfectly boiled eggs, halved lengthwise, with their vibrant yellow yolks delicately removed.

Cucumber and tomato salad

cucumber and tomato salad.

A light and refreshing salad consisting of sliced cucumbers, juicy tomatoes, and a tangy dressing. It adds a cool and crisp element to balance the heat of a bowl of chili.

Fruit salad

fruit salad.

Fruit salad is a vibrant and refreshing medley of various fruits, carefully prepared and combined to create a colorful and enticing dish. It's a delightful combination of flavors, textures, and aromas that celebrate the natural sweetness and juiciness of fresh fruits.

French fries

french fries.

French fries are a beloved and iconic side dish made from sliced and deep-fried potatoes. They are known for their crispy exterior and soft, fluffy interior, creating a delightful contrast of textures.

Garlic bread

garlic bread.

Slices of bread that are buttered, seasoned with garlic, and toasted until golden and aromatic. It's a simple yet flavorful side dish that pairs well with a chili dinner.

Green salad with ranch dressing

green salad.

A fresh medley of mixed greens, such as lettuce, spinach, or arugula, tossed with a creamy and tangy ranch dressing. It provides a light and tangy counterpart to the hearty chili.

Grilled cheese sandwich

grilled cheese.

Grilled cheese is a classic and comforting sandwich that consists of melted cheese sandwiched between two slices of bread. The combination of melted cheese and toasted bread creates a delightful contrast of textures and flavors.

Sous vide grilled vegetables

grilled veggies.

Assorted vegetables, such as bell peppers, zucchini, eggplant, and mushrooms, that are grilled to perfection. They offer a smoky and charred flavor, enhancing the overall meal. Sous vide fajita vegetables will change the way you make fajitas! Full of flavor, crisp, tender and charred all at the same time.  

Guacamole and tortilla chips

guacamole and chips.

A creamy and flavorful dip made from mashed avocados, onions, tomatoes, lime juice, and spices. It's served with crispy tortilla chips for a satisfying and zesty accompaniment.

Hot dogs

hot dogs.

Hot dogs are a great side dish for your chili night with friends! They add an element of comfort and pair well with the flavors of chili. You can serve hotdogs in buns or on their own, and they can be grilled, boiled, or pan-fried according to your preference.

Jalapeno poppers

jalapeno poppers.

Spicy jalapeno peppers stuffed with cheese, breaded, and fried until crispy and make a great easy side dish. They provide a spicy and cheesy kick that complements the robust flavors of chili.

Macaroni and cheese

mac and cheese.

Elbow macaroni pasta coated in a rich and creamy cheese sauce. It's a comforting and indulgent side dish that pairs well with the heartiness of chili.

Mexican rice

Mexican rice.

A flavorful rice dish cooked with onions, tomatoes, spices, and sometimes mixed with vegetables. It adds a savory and aromatic element to the meal as an appetizer or side.

Mexican street corn

Mexican street corn.

Grilled corn on the cob coated with a mixture of mayonnaise, cheese, chili powder, and lime juice. It's a popular street food known for its smoky, tangy, and slightly spicy flavors.

Nachos

nachos.

Crispy tortilla chips topped with melted cheese and various toppings like salsa, guacamole, sour cream, and jalapenos. They provide a crunchy, cheesy, and customizable side option.

Onion rings

onion rings.

Slices of onion coated in a crispy batter and deep-fried until golden brown. They offer a crispy and savory accompaniment to chili. Or you can make air fryer onion rings.

Pico de Gallo

pico de gallo.

A fresh salsa made with diced tomatoes, onions, cilantro, jalapenos, lime juice, and seasonings. It adds a bright and tangy flavor to complement the robustness of chili.

Potato skins

potato skins.

Potato skins are a savory and crispy appetizer that starts with baked or fried potato halves. The potato skins have a satisfyingly crisp exterior that gives way to a tender and fluffy interior.

Quesadillas

quesadilla.

Tortillas filled with melted cheese and often other ingredients like grilled vegetables, chicken, or beef. They are cooked until the cheese is melted and the tortilla is crispy, resulting in a deliciously cheesy and satisfying side dish.

Refried beans

refried beans.

Cooked pinto or black beans that are mashed and fried with onions, garlic, and spices. They have a creamy and savory consistency, making them a popular side dish in Mexican cuisine.

Rice pilaf

rice pilaf.

Fragrant rice dish cooked with aromatic ingredients like onions, garlic, and various herbs and spices. It adds a fluffy and flavorful component to the meal.

Roasted Brussels sprouts

roasted brussels sprouts.

Brussels sprouts that are seasoned, drizzled with oil, and roasted until caramelized and crispy on the outside. They offer a nutty and savory taste that complements chili. Another delicious option would be my sheet pan smashed Brussels sprouts.

Sautéed mushrooms

sautéed mushrooms.

Fresh mushrooms cooked in butter or oil until tender and golden. They provide a rich and earthy flavor that pairs well with the heartiness of chili.

Steamed broccoli

steamed broccoli.

Tender broccoli florets that are steamed until they become bright green and slightly crunchy. They add a nutritious and vibrant element to the meal.

Stuffed bell peppers

stuffed peppers.

Bell peppers hollowed out and filled with a mixture of rice, ground meat, cheese, and other ingredients. They are baked until tender and offer a flavorful and colorful side dish.

Sweet potato fries

sweet potato fries.

Thinly sliced sweet potatoes that are baked or fried until crispy on the outside and tender on the inside. They provide a slightly sweet and satisfying alternative to regular fries.

Tortilla soup

tortilla soup.

A flavorful soup made with a tomato-based broth, shredded chicken, vegetables, and tortilla strips. It offers a warm and comforting option to enjoy alongside chili.

FAQ's and Tips

What to do with leftover chili?

Transform your leftover chili into a mouthwatering plate of chili nachos. Simply spread a layer of tortilla chips on a baking sheet, spoon the chili over the chips, and sprinkle shredded cheese on top. Bake in the oven until the cheese is melted and bubbly. Finish with your favorite toppings such as diced tomatoes, sliced jalapenos, guacamole, and sour cream. The result is a delicious and satisfying snack or appetizer.

Give your leftover chili a new life by using it to make the best stuffed bell peppers. Cut the tops off the bell peppers and remove the seeds and membranes. Fill each pepper with a generous portion of chili and place them in a baking dish. Bake in the oven until the peppers are tender and the filling is heated through. For an extra touch, top the stuffed peppers with shredded cheese during the last few minutes of baking. This creates a flavorful and wholesome meal.

What veggies pair well with chili?

Bell peppers: Whether they are red, green, or yellow, bell peppers add a sweet and crisp element to chili. They also provide vibrant colors to the dish.
Onions: Onions are a staple in chili recipes as they add a savory and aromatic flavor. They can be diced or sliced and cooked alongside the meat or added as a topping.
Tomatoes: Tomatoes are often included in chili recipes as they contribute acidity and richness to the dish. You can use fresh tomatoes, or canned diced tomatoes and they will go with chili.

What kinds of meat can you put in chili?

There are various types of meat that can be used in chili, depending on personal preference and regional variations. Here are some common meats used in chili recipes including beef chili and white chicken chili:

Ground Beef: Ground beef is a popular choice for chili, providing a hearty and rich flavor. It's commonly used in classic chili con carne recipes.

Ground Turkey: Ground turkey can be used as a leaner alternative to ground beef. It adds a mild flavor and works well in lighter or healthier versions of chili.

Steak: Cubed or diced beef steak can be used to add tenderness and a meaty texture to chili. It's a great option for those who enjoy chunks of meat in their chili.

Pork: Pork can be used in chili, either as ground pork or diced pork shoulder or tenderloin. It adds a slightly sweet and rich flavor.

White Chicken: Cooked and shredded chicken can be a delicious and lighter option for chili. It pairs well with a variety of spices and seasonings.

Sausage: Different types of sausages, such as spicy or smoked sausages, can be sliced or crumbled and added to


Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 15 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

as seen in:

Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


32 Types of Blue Fruit

A paper bag with various purple fruits and vegetables spilling out, including grapes, cabbage, beet, eggplant, blueberries, figs, kohlrabi, and a red onion on a yellow background.

Packed with plant compounds, these vibrant blue-colored fruits offer a multitude of benefits.

A paper bag with various purple fruits and vegetables spilling out, including grapes, cabbage, beet, eggplant, blueberries, figs, kohlrabi, and a red onion on a yellow background.

Blue Fruit

Explore the colorful world of these blue fruits and experience the goodness they bring to your plate.

1. Bilberry (Vaccinium myrtillus)

A pair of hands holding freshly picked dark blue fruits (Bilberry) from the blue fruits list, with stained fingers and green foliage in the background.

Also known as European blueberry or whortleberry, bilberries are small, dark blue berries that grow in the wild across Europe. They are similar in appearance to blueberries but have a more intense flavor.

2. Blueberries

wild blueberries.

Blueberries are small, round fruits that are known for their vibrant blue color. They have a smooth, deep blue, sometimes purple skin, almost resembling tiny gems. These little berries are not only delicious but also packed with beneficial nutrients and powerful antioxidants.

3. Blue apples (Blue Java bananas)

Blue apples, also known as Blue Java bananas, are unique fruits with a bluish hue when ripe. They have a creamy and soft texture, similar to regular bananas, but with a hint of vanilla flavor. Their mild sweetness and distinctive color make them an interesting variation of the traditional banana.

4. Blue velvet apricots (Blenheim apricots)

A group of whole black plums with one plum cut in half, showing its yellow-orange flesh and pit, on a white background—these plums are often mistaken for blue fruits due to their deep, rich skin color.
image credit: specialtyproduce.com

Blue apricots, specifically the Blenheim variety, have a stunning blue exterior when fully ripe. Inside, they reveal a vibrant orange flesh that is juicy and slightly tart. These fruits offer a delightful balance of sweet and tangy flavors, making them a delicious treat.

5. Blue blackberries (Obsidian blackberries)

A large white arrow points to a carton of blackberries—one of many types of blue fruit—next to raspberries, both in a metal basket on grass.

Blue blackberries, known as Obsidian blackberries, are a variation of the classic blackberry with a striking, deep blue, indigo color. They boast a rich, sweet-tart flavor that bursts with juiciness. These berries are often used in desserts, jams, or enjoyed fresh as a delightful snack.

7. Blue chokeberries

Hands holding a bunch of dark blue chokeberries and green leaves outdoors.

Blue chokeberries are small, dark blue berries with a slightly tart berries taste. They are often used in jams, jellies, or baked goods due to their intense flavor. These berries are also rich in antioxidants and can be enjoyed as a healthy addition to your diet.

8. Blue cloudberry

Blue cloudberry, also known as the Nordic gold, is a rare and prized fruit. It has a distinctive blue color and a unique flavor that combines sweetness and tartness. These berries are delicate and often enjoyed in jams, preserves, or desserts, and they are highly regarded for their exquisite taste.

9. Blue cornelian cherries

Blue cornelian cherries, also called dogwood cherries, are small blue fruits with a tart and tangy flavor. They are often used in making jams, syrups, or sauces. These berries have a vibrant bluish hue and offer a refreshing taste that adds a delightful twist to various culinary preparations.

10. Blue Corn

A close-up of a dark blue ear of corn, one of the intriguing blue fruits, attached to its stalk, with green corn plants blurred in the background.

Blue corn is a unique type of corn that stands out with its striking blue color. Blue corn is commonly used in various culinary applications, particularly in regions where it is grown. So, while corn kernels are technically a fruit botanically, they are not typically referred to as such in everyday language or culinary contexts.It has a slightly nutty and earthy flavor, distinct from traditional yellow or white corn

11. Blue currants

A metal bowl filled with many small, dark blue currants, a delicious type of blue fruit, sits on a wooden surface.

Blue currants, specifically the Blackdown blue currants, are small berries with a deep indigo color. They have a slightly tart flavor and are commonly used in jams, jellies, or desserts. Blue currants, very similar to black currants, are versatile fruits that can be enjoyed in both sweet and savory dishes.

12. Blue figs

Several ripe blue figs, some purple and one green-yellow, are placed on and around a large green fig leaf on a light background, highlighting the unique hues not typically found in blue fruits.

Blue figs are a unique variety of figs with a blueish-purple skin when fully ripe. They have a lusciously sweet and honey-like flavor, complemented by a soft and smooth texture. Blue figs are often eaten raw, dried, or incorporated into salads, desserts, or cheese platters.

Seasonal Favorite

Baked lattice top crust on an apple pie made with the Crisco pie crust recipe, showing flaky layers in the fluted edge.

This is my award-winning Crisco pie crust recipe; flaky, tender, and made with simple ingredients you already have.

Crisco Pie Crust

13. Blue grapes (Lakemont Seedless grapes)

Two clusters of dark blue grapes, a delicious example of blue fruit, hang from a vine surrounded by large green leaves.

Blue grapes, specifically the Lakemont Seedless variety, are plump and juicy fruits with a deep purple or blue skin. This fruit has a similar shape to concord grapes or an olive. They have a sweet and refreshing taste, and their seedless nature makes them convenient for snacking. Blue grapes are commonly enjoyed fresh, used in desserts, or pressed into refreshing grape juice.

14. Blue jabuticaba

A jabuticaba tree with clusters of round, dark purple fruits—one of the more unusual types of blue fruit—growing directly on its trunks and branches.

Blue jabuticaba is a lesser-known fruit with a blueish hue. It grows directly on the trunk of the tree and has a sweet, grape-like flavor. The fruit's skin is smooth and thin, enclosing a juicy and translucent pulp. Blue jabuticaba is often eaten fresh or used in making juices, wines, or liqueurs.

15. Blue lingonberries

A hand picking a Blue lingonberries from a bush surrounded by green leaves and other blue fruits.

Blue lingonberries are small berries with a deep blue color and a tart taste. They are often associated with their use in traditional Scandinavian cuisine. These berries are used in jams, sauces, or desserts and are known for their high antioxidant content.

16. Blue mulberries

Blue mulberries are a unique variety of mulberries with a blue hue. They have a sweet, slightly tangy flavor and a juicy texture. Blue mulberries are enjoyed fresh or used in jams, pies, or smoothies. They are often praised for their nutritional value and delightful taste.

17. Blue myrtle berries

Blue myrtle berries are small blue fruits that grow on the Myrtus plant. They have a mildly sweet and aromatic flavor, with a touch of tartness. These berries are used in various culinary applications, such as desserts, jams, or flavoring agents in liqueurs.

18. Blue passionfruit

Blue passionfruit, with its vibrant blue-purple skin, is an exotic fruit that offers a tropical and tangy taste. It has a sweet and slightly sour flavor, along with a pleasantly fragrant aroma. Blue passionfruit is commonly used in juices, desserts, or as a unique addition to fruit salads.

19. Blue pears (Ussurian pear)

Blue pears, specifically the Ussurian pear variety, have blue skin. These pears are crisp and juicy, with a sweet and refreshing flavor. Blue pears are often enjoyed fresh, used in salads, or transformed into delicious preserves and chutneys.

20. Blue pitaya (Dragon fruit)

Blue pitaya, commonly known as Dragon fruit, is a tropical fruit with a vibrant blue or purple exterior. It has a mild and subtly sweet flavor, reminiscent of kiwi or melon. Blue pitaya is visually striking and can be eaten fresh, used in smoothies, or added to fruit salads for an exotic touch.

21. Blue pluots (Dapple Dandy pluots)

Blue pluots, specifically the Dapple Dandy variety, are a cross between plums and apricots. They have a blue-purple skin with a sweet and juicy flesh. This type of fruit makes a delicious summer fruit. Blue pluots offer a delightful combination of flavors, combining the best qualities of plums and apricots.

23. Blue quinces (Van Deman's quince)

Blue quinces, specifically the Van Deman's quince variety, have a bluish hue on their skin. They are firm and fragrant fruits with a tart flavor that transforms into sweetness when cooked. Blue quinces are often used in jams, jellies, or baked into desserts, adding a unique twist to culinary creations.

24. Blue raspberries

Blue raspberries are a variation of raspberries with a blueish-purple color. They have a sweet and tangy taste, similar to red raspberries, and are often used in jams, desserts, or enjoyed fresh. Blue raspberries add visual appeal and a burst of flavor to various culinary dishes as well as being known for their antioxidant benefits.

25. Blue Sausage fruit (Decaisnea fargesi, also known as the Blue Bean)

Decaisnea fargesi is a fascinating and exotic fruit that may capture your curiosity. It is a slender, elongated fruit with a distinct appearance. The fruit has a smooth, pale green skin that encloses a unique treasure within. When fully ripe, the fruit turns a stunning shade of blue and becomes soft to the touch.

26. Blue sea buckthorn berries

Blue sea buckthorn berries are small fruits with a vibrant blue color. They have a tart and tangy, almost sour taste, with hints of citrus flavors. These berries are highly nutritious and are commonly used in juices, jams, or as a natural ingredient in skincare products.

27. Blue strawberries (Hokowase blue strawberries)

Blue strawberries, specifically the Hokowase blue variety, have a stunning blue color when fully ripe. They maintain the familiar sweet and juicy characteristics of regular strawberries, with a unique visual appeal. Blue strawberries can be enjoyed fresh, used in desserts, or as an intriguing addition to fruit arrangements.

28. Blue tomatoes

Blue tomatoes are a distinct variety with a bluish-purple skin. They have a sweet and tangy flavor, similar to traditional red tomatoes, but with a hint of fruity undertones. Blue tomatoes can be used in salads, sauces, or enjoyed fresh as a colorful addition to your culinary creations.

29. Concord Grapes

Concord grapes are a unique variety of grapes that are known for their rich, dark blue/purple color. They are medium-sized grapes with a round shape and a slightly thick skin. When you first see them, you'll notice their deep purple blue hue, almost resembling a dark grape jelly. The skin of Concord grapes has a slight powdery coating, giving them a distinctive appearance. Concord grapes are often used for making grape juice, jellies, jams, and even wines. Their bold flavor makes them an excellent choice for adding a pop of grape goodness to recipes or enjoying as a healthy and delicious snack.

30. Elderberries

Elderberries are small, dark blue berries that grow in clusters on the elder tree. They have a tart and slightly bitter taste when raw, but are often cooked or processed into jams, jellies, or syrups. Their shape resembles edible dark blue marbles. Elderberries are known for their antioxidant properties and are commonly used for immune support.

31. Huckleberries

Huckleberries are small blue-black berries like blueberries. They have a sweet and slightly tart flavor with a hint of earthiness. Huckleberries can be eaten fresh, used in pies, jams, or incorporated into various desserts. They are highly regarded for their rich taste and are often foraged in certain regions.

32. Juniper Berries

Juniper berries are small, dark blue-black cones that grow on the juniper shrub, which is native to Europe and other parts of the world. These berries have a unique appearance, resembling tiny, round blue-black beads. Juniper berries are known for their distinct aroma, which can be described as piney and slightly resinous.

33. Plums (damson)

Plums are luscious fruits that are known for their smooth skin and vibrant colors, ranging from deep blue purple to reddish or golden hues. Their shape is round or slightly oval, with a small pit in the center. When ripe, plums offer a juicy and succulent flesh that is pleasantly sweet with a subtle tartness, providing a delightful balance of flavors.

What Makes Blue Fruits Blue?

The blue color in fruits is primarily due to the presence of certain pigments called anthocyanins. Anthocyanins are water-soluble pigments responsible for the range of red, purple, and blue colors found in many fruits, flowers, and vegetables. They belong to a larger group of pigments called flavonoids.

Anthocyanins are synthesized in plant cells and accumulate in the vacuoles, which are specialized compartments within plant cells. The specific composition and arrangement of anthocyanins in the vacuoles determine the color that is visible to our eyes.


Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 15 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

as seen in:

Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


Orange Fruits List

orange fruit.

Discover a vibrant world of deliciousness with this selection of different orange fruits to savor. This compilation presents a delightful array of nature's orange wonders, from familiar favorites to lesser-known gems.

orange fruit.

What are fruits that are orange?

With their captivating colors, enticing aromas, and mouthwatering flavors, these fruits are sure to tantalize your taste buds and add a burst of sunshine to your culinary adventures. Join us on a fruitful journey as we explore the diverse and irresistible range of orange fruits that await your enjoyment.

Apricot

Apricot. n.

Apricots are small fruits with smooth, velvety skin. They have a sweet and slightly tangy flavor, similar to a peach, and a soft flesh that is orange in color.

Blood orange

Blood Orange.

Blood oranges are unique with their deep red or crimson flesh. They have a sweet and slightly tart flavor, reminiscent of regular oranges but with berry-like undertones. I will use this variety of orange to make my orange marmalade.

Buddha's hand (citrus fruit)

Buddha's hand.

Buddha's hand is a peculiar-looking fruit that resembles a cluster of elongated fingers. It has a vibrant orange color and a strong citrusy aroma. It is known for its fragrant zest and is often used for its aromatic properties rather than its flesh.

Cantaloupe (also known as muskmelon)

Cantaloupe.

Cantaloupes are large melons with a rough, netted skin. When ripe, their flesh is sweet, juicy, and pale orange in color. They have a refreshing flavor and are commonly enjoyed fresh or in fruit salads.

Clementine

Clementina de Nules.

Clementines are small, seedless citrus that are easy to peel. They have a vibrant orange color, a juicy texture, and a sweet, tangy flavor. Clementines are often enjoyed as a snack or added to salads and desserts.

Feijoa (pineapple guava)

Feijoa.

Feijoa is a fruit with a green, slightly grainy skin and a orange flesh. It has a unique flavor profile, combining tropical notes with hints of guava, pineapple, and mint. Feijoa is often eaten fresh or used in desserts, jams, and beverages.

Golden kiwi

Golden kiwi.

Golden kiwis are a variety of kiwifruit with a smooth, golden-brown skin. Their flesh is orange, sweeter than green kiwis, and has a tropical flavor with hints of mango and melon. They are typically eaten by cutting them in half and scooping out the flesh.

Jackfruit

Jackfruit is a large tropical fruit with a spiky greenish-yellow exterior. When ripe, its flesh turns orange and has a unique, sweet flavor similar to a blend of pineapple, mango, and banana. It is often used as a meat substitute in vegetarian dishes due to its fibrous texture.

Kumquat

Kumquat Orange.

Kumquats are small, oval-shaped citrus that can be eaten whole, including the peel. They have a tangy and slightly sweet flavor, with the peel offering a contrasting bitter taste. Kumquats are typically enjoyed raw or used in marmalades and preserves.

Mandarin Orange

Mandarin Orange.

Mandarin oranges are small citrus with a vibrant orange color and a thin, easy-to-peel skin. They are known for their sweet flesh and refreshing flavor. Mandarin oranges are typically smaller and sweeter than regular oranges. They have a bright citrus aroma and are often enjoyed as a snack or used in salads, desserts, and citrus-based recipes. The segments of Mandarins are easily separated, making them convenient for consumption. They are popular during the winter season and are associated with celebrations such as Chinese New Year. Mandarin oranges are a delightful burst of sweet orange citrus flavor.

Mango

mango.

Mangos are tropical fruits known for their juicy, fibrous flesh and sweet taste. They have a vibrant orange color and a rich, aromatic flavor with hints of tropical and citrus notes. Mangos are often eaten fresh, blended into smoothies, or used in various culinary preparations.

Nectarine

Nectarine.

Nectarines are similar to peaches but have smooth skin instead of fuzz. They have an aromatic flesh that is sweet and slightly tart. Nectarines come in different varieties, but most have an orange or yellow hue and are enjoyed as a fresh fruit or used in desserts.

Orange

Sweet Orange.

Oranges are citrus fruit with an orange skin and a refreshing, tangy flavor.

Orangelo (cross between grapefruit and orange)

Orangelo.

Orangelos are hybrids resulting from a cross between grapefruits and oranges. They have a bright orange color and a sweet, tangy flavor with a hint of bitterness. Orangelos are often enjoyed as a snack or used in salads and citrus-based dishes.

Papaya

Papaya.

Papayas are tropical fruits with a greenish-yellow skin that turns orange when ripe. They have a soft, buttery texture and a sweet, tropical flavor with hints of melon and citrus. Papayas are often eaten fresh or used in smoothies, salads, and salsas.

Peach

Peach.

Peaches are fuzzy fruits with a soft flesh and a sweet, fragrant flavor. They have a pale orange or yellow color and are renowned for their delicate taste. Peaches are commonly eaten fresh, baked in desserts, or used in jams and preserves.

Persimmon

Persimmon.

Persimmons are fruits with a vibrant orange color and a sweet, honey-like flavor. They can be divided into two types: astringent (Hachiya) and non-astringent (Fuyu). Astringent persimmons are enjoyed when fully ripe and have a custard-like texture, while non-astringent persimmons are firm and crisp like an apple.

Pumpkin

Pumpkin.

Pumpkins are large, round, and typically associated with autumn. They have a thick, orange rind and a sweet, mild taste. Pumpkins are commonly used for making pies, soups, and other savory dishes, as well as festive decorations.

Satsuma

Satsuma Orange.

Satsumas are small, seedless citrus with a loose, easy-to-peel skin. They have a sweet and juicy flesh that is rich in flavor with hints of tangerine. Satsumas are typically enjoyed as a snack or used in salads and desserts.

Sharon fruit (persimmon variety)

Sharon fruit (persimmon variety).

Sharon fruit, also known as a persimmon, is a sweet and slightly tangy fruit with a smooth, orange-colored skin. It has a firm texture and can be eaten when firm or allowed to soften to a custard-like consistency. Sharon fruit is often enjoyed fresh or used in desserts.

Sumo citrus

Sumo citrus.

Sumo citrus, also known as Sumo mandarins, are large and seedless citrus. They have a bumpy, easy-to-peel skin with a rich, bold flavor. Sumo citrus is often described as having a balance of sweetness and acidity.

Tangerine

Dancy Tangerine.

Tangerines are small citrus with a bright orange, easy-to-peel skin. They have a sweet and tangy flavor, similar to oranges but with a slightly more delicate taste. Tangerines are commonly eaten fresh and are popular during the winter months.

Ugli fruit

Ugli fruit.

Ugli fruit is a citrus fruit with a thick, wrinkled, and rough skin that is mottled greenish-yellow or orange. Its flesh is sweet, and tangy, resembling a combination of grapefruit, orange, and tangerine flavors. Ugli fruit is often used for its juice or eaten as a fresh fruit.

FAQ's and Tips

What is the rarest orange fruit?

One of the rarest orange fruits is the Buddha's hand, also known as Buddha's Hand Citron. It is an unusual citrus fruit with a distinctive appearance resembling a cluster of elongated fingers. The fruit is pale to vibrant yellow in color and emits a strong, pleasant fragrance. While it is technically more yellow than orange, some variations of Buddha's hand can have orange hues.

The fruit is considered rare because it is not as widely cultivated as other citrus fruits and is often grown for its ornamental value or as an aromatic ingredient rather than for consumption. Buddha's hand is primarily used for its zest and aromatic oils in culinary preparations, such as flavoring desserts, infusing spirits, or as a fragrant decoration. Its unique shape and rarity make it a prized and sought-after citrus fruit.

What fruit is orange inside and out?

The fruit that is commonly orange both inside and out is the persimmon. Persimmons are known for their vibrant orange color, which extends to both the skin and the flesh. They have a smooth, glossy skin that ranges in shades of orange and red. When you cut open a persimmon, you'll find that the flesh is also a rich, deep orange color.

Depending on the variety, persimmons can have a soft, custard-like texture or a firmer, crisp texture. They are sweet and have a unique flavor, often described as a combination of apricot, honey, and pumpkin. Persimmons are delightful fruits to enjoy when they are ripe and make a tasty addition to various dishes and desserts.

Does orange fruit make you hungry?

The color of food, including orange, can have psychological effects that may influence appetite and hunger in some individuals. The color orange is often associated with warmth, energy, and vibrancy. When people see orange-colored food, it can stimulate their senses and evoke feelings of excitement and anticipation.

However, the impact of color on hunger and appetite can vary from person to person. Factors such as individual preferences, cultural influences, and personal experiences can also play a significant role in determining the psychological response to food colors.

It's worth noting that the effect of color on appetite is a complex and multifaceted aspect of human perception. While some individuals might find that orange food enhances their appetite, others may not experience the same effect. Additionally, factors such as food aroma, taste, and presentation also contribute to appetite stimulation.
Ultimately, the impact of orange-colored fruit on hunger and appetite is subjective and can differ from person to person.


Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 15 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

as seen in:

Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


Varieties of Oranges

Types of Oranges.

Discover the fascinating world of orange varieties, including popular types like Valencia and Navel. From the refreshing Navel orange to the tangy Valencia orange, explore the diverse flavors and characteristics each type brings.

Types of Oranges.

Whether you're craving a juicy mandarin or looking for the perfect orange juice, this article explores the various options available. Learn about the origins and unique culinary applications of different orange varieties, and uncover the secrets behind their delectable taste. Delve into the citrus family's rich tapestry, as we delve into the different types of oranges and their distinct qualities. Savor the zesty wonders and elevate your citrus experience with this comprehensive exploration of orange diversity.

Different Types of Orange Varieties

The vibrant and refreshing flavor of oranges has enchanted palates around the world for centuries, earning this citrus fruit a cherished place in both culinary traditions and daily diets. While many are familiar with the classic Navel or Valencia oranges found in grocery stores, the world of orange varieties is far more diverse and captivating.

From the exotic blood oranges with their deep crimson hues to the tangy and aromatic Seville oranges used for marmalades, each type offers a unique taste experience. In this article, we embark on an exploration of the vast assortment of orange varieties, delving into their distinct characteristics, origins, and culinary applications.

Prepare to be tantalized as we uncover the hidden treasures within the citrus family, revealing the diversity and splendor of nature's zesty creations.

Amanatsu Orange

Amanatsu Orange.

The Amanatsu Orange stands out due to its distinctive flavor and appearance, making it a sought-after citrus fruit in Japan and among citrus enthusiasts who appreciate its unique qualities.

  • Appearance: medium to large in size and have a slightly flattened shape. They have a thick, rough, and bumpy skin that is bright orange in color.
  • Origin: native to Japan and is primarily grown in the Kumamoto prefecture. It is also known as the "Japanese Summer Orange" due to its peak season during the summer months.
  • Flavor: renowned for its distinct sweet and tangy flavor. They have a refreshing taste with a balanced acidity level, making them enjoyable to eat.
  • Seedlessness: typically seedless or have very few seeds, which makes them convenient for eating and juicing.
  • Usage: commonly consumed fresh as a snack or used in various culinary applications. They can be juiced, added to salads, used in desserts, or even utilized for making marmalades and jams.
  • Harvest Season: harvested during the summer months, typically from July to September, when they reach their peak ripeness and flavor.
  • Regional Availability: primarily found in Japan, particularly in the Kumamoto region. They are less commonly available in other parts of the world, but you might find them in specialty stores or markets that import unique citrus varieties.

Ambersweet Orange

Ambersweet Orange.

The Ambersweet Orange offers a delightful combination of sweetness and tang, making it a popular choice among citrus enthusiasts and those who enjoy the flavors of both oranges and tangerines. It's versatility and appealing taste make it a favored option for various culinary purposes.

  • Appearance: medium to large in size and have a round to slightly oval shape. They have a smooth, bright orange peel that is relatively easy to remove.
  • Origin: a hybrid citrus fruit that was developed in the United States. It is a cross between a sweet orange and a tangerine, combining the best qualities of both parent fruits.
  • Flavor: known for its exceptionally sweet and flavorful taste. It has a rich, sugary flavor with hints of citrusy tang, reminiscent of both oranges and tangerines.
  • Seedlessness: typically seedless or contain very few seeds, which adds to their overall appeal and convenience.
  • Usage: highly versatile and can be enjoyed fresh, juiced, or used in various culinary applications. They are often consumed as a snack, squeezed for their juice, or incorporated into recipes for desserts, salads, sauces, and marinades.
  • Harvest Season: typically harvested in the late fall to early winter months, making it available during that time. However, specific harvest periods may vary depending on the region.
  • Regional Availability: primarily grown and available in the United States, particularly in states like Florida and Texas, where they are cultivated for commercial production. They may be more readily found in local markets and grocery stores within those regions.

Bergamot Orange

Bergamot Orange.

The Bergamot Orange's unique flavor and aromatic qualities make it highly sought after for its peel and essential oil. While it may not be commonly consumed as fresh fruit, it plays a significant role in the culinary and fragrance industries, particularly as a key ingredient in Earl Grey tea.

  • Appearance: small citrus fruit, roughly the size of an orange. It has a round shape with a slightly flattened top and bottom. The skin is smooth, thin, and yellow or pale green in color.
  • Origin: native to the Mediterranean region, particularly southern Italy. It is primarily cultivated in the coastal areas of Calabria and Sicily.
  • Flavor: highly aromatic and citrusy, with a pronounced, slightly bitter and sour undertone. The flavor is often described as floral, fragrant, and tangy.
  • Aromatic Peel: The peel of the Bergamot Orange is highly prized and extensively used for its strong, aromatic properties. It contains essential oils that are widely used in perfumes, aromatherapy, and the production of Earl Grey tea.
  • Usage: zest and juice are used as flavorings in culinary applications. The peel is commonly employed to add fragrance and flavor to various recipes, including desserts, beverages, sauces, and confectionery.
  • Earl Grey Tea: famous for their association with Earl Grey tea. The essential oil extracted from the peel is used to infuse the distinctive flavor into the tea, giving it a citrusy and floral note.
  • Limited Availability: relatively limited availability compared to other citrus fruits. They are primarily grown in specific regions of Italy and are not as widely cultivated for commercial purposes as other varieties.

Bitter Orange

Bitter oranges, with their characteristic bitterness, play a significant role in culinary creations and the production of various products. While they may not be eaten fresh, their unique flavor and aromatic properties make them a valuable ingredient in both sweet and savory dishes.

  • Appearance: also known as Seville oranges are medium-sized citrus fruits. They have a round shape with a slightly rough and dimpled skin. The color of the peel is bright orange when fully ripe.
  • Flavor: As the name suggests, bitter oranges have a distinctly bitter taste. The flavor is sour and tart, with a sharp citrusy bite. The bitterness comes from compounds called limonoids and flavonoids present in the fruit.
  • Usage: Bitter oranges are not typically consumed as fresh fruit due to their intense bitterness. However, they are widely used as the key ingredient in making marmalades, preserves, and traditional liqueurs such as Curaçao and Triple Sec.
  • Cooking and Flavoring: valued for their high pectin content, which makes them ideal for setting jams and jellies. The juice and zest are often used to add a tangy and bitter flavor to savory dishes, sauces, marinades, and dressings.
  • Essential Oil: derived from the peel, is used in perfumery and as a flavoring agent. It has a strong, citrusy aroma and is employed in creating colognes, fragrances, and aromatherapy blends.
  • Medicinal Uses: The peel and juice have been employed for digestive issues, as well as in herbal remedies and traditional practices.
  • Seville Orange Festival: The bitterness of Seville oranges is celebrated in the annual Seville Orange Festival in Spain, where they are used to make marmalades and other citrus products.
  • Citrus Aurantium: belonging to the species Citrus aurantium, which also includes other varieties like sweet oranges and bergamot oranges. The different varieties within this species have distinct flavor profiles and culinary uses.

Blood Orange

Blood Orange.

Blood oranges are prized for their unique appearance, flavor, and versatility in the culinary world. Their rich red flesh and distinct taste make them a sought-after citrus fruit, particularly during the winter season.

  • Appearance: medium-sized citrus fruits similar in size to regular oranges. What sets them apart is their distinctive deep crimson or reddish-orange flesh, which can range from streaks of red to almost entirely red. The skin of blood oranges is usually orange but may have reddish blushes.
  • Origin: believed to have originated in the Mediterranean region, specifically in Sicily, Italy. They are also grown in other citrus-growing regions around the world, including the United States, Spain, and Morocco.
  • PUMPKIN PIE DIP: have a unique flavor profile that is often described as sweet and tart with hints of berry-like undertones. Some varieties may exhibit a slightly bitter or citrusy flavor. The characteristic red pigmentation can also contribute to a subtly floral or raspberry-like aroma.
  • Anthocyanins: The vibrant red color of blood oranges comes from the presence of anthocyanin pigments, which are natural antioxidants found in certain fruits and vegetables. The intensity of the red color can vary depending on the variety and ripeness of the fruit.
  • Culinary Uses: often eaten fresh, juiced, or used in a variety of recipes ranging from salads, desserts, cocktails, and even savory dishes. The visually appealing color of blood oranges adds an extra dimension to culinary presentations.
  • Season: limited seasonal availability during the winter months, usually from December to April. The peak harvest time may vary depending on the region and specific variety.
  • Varieties: There are several popular varieties of blood oranges, including the Tarocco, Moro, and Sanguinello. Each variety may have slightly different characteristics in terms of flavor, sweetness, and intensity of red pigmentation.

Calamondin Orange

Calamondin Orange.

Calamondin oranges offer a unique flavor profile and have cultural significance in Southeast Asian cuisine. Their small size, tangy taste, and ornamental value make them a distinctive citrus fruit enjoyed both for culinary purposes and as decorative plants.

  • Appearance: roughly the size of a golf ball. They have a round shape and a thin, smooth, glossy orange skin. The skin is edible and adds a burst of citrus flavor.
  • Origin: also known as Calamansi, are believed to have originated in Southeast Asia, particularly in the Philippines. They are widely cultivated in the region and have spread to other tropical areas around the world.
  • Flavor: unique flavor that combines sourness, tartness, and sweetness. The taste is often described as a cross between a lime and a tangerine. The juice has a refreshing tanginess with a hint of floral notes.
  • Usage: juice is commonly used as a souring agent in Filipino cuisine and as a flavoring ingredient in sauces, marinades, dressings, and beverages. The fruit can be eaten whole or used as a garnish in dishes.
  • Ornamental Plant: grown as ornamental plants due to their attractive appearance. They have dense foliage and small, fragrant white flowers, which make them popular as potted plants or for landscaping purposes.
  • High Acid Content: have a relatively high acid content, which makes them suitable for making marmalades, preserves, and jams. The tartness of the fruit adds a pleasant tangy flavor to these preparations.
  • Medicinal and Folklore Uses: In traditional medicine, they have been used for their potential benefits. They are believed to have digestive and antimicrobial properties. Additionally, the fruit has been used in folklore and traditional practices for various purposes.
  • Versatility: valued for their versatility and adaptability. They can be grown in containers or in the ground, making them suitable for home gardens and urban environments.

Cara Cara Orange

Cara Cara Orange.

Cara Cara oranges have gained popularity for their unique flavor and appealing appearance. The combination of their sweet taste, low acidity, and vibrant pink flesh makes them a favorite choice for both culinary and visual appeal.

  • Appearance: medium-sized citrus fruits similar in size to regular oranges. They have a round shape and a smooth, bright orange peel that is easy to remove. The flesh is distinctively pink or reddish, often described as salmon-colored.
  • Origin: Cara Cara oranges are a natural mutation of the Washington navel orange. They were discovered in Venezuela in the 1970s and have since gained popularity in various citrus-growing regions, including California and Florida in the United States.
  • Flavor: Cara Cara oranges have a sweet, mildly acidic taste with subtle hints of cherry, cranberry, and raspberry flavors. They are generally sweeter and less acidic than traditional navel oranges, making them a favorite among citrus enthusiasts.
  • Versatility: They can be enjoyed fresh as a snack or used in a variety of culinary applications. The sweet and tangy flavor of the fruit makes it suitable for salads, desserts, fruit compotes, smoothies, and even savory dishes.
  • Juice and Garnish: The bright pink juice of Cara Cara oranges adds vibrant color and a refreshing taste to beverages. It is often used in cocktails, mocktails, and fruit juices. The attractive pink hue also makes them a visually appealing garnish for various dishes.
  • Season: typically available during the winter months, from December to April. The peak harvest time may vary depending on the region and specific growing conditions.
  • Other Names: Cara Cara oranges are also known by other names, including "Red Navel" or "Pink Navel" oranges, due to their distinctive color and resemblance to traditional navel oranges.

Caracara Pink Orange

See Cara Cara Orange. The correct name for Caracar Pink Orange is Cara Cara.

Clementina de Nules

Clementina de Nules.

Clementina de Nules oranges are valued for their sweet flavor, aromatic qualities, and ease of consumption. They are a popular choice for enjoying fresh as a snack or incorporating into various culinary preparations.

  • Origin: Clementina de Nules is a variety of Clementine orange that is named after the town of Nules in the province of Castellón, Spain. It was first cultivated in the mid-20th century in the region.
  • Appearance: small to medium-sized citrus fruits. They have a round shape with a smooth, bright orange peel that is easy to peel or segment. The segments are juicy and seedless.
  • Flavor: sweet and tangy flavor with a balanced acidity. They are known for their aromatic qualities and have a pleasant fragrance. The flesh is tender and juicy.
  • Season: typically harvested in the winter months, from December to February. This is when they are at their peak in terms of flavor and juiciness.
  • Culinary Uses: popular for fresh consumption due to their sweet and juicy characteristics. They can be eaten as a snack, used in salads, desserts, or squeezed for juice. The easy-to-peel nature of the fruit makes it convenient for on-the-go snacking.
  • Seedless: One of the advantages of Clementina de Nules oranges is that they are typically seedless or have very few seeds. This makes them easy to eat and enjoy without the need for removing seeds.
  • Storage: Clementina de Nules oranges should be stored in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. They can also be refrigerated to prolong their freshness.

Clementina Fina

Clementina Fina oranges are appreciated for their small size, sweet flavor, and easy peeling. They are a delightful citrus fruit option, particularly during the winter season, and can be enjoyed fresh or used in various culinary preparations.

  • Origin: Clementina Fina is a variety of Clementine orange that originated in Spain. It is known for its small size and sweet flavor.
  • Appearance: small to medium-sized citrus fruits. They have a round shape with a smooth, bright orange peel that is easy to peel. The flesh is typically juicy and seedless.
  • Flavor: known for its exceptionally sweet flavor. They have a delicate and refreshing taste with a good balance of sweetness and acidity. The flesh is tender and often described as juicy.
  • Season: typically harvested in the winter months, from November to January. This is when they are at their peak in terms of flavor and sweetness.
  • Culinary Uses: popular for fresh consumption due to their small size, easy-to-peel nature, and sweet taste. They can be eaten as a snack, added to fruit salads, or used in desserts and baked goods. The juice of Clementina Fina oranges can also be used in beverages or as a flavoring in recipes.
  • Seedless: One of the desirable qualities of Clementina Fina oranges is that they are typically seedless or have very few seeds. This makes them convenient to eat and enjoy without the need for removing seeds.
  • Storage: Clementina Fina oranges should be stored in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. They can also be refrigerated to prolong their freshness.

Clementines

Clementines are beloved for their small size, easy peelability, and sweet flavor. They are a popular citrus fruit choice during the winter season and are enjoyed by people of all ages.

  • Origin: a hybrid citrus fruit that is believed to be a cross between a mandarin orange and a sweet orange. They are believed to have originated in Algeria in the early 20th century. The name "Clementine" is derived from the French missionary, Father Clement Rodier, who is credited with discovering the fruit.
  • Appearance: Clementines are small, round citrus fruits. They have a smooth, thin, and glossy orange peel that is easy to peel by hand. The flesh of Clementines is typically deep orange, juicy, and segmented.
  • Flavor: known for their sweet and tangy flavor. They have a refreshing taste with a good balance of sweetness and acidity. The flesh is tender and aromatic, often described as juicy and bursting with flavor.
  • Season: typically in season during the winter months, from November to January. However, they can sometimes be found in stores as early as October and as late as February, depending on the region.
  • Culinary Uses: popular for their convenient size, easy-to-peel nature, and sweet flavor. They are often enjoyed as a snack on their own or added to fruit salads. Clementines can also be used in various culinary preparations, including desserts, smoothies, juices, and baked goods.
  • Seedless Varieties: Many commercially available Clementines are seedless or have very few seeds, which adds to their appeal and convenience.
  • Storage: store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. They can also be refrigerated to prolong their freshness.

Dancy Tangerine

Dancy Tangerine.

Dancy Tangerines are appreciated for their delicious flavor, ease of peeling, and aromatic qualities. They offer a delightful citrus experience and are a seasonal treat during the winter months.

  • Origin: also known as the Dancy Mandarín or Dancy Mandarin, is a variety of mandarin orange that originated in Tangier, Morocco. It was introduced to the United States in the mid-19th century.
  • Appearance: small to medium-sized citrus fruits. They have a slightly flattened shape and a thin, smooth, and easily peelable skin. The skin is deep orange in color.
  • Flavor: known for their rich, sweet, and tangy flavor. They have a strong citrus aroma and a juicy, tender flesh. The segments are easy to separate and are typically seedless or have very few seeds.
  • Season: typically harvested in the winter months, from December to January. This is when they are at their peak in terms of flavor and sweetness.
  • Culinary Uses: often enjoyed fresh as a snack due to their sweet and tangy flavor. They can also be used in salads, desserts, and as a flavoring in beverages. The juice of Dancy Tangerines is refreshing and can be used in various culinary applications.
  • Ornamental Value: Dancy Tangerine trees are valued not only for their fruit but also for their ornamental value. The trees have glossy green leaves, fragrant white flowers, and can be grown as potted plants or used for landscaping purposes.
  • Limited Availability: Dancy Tangerines are less commonly found in commercial markets compared to other citrus varieties. They are more commonly grown in home gardens or small-scale orchards.

Hamlin Orange

Hamlin Orange.

Hamlin oranges are valued for their sweet flavor, juiciness, and versatility. They are a popular choice for both fresh consumption and juice production, particularly in Florida.

  • Origin: also known as Hamlin sweet orange, is a variety of citrus fruit that originated in Florida, United States. It was named after H.H. Hamlin, who played a significant role in its development and promotion.
  • Appearance: medium-sized citrus fruits with a round to slightly oblate shape. They have a thin, bright orange peel that is relatively easy to peel or segment. The flesh is typically juicy and segmented.
  • Flavor: known for their sweet and mildly acidic flavor. They have a well-balanced taste with a refreshing citrus aroma. The flesh is tender and juicy, making them enjoyable to eat.
  • Season: typically harvested in Florida from October to January. They are one of the early-season orange varieties, and their availability may vary depending on the region.
  • Culinary Uses: They can be enjoyed fresh as a snack or used in a variety of dishes. The sweet and tangy flavor of the fruit makes it suitable for salads, desserts, fruit juices, and even savory dishes.
  • Juice: Hamlin oranges are commonly used for juice production due to their high juice content and pleasing flavor. Their juice is often used for orange juice blends or enjoyed on its own.
  • Cold Tolerance: One of the notable characteristics of Hamlin oranges is their tolerance to colder temperatures compared to other orange varieties. This makes them suitable for cultivation in regions with cooler climates.
  • Commercial Importance: Hamlin oranges are commercially important in Florida, particularly for the juice industry. They are widely grown in the state and contribute to the citrus industry's economic value.

Honey Mandarin

honey mandarin.

Honey Mandarins are cherished for their exceptionally sweet flavor, juicy flesh, and aromatic qualities. They offer a delightful citrus experience and are a seasonal treat during the late winter and early spring months.

  • Origin: The Honey Mandarin, also known as the Honey Tangerine or Murcott, is a citrus fruit that is believed to be a cross between a tangerine and a sweet orange. It is thought to have originated in Tangier, Morocco.
  • Appearance: medium-sized citrus fruits. They have a slightly flattened shape and a thin, smooth, and easily peelable skin. The skin is deep orange in color and may have a pebbled texture.
  • Flavor: known for its exceptionally sweet and honey-like flavor, which gives them its name. They have a rich, fragrant taste with a good balance of sweetness and acidity. The flesh is tender, juicy, and typically seedless.
  • Season: typically harvested in the late winter and early spring months, from January to April. This is when they are at their peak in terms of flavor and sweetness.
  • Culinary Uses: enjoyed fresh as a snack due to their delightful flavor and easy-to-peel nature. They can also be used in salads, desserts, smoothies, and as a flavoring in beverages. The juice of Honey Mandarins is sweet and can be enjoyed on its own or used in various recipes.
  • Availability: popular in many citrus-growing regions, including the United States, Spain, and Morocco. They can often be found in supermarkets and specialty fruit markets during their harvest season.
  • Fragrance: known for their aromatic qualities. They have a pleasing, sweet fragrance that adds to the overall sensory experience when enjoying the fruit.

Jaffa Orange

Jaffa orange

Jaffa Oranges are appreciated for their sweet flavor, juicy flesh, and historical significance. They offer a delicious taste and are a recognized symbol of high-quality citrus.

  • Origin: also known as the Shamouti Orange, is a variety of sweet orange that originated in the city of Jaffa (now part of Tel Aviv), Israel. It gained international recognition and became synonymous with Israeli citrus.
  • Appearance: medium to large-sized citrus fruits. They have a round shape with a slightly rough, thick, and bright orange peel. The peel is often easy to remove, revealing the juicy segments inside.
  • Flavor: known for their deliciously sweet and tangy flavor. They have a refreshing taste with a good balance of sweetness and acidity. The flesh is tender, juicy, and typically seedless.
  • Season: typically harvested from November to March. They are associated with the winter season and are known for their availability during this time.
  • Historical Significance: Jaffa Oranges have a rich history and were historically one of the main citrus exports from the region. They gained popularity in Europe and other parts of the world due to their superior taste and quality.
  • Culinary Uses: commonly enjoyed fresh as a snack due to their sweet and juicy characteristics. They can also be used in salads, desserts, fruit juices, and various culinary applications. The juice of Jaffa Oranges is flavorful and can be used as a refreshing beverage.
  • Global Reputation: Jaffa Oranges have become a symbol of high-quality citrus fruits. The term "Jaffa" is often used to refer to oranges of superior taste and origin.
  • Cultural Significance: Jaffa Oranges have cultural significance in the region, representing a part of the heritage and agricultural history of Israel. They have also been associated with the development of the Israeli citrus industry.

Kishu Mandarin

Kishu Mandarins are cherished for their small size, intense sweetness, and delightful flavor. They offer a unique citrus experience and are sought after for their gourmet quality.

  • Origin: also known as Kishu Mikan or Kishu Orange, is a small citrus fruit that originated in Kishu, a region in Wakayama Prefecture, Japan.
  • Appearance: small-sized citrus fruits, usually smaller than a golf ball. They have a round shape with a smooth, thin, and bright orange peel. The skin is tightly adhered to the flesh, making it easy to peel by hand.
  • Flavor: known for their intense sweetness and well-balanced flavor. They have a rich citrus aroma and a juicy, tender flesh. The flavor is often described as exceptionally sweet with hints of tartness.
  • Seedless: typically seedless or contain very few seeds, which adds to their appeal and ease of consumption.
  • Season: typically harvested from November to January. They are associated with the winter season and are a popular fruit during that time.
  • Culinary Uses: often enjoyed fresh as a snack due to their small size and sweet flavor. They are also used in culinary applications such as salads, and desserts, and as a garnish for various dishes. The juice of Kishu Mandarins is flavorful and can be used in beverages or as a flavoring in recipes.
  • Popularity: highly regarded for their exceptional taste and are considered a gourmet fruit. They have gained popularity not only in Japan but also in other countries where they are available.
  • Regional Speciality: a specialty fruit from the Kishu region in Japan. The region's favorable climate and growing conditions contribute to the fruit's exceptional quality and flavor.

Kiyomi Orange

Kiyomi Orange,

Kiyomi Oranges are appreciated for their sweet flavor, juicy flesh, and attractive appearance. They offer a delightful citrus experience and are a sought-after fruit during the winter months in Japan.

  • Origin: a citrus fruit that is a hybrid between a Kishu Mandarin and a Sweet Orange. It was developed in Japan and is named after the city of Kiyomi in the Ehime Prefecture.
  • Appearance: medium-sized citrus fruits. They have a round to slightly oblate shape with a smooth, thin, and bright orange peel. The peel is relatively easy to remove, revealing the juicy segments inside.
  • Flavor: known for their sweet and tangy flavor. They have a refreshing taste with a good balance of sweetness and acidity. The flesh is tender, juicy, and typically seedless.
  • Season: typically harvested from January to March. They are associated with the winter season and are known for their availability during this time.
  • Culinary Uses: commonly enjoyed fresh as a snack due to their sweet and juicy characteristics. They can also be used in salads, desserts, fruit juices, and various culinary applications. The juice of Kiyomi Oranges is flavorful and can be used as a refreshing beverage.
  • Popularity: popular in Japan and have gained recognition for their pleasant taste and attractive appearance. They are valued for their quality and are often given as gifts during the winter season.
  • Regional Specialty: closely associated with the Ehime Prefecture in Japan, where they are grown. The region's climate and growing conditions contribute to the fruit's flavor and quality.

Kumquat Orange

Kumquat Orange.

Kumquats are unique citrus fruits that offer a delightful combination of sweet and sour flavors. Their small size, edible peel, and tangy taste make them a popular choice for various culinary uses.

  • Appearance: small, oval-shaped citrus fruits that resemble miniature oranges. They have a thin, edible peel that is bright orange in color. The peel is sweet, and the fruit is typically consumed whole, including the peel.
  • Flavor: Kumquats have a distinctive flavor profile. The peel is sweet and provides a burst of flavor, while the flesh has a tangy and tart taste. The combination of sweet and sour flavors makes kumquats quite refreshing.
  • Varieties: There are several different varieties of kumquats, including the Nagami Kumquat, Marumi Kumquat, and Meiwa Kumquat. Nagami Kumquats are the most common variety, known for their oblong shape, while Marumi Kumquats are rounder and slightly sweeter. Meiwa Kumquats are larger and sweeter than the other varieties.
  • Edible Peel: One unique aspect of kumquats is that the peel is sweet and can be eaten along with the flesh. The peel provides a burst of flavor and is often the sweetest part of the fruit.
  • Culinary Uses: Kumquats can be enjoyed fresh as a snack or used in various culinary applications. They can be sliced and added to salads, used as a garnish, or used to make marmalades, jams, and chutneys. Kumquats are also popular as a candied fruit or used in baked goods and desserts.
  • Season: Kumquats are typically harvested in the winter months, from December to March. They are often associated with the holiday season.

Lue Gim Gong Orange

While the Lue Gim Gong Orange may not be as widely available today as it was in the past, its historical significance and reputation for taste and cold hardiness make it an intriguing citrus variety in the context of citrus cultivation in Florida.

  • Origin: The Lue Gim Gong Orange is named after Lue Gim Gong, a Chinese-American horticulturist and plant breeder. Lue Gim Gong worked in Florida during the late 19th and early 20th centuries and is known for developing citrus varieties adapted to the region's climate.
  • Appearance: a type of Satsuma Mandarin, which is a smaller, seedless citrus fruit. It has a thin, easily removable, orange-colored peel. The fruit is typically round and may have a slightly flattened shape.
  • Flavor: Lue Gim Gong Oranges are known for their sweet, juicy, and tangy flavor. They have a rich citrus aroma and are often considered one of the tastiest varieties of mandarins.
  • Season: Satsuma Mandarins, including the Lue Gim Gong Orange, are typically harvested during the late fall and early winter months, usually from November to January.
  • Cold Tolerance: Satsuma Mandarins, including the Lue Gim Gong Orange, are valued for their cold hardiness. They can withstand colder temperatures compared to many other citrus varieties, making them suitable for cultivation in regions with milder winters.
  • Popularity: The Lue Gim Gong Orange gained popularity during its time and was highly regarded for its flavor and cold tolerance. It played a significant role in the development of the citrus industry in Florida.
  • Historical Significance: The Lue Gim Gong Orange is notable for its connection to Lue Gim Gong, who contributed to the improvement of citrus varieties in Florida. His work helped establish the reputation of Florida citrus and its importance in the state's economy.

Maltese Blood Orange

Maltese Blood Oranges offer a delightful combination of sweet, tangy flavor and a visually stunning appearance. Their unique characteristics make them a prized citrus variety, both for their taste and their ability to add a pop of color to culinary creations.

  • Origin: also known as Tarocco or Sanguinello, is a variety of blood orange that is believed to have originated in Sicily, Italy. It is highly regarded for its unique flavor and vibrant red flesh.
  • Appearance: Maltese Blood Oranges are medium-sized citrus fruits. They have a round to slightly oval shape with a slightly rough, thick, and orange peel. However, what sets them apart is their striking deep red to burgundy-colored flesh, which is a result of the presence of anthocyanins.
  • Flavor: known for their sweet and tangy flavor with berry-like undertones. They have a distinctive citrus taste, with a hint of raspberry or strawberry notes. The flesh is juicy and succulent.
  • Season: typically harvested from December to March, although the exact timing can vary depending on the region. They are associated with the winter season and are known for their availability during this time.
  • Culinary Uses: prized for their unique flavor and vibrant appearance. They are often enjoyed fresh as a snack or used in various culinary applications. Their juice is popular in cocktails, fruit salads, desserts, and as a colorful garnish. The deep red juice can also be used to add striking color to sauces and dressings.
  • Popularity: highly regarded for their exceptional flavor and visual appeal. They are sought after by citrus enthusiasts and chefs for their unique characteristics and culinary versatility.
  • Regional Specialty: Sicily, Italy, is known for producing high-quality Maltese Blood Oranges. The island's favorable climate, volcanic soil, and expertise in citrus cultivation contribute to the fruit's superior taste and quality.

Mandarin Orange

Mandarin Orange.

Mandarin oranges are loved for their sweet flavor, easy-to-peel segments, and bright citrus aroma. They are a refreshing and nutritious fruit that is widely appreciated around the world.

  • Origin: Mandarin oranges are believed to have originated in China and Southeast Asia. They have a long history of cultivation and are widely grown in various parts of the world today.
  • Appearance: typically small to medium-sized citrus fruits. They have a round shape with a slightly flattened top and bottom. The peel is thin, smooth, and relatively easy to remove. The color of the peel can vary, ranging from bright orange to deep orange-red.
  • Flavor: known for their sweet and juicy flavor. They have a delightful balance of sweetness and acidity. The segments are easy to separate and eat individually, making them a convenient and refreshing snack.
  • Varieties: There are several different varieties of mandarin oranges, including Clementines, Satsumas, Dancy, Honey Mandarin, and Kishu Mandarin, among others. Each variety has its own unique characteristics in terms of taste, size, and peel texture.
  • Season: Mandarin oranges are typically in season during the winter months, from November to January. They are often associated with the holiday season and are a common fruit gift during that time.
  • Culinary Uses: Mandarin oranges are not only enjoyed as a fresh snack but also used in various culinary applications. They can be used in salads, desserts, smoothies, fruit compotes, and as a flavoring in sauces and marinades. Mandarin orange juice is also popular and can be found in many commercial fruit juice blends.

Minneola Tangelo

Minneola Tangelo.

Minneola tangelos offer a delightful combination of sweetness, tartness, and juiciness. Their distinct bell shape and vibrant flavor make them a popular choice among citrus lovers.

  • Appearance: The Minneola tangelo is larger than a tangerine and has a distinctive bell-shaped form. It has a bright orange rind that is relatively easy to peel. The fruit has a prominent, knob-like neck at the stem end.
  • Flavor: Minneola tangelos have a unique flavor that combines the sweetness of a tangerine with a tart and tangy undertone reminiscent of a grapefruit. The flavor is often described as refreshing and balanced, with a pleasant citrus aroma.
  • Seed Content: Most Minneola tangelos are seedless or have very few seeds, making them easy to eat and enjoy.
  • Juice Content: Minneola tangelos are known for their high juice content, which is sweet and flavorful. The juice can be used in various culinary applications or enjoyed on its own.
  • Season: Minneola tangelos are typically harvested from December to February, although the exact timing can vary depending on the region. They are often associated with the winter season and are enjoyed as a fresh citrus treat during that time.
  • Culinary Uses: Minneola tangelos can be eaten fresh as a snack or used in various culinary creations. They can be segmented and added to salads, used in desserts, juiced for beverages, or incorporated into marinades and sauces.

Moro Orange

Moro Orange.

The Moro orange stands out for its deep red flesh, unique flavor, and potential benefits associated with its anthocyanin content. It is a favorite among citrus enthusiasts and is prized for its culinary versatility and striking appearance.

  • Appearance: The Moro orange is medium-sized and has a round to slightly oval shape. The peel is typically orange, but what sets the Moro orange apart is its vibrant and deep red to burgundy-colored flesh. The intensity of the red color can vary depending on factors such as climate and growing conditions.
  • Flavor: Moro oranges have a distinct flavor that is both sweet and tart. They have a rich, berry-like taste with a hint of raspberry or pomegranate. The flavor profile is often described as complex and slightly more intense compared to other orange varieties.
  • Anthocyanins: The striking red color of the Moro orange's flesh is due to the presence of anthocyanins, a type of pigment that is also found in various berries. Anthocyanins are antioxidants that contribute to the fruit's unique appearance and potential benefits.
  • Season: Moro oranges are typically harvested during the winter months, from December to February. They are known as a seasonal specialty and are often associated with the colder months.
  • Culinary Uses: The Moro orange is not only enjoyed as a fresh and flavorful snack but also used in various culinary applications. Its deep red juice is highly sought after and is used in cocktails, fruit salads, desserts, and sauces. The vibrant color of the Moro orange flesh also makes it visually appealing as a garnish or ingredient in culinary creations.
  • Regional Specialty: The Moro orange is primarily grown in regions with the right climate and conditions, including areas in Italy, Spain, and the United States (such as California and Florida). Sicily, Italy, is particularly known for producing high-quality Moro oranges.

Navel Orange

Navel Orange.

Navel oranges are a classic and widely recognized orange variety known for their sweetness, juiciness, and distinctive navel formation. They are a delightful choice for enjoying as a snack or incorporating into various culinary creations.

  • Appearance: Navel oranges are medium to large-sized citrus fruits with a round to slightly oblate shape. The most distinctive feature of Navel oranges is the small, partially formed secondary fruit that protrudes from the blossom end, resembling a human navel. This formation gives the fruit its name.
  • Flavor: Navel oranges have a sweet and slightly tangy flavor with a hint of acidity. They are known for their juicy and refreshing taste. The flesh is typically seedless, making them easy to enjoy.
  • Peel and Color: The peel of Navel oranges is relatively thick and easy to remove. It is typically bright orange in color, though the shade can vary depending on factors such as climate and maturity.
  • Season: Navel oranges are primarily harvested during the winter months, from December to April, depending on the region. They are a common sight in grocery stores and farmers' markets during the winter season.
  • Culinary Uses: Navel oranges are delicious when eaten fresh as a snack. They can also be used in various culinary applications, including salads, desserts, juices, smoothies, and as a flavoring in sauces and marinades. The segments can be easily separated and used in recipes.
  • Popularity: Navel oranges are widely loved for their sweet flavor, easy-to-peel nature, and seedless flesh. They are one of the most popular orange varieties worldwide.

Ortanique Orange

The Ortanique orange offers a delightful combination of sweetness, tanginess, and juiciness. It is a unique hybrid citrus fruit that is highly appreciated for its flavor and versatility in culinary applications.

  • Origin: The Ortanique orange was developed in Jamaica in the early 20th century. It was created by crossing a tangerine (specifically, a Clementine variety) with a sweet orange (either a Valencia or a Parson Brown orange).
  • Appearance: Ortanique oranges are medium-sized citrus fruits with a round to slightly oblate shape. They have a smooth and relatively thin orange rind that is easy to peel.
  • Flavor: Ortanique oranges have a sweet and tangy flavor that combines the sweetness of an orange with the slight tartness of a tangerine. They are known for their balanced and refreshing taste.
  • Seed Content: Most Ortanique oranges are seedless or have very few seeds, making them easy to eat and enjoy.
  • Juice Content: Ortanique oranges have a high juice content, which is both sweet and flavorful. The juice is commonly used in beverages, including juices, cocktails, and smoothies.
  • Season: Ortanique oranges are typically harvested from late winter to early spring, depending on the specific region. They are associated with the peak citrus season and are often available from January to April.
  • Culinary Uses: Ortanique oranges can be enjoyed fresh by segmenting the fruit and eating it as a snack. They can also be used in various culinary applications, such as salads, desserts, marmalade, and as a flavoring in sauces and marinades.

Orlando Tangelo

The Orlando tangelo offers a delightful combination of sweetness, tanginess, and juiciness. It is a versatile citrus fruit that inherits desirable traits from both grapefruit and tangerine parents.

  • Appearance: Orlando tangelos are medium to large-sized citrus fruits with a round to slightly oblate shape. They have a smooth and relatively thin orange rind that is easy to peel. The fruit may have a slightly bumpy texture on the skin.
  • Flavor: Orlando tangelos have a sweet and tangy flavor with a pleasant balance of sweetness and acidity. They inherit some of the grapefruit's characteristic tanginess but are typically milder and sweeter. The taste is refreshing and citrusy.
  • Seed Content: Orlando tangelos are often seedless or have very few seeds, making them convenient to eat and enjoy.
  • Juice Content: Orlando tangelos have a good amount of juice, which is sweet and flavorful. The juice is commonly used in beverages, including fresh juices, smoothies, and citrus-based cocktails.
  • Season: Orlando tangelos are typically harvested during the winter months, from December to February, depending on the region. They are associated with the peak citrus season and are often available during that time.
  • Culinary Uses: Orlando tangelos can be enjoyed fresh by peeling and eating the segments as a snack. They can also be used in various culinary applications, such as adding them to salads, desserts, fruit bowls, and marmalades. The juice can be squeezed and used in cooking or as a refreshing beverage.

Page Mandarin

Page mandarins offer a delightful combination of sweetness, tanginess, and juiciness. They are a popular choice for those who enjoy the flavors of tangerines and grapefruits combined into one fruit.

  • Appearance: Page mandarins are small to medium-sized citrus fruits with a round shape. They have a smooth and thin orange rind that is relatively easy to peel. The fruit may have a slightly bumpy texture on the skin.
  • Flavor: Page mandarins have a sweet and tangy flavor that is similar to a tangerine but with a hint of grapefruit-like tartness. The taste is often described as refreshing and balanced.
  • Seed Content: Most Page mandarins are seedless or have very few seeds, making them easy to eat and enjoy.
  • Juice Content: Page mandarins have a moderate juice content, which is sweet and flavorful. The juice can be used in various culinary applications or enjoyed on its own.
  • Season: Page mandarins are typically harvested during the winter months, from December to February, depending on the region. They are associated with the peak citrus season and are often available during that time.
  • Culinary Uses: Page mandarins can be enjoyed fresh as a snack by peeling and eating the segments. They can also be used in various culinary creations, including salads, desserts, marmalade, and as a flavoring in sauces and marinades.

Parson Brown Oranges

Parson Brown oranges are a well-known and widely enjoyed variety of sweet orange. They are cherished for their sweet flavor, juiciness, and versatility in culinary uses.

  • Origin: Parson Brown oranges were first discovered in Florida, United States, in the 19th century. The exact origin and parentage of the variety are unclear, but it is believed to be a chance seedling.
  • Appearance: Parson Brown oranges are medium-sized citrus fruits with a round to slightly oval shape. They have a smooth and relatively thick orange rind that is easy to peel. The color of the rind can vary from light to deep orange.
  • Flavor: Parson Brown oranges have a sweet and juicy flavor with a balanced level of acidity. They are known for their classic, rich orange flavor.
  • Seed Content: Parson Brown oranges can contain a varying number of seeds, ranging from few to many, depending on the specific fruit and growing conditions.
  • Juice Content: Parson Brown oranges have a good amount of juice, which is sweet and flavorful. The juice is commonly used for fresh consumption, as well as in beverages, cooking, and baking.
  • Season: Parson Brown oranges are typically harvested during the winter months, from December to February, depending on the region. They are associated with the peak citrus season and are often available during that time.
  • Culinary Uses: Parson Brown oranges are versatile fruits that can be enjoyed fresh by peeling and eating the segments. They can also be used in various culinary applications, including salads, desserts, juices, and as a flavoring in sauces and marinades.

Pineapple Orange

Pineapple oranges are a delightful variety of sweet orange that offers a unique flavor experience. Their tropical and tangy taste reminiscent of pineapples makes them a favorite for those seeking a distinct citrus experience.

  • Appearance: Pineapple oranges are medium-sized citrus fruits with a round to slightly oblate shape. They have a smooth and relatively thin orange rind that is easy to peel. The color of the rind can vary from light to deep orange.
  • Flavor: Pineapple oranges are named for their distinct flavor that resembles the taste of pineapple. They have a sweet and tangy flavor with tropical notes. The combination of sweetness and pineapple-like tanginess sets them apart from other orange varieties.
  • Seed Content: Pineapple oranges can be seedless or have a few seeds, depending on the specific fruit and growing conditions.
  • Juice Content: Pineapple oranges have a good amount of juice, which is sweet and flavorful. The juice can be enjoyed on its own or used in various culinary applications, such as in beverages, dressings, and marinades.
  • Season: Pineapple oranges are typically harvested during the winter months, from December to February, depending on the region. They are associated with the peak citrus season and are often available during that time.
  • Culinary Uses: Pineapple oranges are delicious when eaten fresh by peeling and enjoying the segments. They can also be used in salads, desserts, and as a flavoring in various recipes that call for the unique pineapple-like taste.

Pixie Mandarin

Pixie mandarins are prized for their sweet and vibrant flavor, small size, and easy-to-peel nature. They are a delightful citrus fruit that brings a burst of sweetness to your taste buds.

  • Size and Appearance: Pixie mandarins are relatively small compared to other citrus fruits, typically about the size of a golf ball. They have a flattened shape and a smooth, thin, and bright orange rind. The rind is easy to peel, making them convenient to eat.
  • Flavor: Pixie mandarins are known for their exceptionally sweet flavor. They have a rich, aromatic, and slightly tart taste that is characteristic of mandarin oranges. The flesh is juicy and often seedless.
  • Season: Pixie mandarins are primarily harvested in the late fall and winter months, usually from November to February. They are associated with the peak citrus season and are often available during that time.
  • Origin: The Pixie mandarin was developed in California, United States. It is a result of a cross between the Kincy mandarin and the Dancy tangerine, created by the University of California, Riverside.
  • Culinary Uses: Pixie mandarins are delicious when eaten fresh as a snack or added to salads and fruit bowls. Their small size makes them great for lunch boxes or on-the-go snacks. They can also be used in various recipes, such as desserts, smoothies, and baked goods.

Sanguinello Orange

Sanguinello oranges are highly regarded for their distinctive red flesh, sweet-tart flavor, and culinary versatility. They add a touch of visual appeal and a unique taste to various dishes and beverages.

  • Appearance: Sanguinello oranges are medium-sized citrus fruits with a round to slightly oval shape. They have a distinctive deep red to burgundy-colored flesh, which sets them apart from other orange varieties. The peel is usually orange with some reddish blush.
  • Flavor: Sanguinello oranges are known for their rich and complex flavor. They have a sweet and tart taste with hints of raspberry or berry-like undertones. The flavor profile is often more intense and sweeter than regular oranges.
  • Juice Content: Sanguinello oranges have a good juice content, and their deep red color gives the juice a vibrant appearance. The juice is often used in culinary applications and is popular in various beverages, including cocktails and freshly squeezed juices.
  • Season: Sanguinello oranges are typically harvested in the winter months, starting from late December through February, depending on the region. They are part of the blood orange season and are associated with that period.
  • Culinary Uses: Sanguinello oranges are versatile fruits that can be enjoyed fresh by peeling and eating the segments. Their striking appearance and unique flavor make them a popular choice for garnishing salads, desserts, and savory dishes. The juice can be used in dressings, sauces, and desserts, or simply enjoyed on its own.

Satsuma Orange

Satsuma Orange.

Satsuma oranges are cherished for their sweet flavor, easy peeling, and seedless nature. They are often enjoyed as a snack and are a popular choice during the winter months when they are in season.

  • Origin: Satsuma oranges are believed to have originated in Japan and are named after the Satsuma province (now Kagoshima prefecture) where they were first cultivated. However, they are now grown in various parts of the world, including the United States.
  • Appearance: Satsuma oranges are small to medium-sized citrus fruits with a slightly flattened shape. They have a thin, loose, and easily peelable rind. The rind is bright orange and may have a slightly rough texture.
  • Flavor: Satsuma oranges have a sweet and delicate flavor with a balanced level of acidity. They are known for their intense sweetness and lack of tartness, making them popular among those who prefer a milder citrus taste.
  • Seed Content: Satsuma oranges are typically seedless or have few seeds, making them convenient to eat and enjoy.
  • Peelability: One of the distinguishing features of Satsuma oranges is their loose and easy-to-peel rind. The segments separate easily, making them a convenient and portable snack.
  • Season: Satsuma oranges are typically harvested in the late fall and winter months, usually from November to January or February, depending on the region. They are associated with the peak citrus season and are often available during that time.
  • Culinary Uses: Satsuma oranges are delicious when eaten fresh by peeling and enjoying the segments. They can also be used in various culinary applications, such as salads, desserts, juices, and as a flavoring in sauces and marinades.

Seville Orange

Seville Orange.

Seville oranges are distinctive for their bitter taste and are primarily used in culinary applications such as marmalade and liqueurs. Their unique flavor profile adds complexity to dishes and preserves, making them a sought-after ingredient for those who appreciate the bitterness in their culinary creations.

  • Appearance: Seville oranges are medium-sized citrus fruits with a round shape and a thick, rough, and bumpy orange rind. The rind is fragrant and contains essential oils used for various purposes.
  • Flavor: As the name suggests, Seville oranges have a distinctly bitter taste. The flesh is tart and acidic, making it unsuitable for fresh consumption. However, the bitterness of the fruit is highly valued in culinary applications and gives a unique flavor to certain dishes.
  • Culinary Uses: Seville oranges are most commonly used in the production of marmalade due to their high pectin content, which helps the marmalade set. The bitter flavor also adds depth and complexity to the preserves. The peel of Seville oranges is also used in flavoring liqueurs such as Triple Sec and Curaçao.
  • Season: Seville oranges are typically in season during the winter months, from January to March, depending on the region. They are harvested when they reach a certain level of bitterness required for their culinary applications.
  • Other Uses: Apart from culinary uses, the essential oil extracted from the peel of Seville oranges is used in perfumes, aromatherapy, and as a flavoring in certain cosmetics and cleaning products.
  • Traditional Medicine: In traditional medicine practices, Seville oranges have been used for their potential benefits. The fruit is believed to possess properties that aid digestion and provide relief from certain gastrointestinal conditions.

Sunki Orange

Sunki oranges are favored for their sweet and tangy flavor, ease of peeling, and juiciness. They are enjoyed as a refreshing snack and utilized in various culinary preparations.

  • Origin: The Sunki orange is believed to have originated in the Guangdong province of China. It is now cultivated in various other countries, including Brazil, where it is commonly grown.
  • Appearance: Sunki oranges are small to medium-sized citrus fruits with a round shape. They have a smooth and thin rind that is bright orange in color. The rind is relatively easy to peel.
  • Flavor: Sunki oranges have a sweet and tangy flavor with a pleasant citrus aroma. They are known for their refreshing taste and juiciness. The flavor is often described as a balance between sweetness and acidity.
  • Seed Content: Sunki oranges are typically seedless or contain few seeds, making them convenient for eating or juicing.
  • Season: Sunki oranges are usually harvested during the late fall and winter months, depending on the region. They are associated with the citrus season and are often available during that time.
  • Culinary Uses: Sunki oranges are commonly consumed fresh as a snack or used in salads, desserts, and juices. Their sweet and tangy flavor adds a burst of citrusy goodness to various recipes. They can also be used to make marmalades and preserves.

Sweet Orange

Sweet Orange.

Sweet oranges are one of the most popular citrus fruits globally, valued for their delicious taste, juiciness, and versatility in the kitchen. They are enjoyed by themselves as a snack or incorporated into various culinary creations.

  • Varieties: There are numerous varieties of sweet oranges, including popular ones like Valencia, Navel, Hamlin, and Cara Cara, among others. Each variety may have slight variations in taste, appearance, and ripening season.
  • Appearance: Sweet oranges have a round to slightly oval shape with a smooth and firm orange-colored rind. The rind is typically easy to peel, revealing the segments inside.
  • Flavor: As the name suggests, sweet oranges are known for their sweet and tangy flavor. They have a refreshing taste with a good balance of sweetness and acidity. The flavor can vary slightly between different varieties.
  • Seed Content: Many modern sweet orange varieties are seedless or have few seeds, making them more convenient for eating. However, some traditional or heirloom varieties may still contain seeds.
  • Culinary Uses: Sweet oranges are versatile fruits used in various culinary applications. They are commonly enjoyed fresh, juiced, or used in salads, desserts, smoothies, and baked goods. They can also be used in savory dishes or to make marmalades and preserves.
  • Season: The season for sweet oranges can vary depending on the variety and the region in which they are grown. Some varieties ripen in winter, while others may be available in late fall or early spring.

Tangelos

Tangelos.

Tangelos are beloved for their unique flavor, juiciness, and easy-to-peel nature. They provide a delightful citrus experience that combines the best of tangerines and grapefruits, making them a popular choice among citrus fruit enthusiasts.

  • Varieties: The most common types of tangelos include Minneola, Orlando, and Seminole. Each variety has its own distinct characteristics in terms of flavor, appearance, and availability.
  • Appearance: Tangelos are typically larger than tangerines but smaller than grapefruits. They have a round to slightly oblong shape with a smooth and thin, easy-to-peel rind. The rind is typically orange in color, similar to tangerines.
  • Flavor: Tangelos have a flavor profile that combines the sweetness and juiciness of tangerines with a slightly tart and tangy undertone reminiscent of grapefruit. The overall taste is often described as rich, sweet, and aromatic.
  • Seed Content: Most commercially available tangelos are seedless or have very few seeds, making them convenient to eat and enjoy.
  • Culinary Uses: Tangelos are primarily consumed fresh as a snack or used in salads, desserts, smoothies, and juices. They can be segmented and added to fruit salads or used as a refreshing topping for yogurt or ice cream. Tangelo juice is also popular and can be enjoyed on its own or as part of various beverage recipes.
  • Season: Tangelos are typically in season during the late fall and winter months, depending on the specific variety and the region in which they are grown.

Tarocco Orange

Tarocco Orange.

Tarocco oranges are celebrated for their distinctive red flesh, sweet flavor, and aromatic qualities. Their unique attributes make them a sought-after variety among citrus enthusiasts and those looking to experience a visually striking and delicious orange variety.

  • Appearance: Tarocco oranges are medium-sized citrus fruits with a slightly oblong shape. The outer rind is typically bright orange in color and may have a pebbled texture. However, what distinguishes Tarocco oranges is their deep red or crimson-colored flesh, which is visually striking.
  • Flavor: Tarocco oranges have a sweet and complex flavor profile. They are known for their low acidity and high sugar content, which gives them a delightful sweetness. The taste is often described as a harmonious balance between sweetness and tanginess.
  • Seed Content: Tarocco oranges are typically seedless or have very few seeds, making them easy to enjoy without interruptions.
  • Culinary Uses: Tarocco oranges are highly prized for their superior flavor and are often enjoyed fresh. Their distinct color and flavor make them an excellent addition to fruit salads, desserts, and other culinary creations. They are also commonly used in making fresh juices and as a base for citrus-based sauces and marinades.
  • Availability: Tarocco oranges are primarily grown in Italy, particularly in the regions of Sicily and Calabria. However, they have gained popularity and can sometimes be found in specialty markets or gourmet stores in other countries during their peak season.
  • Season: Tarocco oranges are typically in season from late winter to early spring, usually from January to April, depending on the region. This is when the fruit reaches its peak flavor and ripeness.

Tangor

Tangor.

Tangors offer a unique citrus experience, combining the best qualities of tangerines and sweet oranges. They provide a refreshing and flavorful option for citrus lovers and can be enjoyed in a variety of ways, both fresh and in culinary preparations.

  • Varieties: There are several varieties of tangors, including Temple, Murcott, and Ortanique, among others. Each variety has its own distinct characteristics in terms of flavor, appearance, and availability.
  • Appearance: Tangors generally resemble tangerines in terms of their size and shape. They have a round to slightly oblong shape with a smooth and thin rind. The rind is usually orange in color, similar to tangerines or sweet oranges.
  • Flavor: Tangors have a flavor profile that is a combination of the sweetness and juiciness of tangerines with the mild acidity of sweet oranges. The overall taste can vary depending on the specific variety, but it is often described as a balance between sweetness and tanginess.
  • Seed Content: Most tangors are seedless or have very few seeds, making them convenient to eat and enjoy.
  • Culinary Uses: Tangors are primarily consumed fresh as a snack or used in salads, desserts, smoothies, and juices. They can be segmented and added to fruit salads or used as a flavorful addition to various dishes. Tangor juice is also popular and can be enjoyed on its own or as part of mixed citrus juices.
  • Season: The specific season for tangors can vary depending on the variety and the region in which they are grown. Some varieties may be available during the late fall and winter months, while others may be more readily available in early spring.

Temple Orange

Temple oranges are highly regarded for their exceptional flavor, combining the best qualities of tangerines and sweet oranges. They are a popular choice for those seeking a citrus fruit with a unique taste that is both sweet and tangy.

  • Origin: The Temple orange was developed by Dr. Walter T. Swingle in Florida, USA, in the early 1900s. It is named after the Temple family, who provided the land for the first commercial plantings.
  • Appearance: Temple oranges are medium-sized citrus fruits with a round to slightly oval shape. They have a thin, smooth, and easy-to-peel rind that is bright orange in color. The flesh inside is typically deep orange and juicy.
  • Flavor: Temple oranges have a delightful balance of sweetness and tartness. They are known for their rich, aromatic flavor with hints of both tangerine and sweet orange. The taste is often described as tangy, sweet, and highly flavorful.
  • Seed Content: Most Temple oranges are seedless or have very few seeds, making them convenient to eat and enjoy.
  • Culinary Uses: Temple oranges are primarily consumed fresh as a snack or used in salads, desserts, and juices. They are also favored for their juicing properties and can be used to make refreshing and flavorful citrus juices.
  • Season: Temple oranges are typically in season during the late fall and winter months, depending on the region. This is when they are at their peak flavor and availability.

Trifoliate Orange

Trifoliate Orange.

While Trifoliate oranges are not typically consumed as fresh fruit due to their sour taste, they hold value as ornamental plants, rootstock for grafting, and for their potential medicinal properties. Their unique characteristics make them a fascinating member of the citrus family.

  • Appearance: Trifoliate oranges are small to medium-sized citrus trees or shrubs with thorny branches. The leaves are deciduous and consist of three leaflets arranged in a fan-like pattern. The plant's flowers are white and emit a pleasant fragrance.
  • Fruit: The Trifoliate orange produces small, round fruits that resemble oranges in shape but are smaller in size, typically around 3-5 centimeters in diameter. The fruit has a rough and bumpy texture on its skin, which ranges from yellow-green when immature to bright orange when fully ripe.
  • Edibility: Unlike sweet oranges, Trifoliate oranges are extremely sour and bitter. The flesh is highly acidic and contains numerous seeds. As a result, the fruits are not typically consumed fresh, but they can be used for culinary and ornamental purposes.
  • Uses: Trifoliate oranges are primarily grown as ornamental plants due to their attractive appearance, hardiness, and tolerance to cold climates. The fruits can be used to make marmalades, preserves, or as a flavoring agent in certain recipes. The plant is also utilized as a rootstock for grafting other citrus varieties, as it imparts cold tolerance and disease resistance to the grafted plant.
  • Cold Hardiness: Trifoliate orange is known for its exceptional cold hardiness compared to other citrus species. It can withstand freezing temperatures and is often used as a rootstock for citrus trees in regions with colder climates.
  • Medicinal Uses: In traditional Chinese medicine, various parts of the Trifoliate orange plant, including the fruit, leaves, and roots, are used for their potential medicinal properties. They are believed to have antimicrobial, anti-inflammatory, and digestive benefits.

Trovita Orange

Trovita oranges are appreciated for their sweet flavor, juiciness, and versatility. Whether enjoyed fresh or used in various culinary preparations, Trovita oranges provide a delightful citrus experience.

  • Origin: Trovita orange was developed by the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) and the University of California's Citrus Research Center. It was introduced in 1935 and is a result of a cross between a Washington navel orange and a Dancy tangerine.
  • Appearance: Trovita oranges are medium-sized citrus fruits with a slightly oblong to round shape. They have a smooth, thin, and easy-to-peel rind. The rind's color ranges from bright orange to deep orange when fully ripe.
  • Flavor: Trovita oranges are known for their deliciously sweet and juicy flavor. They have a balanced and rich taste with a hint of tartness. The flavor is often described as refreshing and aromatic.
  • Seed Content: Most Trovita oranges are seedless or contain very few seeds, making them convenient for consumption.
  • Culinary Uses: Trovita oranges are primarily consumed fresh as a snack or used in salads, desserts, and juices. Their sweet flavor makes them suitable for making fresh orange juice, and they can be added to various recipes that call for oranges.
  • Availability: Trovita oranges are primarily grown in California, Arizona, and Texas in the United States. They are available during the winter months, typically from December to February.

Valencia Orange

Valencia oranges are highly regarded for their juiciness and sweet flavor, making them a popular choice for both eating and juicing. They are a staple in the citrus industry and beloved by orange enthusiasts around the world.

  • Origin: Valencia oranges are believed to have originated in the Mediterranean region, particularly in Spain. They are named after the city of Valencia in Spain, which is known for its citrus production.
  • Appearance: Valencia oranges are medium-sized citrus fruits with a round to slightly oval shape. They have a thin, smooth, and bright orange-colored rind. The flesh inside is typically juicy and segmented.
  • Flavor: Valencia oranges are prized for their sweet and tangy flavor. They have a refreshing taste with a good balance of sweetness and acidity. The juice of Valencia oranges is particularly flavorful and commonly used for drinking and cooking.
  • Seed Content: Valencia oranges typically have seeds, although seedless varieties have been developed and are available in some markets.
  • Culinary Uses: Valencia oranges are versatile and can be enjoyed fresh as a snack, squeezed for juice, or used in various culinary applications. Their sweet and tangy flavor makes them suitable for making fresh orange juice, fruit salads, desserts, marinades, and salad dressings.
  • Availability: Valencia oranges are known as the "summer orange" because they have a longer harvesting season compared to other orange varieties. They are typically available from spring to early summer, although they can be found in some regions year-round due to global trade and cultivation.

FAQ's and Tips

How can you tell an orange is ripe and ready to be picked?

There are a few signs to look for to determine if an orange is ripe and ready to be picked:

Color: Oranges typically develop a bright orange hue when fully ripe. Depending on the variety, the shade of orange may vary, but avoid picking oranges that are predominantly green or have a greenish tint. A deep, vibrant orange color is usually a good indication of ripeness.

Texture: Gently squeeze the orange in your hand. Ripe oranges should feel firm but yield slightly to pressure. Avoid oranges that are overly soft, as they may be overripe or spoiled.

Weight: Ripe oranges tend to be heavier compared to unripe ones. When you hold an orange, it should feel relatively dense and have a satisfying weight for its size.

Skin texture: The skin of a ripe orange should be smooth and glossy. Avoid oranges with blemishes, mold, or signs of damage on the skin.
Aroma: Take a sniff near the stem end of the orange. Ripe oranges emit a fragrant citrusy aroma. If the orange has a pleasant, sweet scent, it is likely ripe and ready to be enjoyed.

It's important to note that oranges can continue to ripen after being picked, so if an orange is slightly underripe but meets the other criteria, you can allow it to ripen further at room temperature. However, if an orange is unripe and shows no signs of progressing, it may be best to leave it on the tree for more time before harvesting.

Remember, these guidelines may vary slightly depending on the specific variety of orange, so it can be helpful to familiarize yourself with the characteristics of the particular orange tree you are harvesting from.



Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 15 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

as seen in:

Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

Pinterest Rachael JELL-O

Fresh Blackberry Lemonade

blackberry lemonade in a glass with garnishes.

Blackberry lemonade is a sweet, tart, refreshing drink made with fresh lemon juice, blackberries, and homemade simple syrup. This recipe takes about 20 minutes from start to finish, with most of that time being hands-off simmering.

I make this every summer when blackberries are in season, but frozen berries work just as well year-round.

blackberry lemonade in a glass with garnishes.

Why this homemade blackberry lemonade works

The blackberry simple syrup is the key here. Instead of just dumping berries into lemonade and hoping for the best, you simmer them with sugar and water to extract all their flavor and color. This creates a concentrated syrup that sweetens the lemonade while giving you that deep purple color and berry flavor in every sip.

Straining out the seeds is non-negotiable. Blackberry seeds are bitter and gritty; you want the flavor without the texture.

Blackberry lemonade ingredients:

This recipe uses just four ingredients: water, sugar, blackberries, and fresh lemons. The simple syrup method concentrates the blackberry flavor, and fresh lemon juice gives you the bright acidity that balances the sweetness.

blackberry lemonade ingredients with text overlays, sugar, water, blackberries, lemons.
  • Water - You need 7 cups total, divided. One cup goes into the simple syrup with the blackberries and sugar; the remaining six cups dilute the finished lemonade to drinking strength.
  • Sugar - White granulated sugar dissolves cleanly into the hot water and does not compete with the berry flavor. One cup sweetens the syrup; adjust the final lemonade to your taste if you prefer it less sweet.
  • Frozen Blackberries - I use frozen because they break down faster when simmered, releasing more juice than fresh berries. Fresh blackberries work, but you will need to simmer them a few minutes longer to extract the same amount of flavor. Either way, you are straining out the solids, so texture does not matter here.
  • Fresh Lemon Juice - Bottled lemon juice tastes flat and chemical. Fresh-squeezed lemon juice has the acidity and brightness this drink needs. You will need about 6-8 lemons to get 1 cup of juice, depending on their size and how juicy they are.
  • Fresh Lemon Slices and Blackberries for Garnish - Optional, but they make the pitcher look better and add a little extra flavor if people crush the berries while they drink.

Recipe Card?

To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

Substitutions

Here is what you can swap if you need to adjust this recipe.

  • Frozen Blackberries for Fresh - Fresh blackberries work, but they take longer to break down. Add 3-5 minutes to the simmer time and press them gently with the back of a spoon to help release their juice. The flavor is nearly identical once strained.
  • Honey or Agave for Sugar - I tested this with honey and it works, but the honey flavor comes through and competes with the berries. If you use honey, reduce the amount to ¾ cup because it tastes sweeter than granulated sugar. Agave works the same way. I do not recommend either unless you specifically want that flavor.
  • Bottled Lemon Juice for Fresh - I tested this once and the lemonade tasted metallic and flat. The acidity was there, but the bright lemon flavor was missing. Do not do this unless you are truly desperate.

How to Make Blackberry Lemonade

This lemonade comes together in two steps: make the blackberry syrup, then mix it with lemon juice and water. The whole process takes about 20 minutes.

making blackberry syrup in a pan.

Make the Blackberry Simple Syrup

In a medium saucepan, combine 1 cup water, 1 cup sugar, and the frozen blackberries. Bring the mixture to a boil over medium-high heat, stirring occasionally to dissolve the sugar. Once it boils, reduce the heat to medium-low and let it simmer for 10 minutes.

Syrup Tip

You will see the berries break down and the liquid turn deep purple. The syrup should look glossy and slightly thickened when you lift the spoon.

A clear glass bowl filled with dark red liquid sits on a patterned black and white napkin against a white background.

Strain the Syrup

Set a fine mesh sieve over a heatproof bowl or pitcher. Pour the hot blackberry mixture through the sieve, pressing gently on the solids with the back of a spoon to extract as much liquid as possible. Discard the seeds and pulp.

Temperature Tip

Let the syrup cool to room temperature before using it; if you add it hot to the cold water, it will not mix evenly.

A glass pitcher filled with yellow lemonade and a metal stirring spoon, set on a white surface with a white tiled background.

Mix the Lemonade

In a large pitcher, combine the cooled blackberry syrup, 1 cup fresh lemon juice, and 6 cups cold water. Stir well. Taste it and adjust if needed; if it is too tart, add another tablespoon or two of sugar and stir until dissolved. If it is too sweet, add more lemon juice.

blackberry lemonade in a glass with a pitcher in the background.

Serve

Pour over ice and garnish with fresh lemon slices and blackberries if using. The lemonade is ready to drink immediately, but it tastes even better after chilling in the fridge for an hour to let the flavors marry together.

How to Make Spiked Blackberry Lemonade

If you want to add alcohol, vodka, gin, white rum, or tequila all work well with this recipe. Each one brings a different flavor profile.

  • Vodka is the cleanest option; it lets the blackberry and lemon flavors come through without adding anything else. Add 1-2 cups to the pitcher after step 3, depending on how strong you want it.
  • Gin adds herbal notes that pair nicely with the berries and lemon. Use a London Dry style, not a heavily botanical one, or the gin will overpower the fruit. Add 1-2 cups after step 3.
  • White or silver rum adds a slight sweetness and tropical feel. It works especially well if you are serving this at a summer party. Add 1-2 cups after step 3.
  • Tequila (blanco or reposado) gives you a margarita-style drink with the blackberry and lemon flavors. The tequila's agave notes work with the tartness. Add 1-2 cups after step 3.

Whichever spirit you choose, stir it in well and taste before serving. You can always add more, but you cannot take it out once it is in there.

As always, please drink responsibly! 

Storage

Here is how to store this so it stays fresh.

Blackberry lemonade keeps in the refrigerator for up to 5 days in a covered pitcher or jar. The flavors actually improve after a day as everything blends together. Stir it before serving because the blackberry syrup can settle at the bottom.

You can freeze this lemonade in ice cube trays or a freezer-safe container for up to 3 months. Thaw it in the fridge overnight and stir well before serving. The texture stays smooth because there is no pulp to separate.

Chocolate chip cookie dough and freshly baked cookies rest on a purple Souper Cube, with a spoon in a bowl and a milk carton in the background.

Souper Cubes

The equivalent of a 2.5" cookie or a #40 cookie scoop. (As seen on Shark Tank.)

Purchase
blackberry lemonade in a glass with garnishes.

Fresh Blackberry Lemonade

Quench your thirst with this homemade blackberry lemonade recipe. The perfect blend of sweet and tart flavors will refresh your taste buds
5 from 1 vote
Print Pin Rate
Course: Drinks
Cuisine: American
Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 1 minute minute
Total Time: 11 minutes minutes
Servings: 8 servings
Calories: 127
Author: Sarah Mock

Ingredients

  •  
    6 Cups Water divided
  • A 4-pound bag of Domino granulated pure cane sugar with a yellow and white design, showing nutrition information and branding-perfect for sweetening recipes like rhubarb sour or your favorite desserts.1 Cup Sugar
  •  
    16 ounces blackberries frozen
  • A plastic bottle of ReaLemon 100% Lemon Juice with a yellow cap, a lemon-shaped top, and images of lemons on a green label-perfect for adding a burst of citrus flavor to your favorite recipes like Lemon Cheesecake Bars.1 Cup Lemon Juice fresh squeeze
  •  
    Fresh lemon slices and blackberries for garnish
US Customary - Metric
Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

Instructions

  • To a medium saucepan, add 1 cup sugar, 1 cup water, and blackberries.
    6 Cups Water, 1 Cup Sugar, 16 ounces blackberries
  • Bring to a boil and simmer for 10 minutes.
  • Strain the blackberry juice through a fine mesh sieve. Allow the blackberry mixture to cool.
  • To a large pitcher, add lemon juice, blackberry syrup, and 6 cups water. Stir well.
    1 Cup Lemon Juice
  • Serve over ice and garnish with fresh lemon slices and blackberries!
    Fresh lemon slices and blackberries for garnish
Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
Nutrition Facts
Fresh Blackberry Lemonade
Serving Size
 
1 serving
Amount per Serving
Calories
127
% Daily Value*
Fat
 
0.4
g
1
%
Saturated Fat
 
0.02
g
0
%
Polyunsaturated Fat
 
0.2
g
Monounsaturated Fat
 
0.03
g
Sodium
 
10
mg
0
%
Potassium
 
124
mg
4
%
Carbohydrates
 
32
g
11
%
Sugar
 
28
g
31
%
Protein
 
1
g
2
%
* Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
**Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

Frequently asked questions, answers and tips:

While I try to share all the information you need to make this recipe in your home with restaurant-quality results, there still may be a question or two. Or these are questions I have received from the community about this recipe. I do my best to answer them as clearly as I can. I hope this helps.

Can I use fresh blackberries instead of frozen?

Yes, but simmer them for 13-15 minutes instead of 10 to extract enough juice. Press them gently with a spoon while they simmer to help break them down.

Why do I need to strain the berries?

Blackberry seeds are bitter and gritty. Straining removes the seeds and pulp so you get smooth lemonade with just the flavor and color.

Can I make this ahead?

Yes. Make the blackberry syrup up to a week ahead and store it in the fridge. Mix it with the lemon juice and water when you are ready to serve.

How many lemons do I need for 1 cup of juice?

About 6-8 medium lemons, depending on how juicy they are. Roll them on the counter before cutting to get more juice out.

Can I use bottled lemon juice?

I do not recommend it. Bottled lemon juice can taste flat and metallic, in my opinion. Fresh-squeezed makes a huge difference in the final flavor.

How do I know when the simple syrup is done?

After 10 minutes of simmering, the liquid should be deep purple and slightly thickened. When you lift the spoon, it should coat the back lightly instead of running off immediately.

Sarah's Notes

  • The syrup needs to cool completely before mixing it with the lemonade. If you add hot syrup to cold water, it will not distribute evenly and you will end up with warm lemonade that tastes watered down.
  • I have made this with both fresh and frozen berries multiple times. Frozen berries release more juice faster, which is why I call for them in the recipe. Fresh berries work, but you need to simmer them longer and press them harder when straining.
  • Straining matters more than you think. The first time I made this, I left some seeds in because I thought they would add texture. They did not; they just made the lemonade gritty and slightly bitter. Strain it well.
  • The lemonade tastes more balanced after it sits for an hour in the fridge. The first sip right after mixing is good, but letting it chill lets the flavors blend together into something smoother.
  • If you are adding alcohol, taste the lemonade first without it. Some batches come out sweeter or more tart depending on your lemons and berries, and you might need to adjust the sugar or lemon juice before adding the spirit.

Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and a graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 17 years, Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

as seen in:

Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


Peach Dump Cake with Cake Mix

peach dump cake. square image. in a glass pan.

Peach dump cake is a sweet, buttery dessert made by layering canned peaches with cake mix and butter; it bakes into a cobbler-like treat in about 40 minutes. I pulled this recipe from the recipe box after my kids asked for "something with peaches but not pie". This is the version that gets requested every summer because the juicy peaches bubble up through a golden, crumbly topping that tastes like summer in a spoon.

peach dump cake. square image. in a glass pan.

This dump cake comes together in one dish with no mixing required. You are layering flavors rather than combining them, which means each component does its job without fuss.

Peach Dump Cake Ingredients

ingredients for peach dump cake with text overlay, cake mix, brown sugar, cinnamon, canned sliced peaches, butter.

Here is what you need to make this peach dump cake. The canned peaches provide moisture and sweetness, while the dry cake mix creates that signature crumbly topping when the butter melts into it during baking.

  • Sliced peaches in heavy syrup - The thick syrup is doing work here. It keeps the dessert moist and adds sweetness without you needing to add extra sugar. I drain one can to prevent the bottom from getting soupy, but keep the syrup in the other two cans for that perfect juice-to-cake ratio.
  • Cinnamon - Adds warmth and cuts through the sweetness of the peaches. I use 1 teaspoon, but you can adjust based on how much spice you want.
  • Yellow cake mix - Use it straight from the box; do not add eggs, oil, or water. The dry mix absorbs the butter and peach juices as it bakes, creating that crumbly topping. I have tested this with different cake mix brands and they all work, but stick with yellow cake mix for the best flavor match with peaches.
  • Brown sugar - Sprinkled on top of the peaches to add a caramel-like sweetness and help create a slightly crispy top layer where the sugar meets the butter.
  • Unsalted butter - Cut into thin slices and distributed over the dry cake mix. As it melts, it soaks into the cake mix and creates a buttery, golden crust. I use unsalted so I can control the salt level, but salted butter works too.

Recipe Card?

To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

How To Make Peach Dump Cake Recipe

Prep the pan

Preheat your oven to 375F and grease a 9x13 inch baking dish. I use butter to grease the dish because it adds flavor, but cooking spray works too.

Sliced canned peaches arranged in syrup in a glass baking dish, perfect as a base for making a delicious peach dump cake.

Layer the peaches

Drain one can of peaches completely and pour the fruit into the greased baking dish. Then add the other two cans with all their syrup. Spread the peaches out so they cover the bottom in an even layer. You will see thick golden syrup pooling around the fruit.

Sliced peaches in syrup are spread in a glass baking dish and topped with brown sugar and a sprinkle of ground cinnamon, creating the perfect base for a peach dump cake.

Add the spices and sugar

Sprinkle the cinnamon and brown sugar evenly over the peaches. The brown sugar will clump slightly where it hits the wet fruit; that is fine. It melds as it bakes.

A glass baking dish filled with an even layer of white flour, viewed from above-perfect for starting a delicious peach dump cake.

Top with cake mix

Pour the dry yellow cake mix evenly over the peaches and sugar. Do not stir. Do not mix. Just pour it on and let it sit there. You will see a blanket of dry cake mix covering most of the fruit, with a few peachy spots peeking through. This is what you want.

Rectangular baking dish with a layer of white flour, evenly spaced slices of butter on top-perfect prep for a classic peach dump cake.

Dot with butter

Cut the butter into thin pats. I use the markers on the butter wrapper as a guide and distribute them as evenly as you can across the top of the dry cake mix. Try to cover the surface so the butter will melt and soak into the mix as it bakes. Some gaps are fine; the butter spreads as it melts.

Bake

Bake for 35-40 minutes. The top should be deeply golden with crispy edges where the butter has caramelized the cake mix and sugar. You will hear the fruit bubbling underneath if you listen closely. If the top is browning too fast, tent it loosely with foil for the last 10 minutes.

peach dump cake in a glass pan.

Cool slightly and serve

Let it cool for about 10 minutes before serving. The fruit will be the temperature of the surface of the sun (not really), straight out of the oven. Serve warm with vanilla ice cream or whipped cream if you want.

Substitutions

Here is what you can swap if you need to adjust this recipe.

  • Fresh peaches instead of canned. You will need 6-8 medium peaches or 4-5 large ones to equal about 5 cups of sliced fruit. Peel, pit, and slice them thin. You lose the convenience of canned and you have to add sugar - I toss fresh peaches with ½ cup sugar and let them sit for 20 minutes to draw out juice before layering them in the pan. The texture is slightly different; fresh peaches hold their shape more and do not break down as much as canned. I make it both ways depending on what I have, but canned is easier.
  • Frozen peaches. Thaw them completely and drain any excess liquid before using. Add 1 tablespoon of flour or cornstarch to the drained peaches and toss to coat; this thickens the juice so the bottom does not turn out soupy. Frozen peaches release more liquid than canned or fresh, so this step is not optional. Bake according to the same instructions.
  • Different cake mix flavors. I tested this with white cake mix, spice cake mix, and butter pecan cake mix. White cake works but tastes flat compared to yellow. Spice cake is good if you want more warmth, but it overpowers the peach flavor. Butter pecan is my second choice after yellow; it adds a nutty richness that pairs well with the fruit. I do not recommend chocolate cake mix with peaches.
  • Salted butter instead of unsalted. This works fine. The salt in the butter will come through in the topping, which some people like. I prefer unsalted so I control the salt level, but it is not a deal-breaker either way.

Peach Dump Cake With Fresh Peaches

For this recipe, you will need a total of about 45.75 oz (3 cans) of sliced peaches in syrup, which is equivalent to approximately 5 cups of peaches.

If you are using fresh peaches instead, you can estimate the amount needed based on their size and ripeness. As a general guideline, you will need around 6-8 medium-sized peaches or 4-5 large ones to yield roughly the same amount as the canned variety.

To prepare fresh peaches for the dump cake, peel and pit them, then slice them into thin wedges or chunks. You may want to adjust the sugar and cinnamon levels to taste depending on the sweetness of your fruit.

Peach Dump Cake Made With Frozen Peaches

Frozen peaches can be used in this recipe as a substitute for canned or fresh peaches. By following these guidelines, you should be able to adapt this recipe using frozen peaches without significant changes in taste or texture.

  1. Thaw the frozen peaches completely before using them in the recipe. Drain any excess liquid that may have accumulated during thawing.
  2. Place the thawed and drained peaches into the baking dish according to the recipe instructions.
  3. Since frozen fruit tends to release more liquid than fresh or canned varieties, you may want to add an extra tablespoon of flour or cornstarch to help thicken the filling and prevent it from becoming too runny.
  4. Proceed with the recipe as written, topping the peach layer with brown sugar, cinnamon, cake mix and butter tabs before baking.
  5. Bake according to the same instructions as you would for canned or fresh peach dump cake, checking periodically to make sure that the topping is golden brown and crisp.

How do you store a dump cake?

Here is how to store peach dump cake so it stays fresh.

  • If you plan to eat it within a day or two and you live in a cool, dry climate, you can keep it covered at room temperature. Cover the dish tightly with plastic wrap or aluminum foil to keep it from drying out.
  • If you live in a hot or humid climate, or if you are not eating it right away, store it in the refrigerator. Cover the dish tightly and refrigerate for up to 3-4 days. The topping will soften in the fridge, but you can crisp it back up by reheating individual portions in the oven.
  • You can freeze peach dump cake for longer storage. Let it cool completely, then wrap the dish tightly in plastic wrap and aluminum foil. Label it with the date and freeze for up to 2-3 months. Thaw overnight in the refrigerator before reheating.

    Regardless of how you store your dump cake, keep in mind that its texture may change slightly over time as moisture is absorbed or evaporated. However, properly stored dump cake should still be delicious and enjoyable even if its texture has changed a bit. Dump cake can be stored in the refrigerator or at room temperature, depending on how quickly you plan to consume it. 

Does a peach dump cake need to be refrigerated??

As with answers to most questions, this answer is it depends. 

If the peach dump cake has been baked and is going to be consumed within a day or so, it can be stored at room temperature in an airtight container. However, if you live in a hot and humid climate, it's better to store it in the refrigerator to prevent spoilage.

On the other hand, if you have leftover peach dump cake that you want to save for later, it should be refrigerated immediately after baking. Cover the baking dish tightly with plastic wrap or aluminum foil and place it in the refrigerator. Properly stored, peach dump cake will last for up to 3-4 days in the fridge.

Reheating Instructions

Here is how to reheat peach dump cake without turning the topping soggy.

  1. To reheat a single serving in the microwave, place it on a microwave-safe plate and heat in 15-20 second intervals until warm. The topping will be soft, not crispy, but the fruit will be hot.
  2. To reheat the entire dish and restore some crispness to the topping, preheat your oven to 350F. Cover the dish with aluminum foil to prevent the top from burning and bake for 10-15 minutes, or until heated through. For extra crispness, remove the foil for the last 5 minutes.
  3. To reheat individual slices with a crispy top, preheat your oven to 375F. Place the slice on a baking sheet and bake uncovered for 5-7 minutes, or until the top is golden and crispy again.

Seasonal Favorite

Baked lattice top crust on an apple pie made with the Crisco pie crust recipe, showing flaky layers in the fluted edge.

This is my award-winning Crisco pie crust recipe; flaky, tender, and made with simple ingredients you already have.

Crisco Pie Crust

While I try to share all the information you need to make this recipe in your home with restaurant-quality results, there still may be a question or two. Or these are questions I have received from the community about this recipe. I do my best to answer them as clearly as I can. I hope this helps.

Frequently asked questions, answers and tips:

Is dump cake supposed to be runny?

Peach dump cake should have a soft, gooey texture with syrupy fruit underneath, but it should not be watery or soupy. The fruit layer releases liquid as it bakes, which creates that thick syrup that keeps the cake moist.

If your dump cake is too runny, it usually means there was too much liquid in the fruit or it was not baked long enough.

To prevent a runny dump cake, drain one of the three cans of peaches before adding them to the dish. This removes some of the excess liquid without drying out the dessert.

Bake for the full 35-40 minutes and check that the topping is golden brown and set before pulling it from the oven. If you are using fresh or frozen peaches, make sure to account for the extra moisture they release.

What's the difference between a dump cake and a cobbler??

So while both desserts are delicious and perfect for any occasion, their main difference lies in the way they're assembled and their final texture.
A dump cake is typically made by layering canned fruit, such as cherry or pineapple, on the bottom of a baking dish and then sprinkling dry cake mix over the top. Butter is generally melted and poured over the cake mix followed by nuts for extra crunch. The result is a soft, crumbly topping over a gooey fruit layer.

A cobbler, on the other hand, usually has a biscuit-like topping made from scratch or using pre-made dough that's dropped onto the fruit filling before baking. This results in a more firm, bread-like texture on top of the fruit.

peach dump cake. square image. in a glass pan.

Peach Dump Cake With Caned Peaches

Enjoy the taste of summer in every bite with our delicious peach dump cake recipe. Made with canned peaches and a buttery cake mix topping, this easy dessert is perfect for any occasion.
5 from 1 vote
Print Pin Rate
Course: Dessert
Cuisine: American
Keyword: peach dump cake
Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 40 minutes minutes
Total Time: 50 minutes minutes
Servings: 10 servings
Calories: 354
Author: Sarah Mock

Ingredients

  •  
    3 cans sliced peaches 15.25 oz. cans, in heavy syrup
  • A plastic container of McCormick Ground Cinnamon with a red lid and label showing product details in English and Spanish-perfect for adding warm flavor to your favorite recipes, including Keto Granola.½ Teaspoons Cinnamon
  •  
    1 box yellow cake mix 15.25 oz.
  • Domino Light Brown Sugar box, 16 oz, featuring a slice of Blackberry Dump Cake topped with whipped cream and berries, and a Non-GMO Project Verified label in the bottom right corner.⅓ Cup Brown Sugar
  • A rectangular 8 oz package of Kerrygold Pure Irish Butter, unsalted, with a green and gold label and Irish grass-fed cow branding-perfect for creating delicious Saint Patrick's Day cupcakes.½ Cup Butter Unsalted
US Customary - Metric
Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

Instructions

  • Preheat your oven to 375 degrees fahrenheit. Spray a 9x13 inch baking dish with non-stick spray.
  • Drain one can of peaches completely and pour the fruit into the greased baking dish. Then add the other two cans with all their syrup. Spread the peaches out so they cover the bottom in an even layer.
    3 cans sliced peaches
  • Sprinkle the cinnamon and brown sugar evenly over the peaches.
    ½ Teaspoons Cinnamon, ⅓ Cup Brown Sugar
  • Pour the dry yellow cake mix evenly over the peaches and sugar. Do not stir. Do not mix. Just pour it on and let it sit there.
    1 box yellow cake mix
  • Cut the butter into thin tabs - I aim for about tablespoon-sized pieces - and distribute them as evenly as you can across the top of the dry cake mix. Try to cover the surface so the butter will melt and soak into the mix as it bakes.
    ½ Cup Butter
  • Bake for 35-40 minutes. The top should be deeply golden with crispy edges where the butter has caramelized the cake mix and sugar. You will hear the fruit bubbling underneath if you listen closely. If the top is browning too fast, tent it loosely with foil for the last 10 minutes.
  • Let it cool for about 10 minutes before serving. The fruit will be molten hot straight out of the oven. Serve warm with vanilla ice cream or whipped cream if you want.
Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
Nutrition Facts
Peach Dump Cake With Caned Peaches
Serving Size
 
1 serving
Amount per Serving
Calories
354
% Daily Value*
Fat
 
11
g
17
%
Saturated Fat
 
7
g
44
%
Trans Fat
 
0.5
g
Polyunsaturated Fat
 
1
g
Monounsaturated Fat
 
3
g
Cholesterol
 
24
mg
8
%
Sodium
 
397
mg
17
%
Potassium
 
195
mg
6
%
Carbohydrates
 
63
g
21
%
Sugar
 
40
g
44
%
Protein
 
3
g
6
%
* Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
**Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and a graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 17 years, Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

as seen in:

Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


The Best Watermelon Juice Recipe (No Juicer!)

watermelon juice.

Stay cool on a hot summer day with my easy watermelon juice recipe! Made with fresh watermelon and no added sugar, this homemade watermelon juice is the ultimate refreshing summer drink, and it'll hydrate you on even the steamiest days.

watermelon juice.

Whether you're serving it at a backyard BBQ or just cooling off after a long day, this simple watermelon juice is the perfect hydrating summer beverage; naturally sweet, beautiful in color, and ready in minutes.

Ingredients needed:

You only need a handful of simple ingredients. No fancy juicer required! Just a blender and a fine mesh strainer! If love watermelon in the summer as much as I do, you are going to want to make my recipe for feta cheese and watermelon and my other summer favorite, cantaloupe and prosciutto!

Recipe Card?

To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

Ingredient notes:

Let's talk about what makes a truly great glass of fresh watermelon juice because your ingredients matter more than you think!

1:4 watermelon on a board, water in a cup to the side.

How to Choose the Best Watermelon for Juicing

The secret to great juice starts at the store. Here's exactly what to look for:

  • Look for sugar spots: Those small, rough, dark patches on the rind are where sugar has seeped through from the inside. That's a very good sign.
  • Look for a uniform shape: A-symmetrical watermelon without lumps or bumps means it grew evenly and is less likely to have soft spots or off flavors.
  • Check the field spot: Flip it over and look for a creamy yellow or orange patch. That's where it rested on the ground, and a deep yellow color means it ripened naturally on the vine!
  • Tap it: Give it a knock with your knuckles. A hollow sound means it's full of juice. A dull thud? Keep looking.
  • Lift it: A ripe watermelon is heavy for its size. Compare a few of the same size and pick the heaviest one.

How to make watermelon juice

Making fresh watermelon juice at home is easier than you think and no juicer is needed! All you need is a ripe watermelon, a blender, and a fine mesh strainer.

chopped up watermelon on a bamboo cutting board.

Cut and prep the watermelon

Cut the fruit into quarters, then slice off the rind. Discard the peel and cut the flesh into rough cubes...no need to be precise here.

blended watermelon juice in a bleder, top down image.

Blend it

Add the cubes and water to your blender. Blend on high until completely smooth.

fine mesh strainer with watermelon juice .

Strain the juice

Pour the blended pulp through a fine mesh strainer into a pitcher, pressing lightly to extract all the juice.

Is straining needed?

This step removes the pulp and gives your watermelon juice that beautiful, clear color.

2 glasses of fresh watermelon juice with a jug of watermelon juice in the back ground.

Chill and serve

Transfer the juice to the refrigerator until ready to serve. Pour over ice and enjoy!

Watermelon juice variations

Once you have mastered this basic recipe, the fun really begins! I have prepared for you a few flavor-packed variations that are easy to make and perfect for switching things up all summer long.

watermelon juice in a clear glass with ice and a striped straw.

Watermelon Mint Juice Recipe

This bright, cooling juice is like a sip of summer in a glass. The fresh mint adds a crisp, herby twist to your classic drink - it's incredibly refreshing served over ice.

Ingredients:

  • 4 cups watermelon, cubed
  • ¼ cup fresh mint leaves
  • 1 tablespoon freshly squeezed lime juice
  • ½ cup water

Instructions:

  1. In a blender, combine the fruit, fresh mint leaves, lime juice and water.
  2. Blend until smooth.
  3. If desired, strain the juice through a sieve to remove any pulp or seeds.
  4. Pour the juice into glasses and serve immediately over ice.

Watermelon Orange Juice Recipe

This vibrant juice is a vitamin C powerhouse that's perfect for breakfast or as a hydrating afternoon pick-me-up on hot summer days.

Ingredients:

  • 2 cups watermelon, cubed
  • 1 cup freshly squeezed orange juice
  • 1 tablespoon honey (optional)
  • Ice cubes

Instructions:

  1. In a blender, combine the watermelon and orange juice.
  2. Blend until smooth.
  3. Taste and add honey if desired.
  4. Fill two glasses with ice cubes and pour the juice over them.
  5. Stir gently and serve immediately.

Watermelon Ginger Juice Recipe

This bold, zesty juice is a flavorful way to boost your energy and support your immune system. The fresh ginger gives this homemade watermelon drink a satisfying kick you'll love.

Ingredients:

  • 4 cups watermelon, cubed
  • 1 inch piece of fresh ginger, peeled and grated
  • ½ cup water
  • Juice of 1 lime
  • Honey or agave nectar (optional)

Instructions:

  1. In a blender, combine the watermelon, grated ginger, lime juice and water.
  2. Blend until smooth.
  3. Taste and add honey or agave nectar if desired.
  4. Strain the juice through a sieve to remove any pulp.
  5. Pour the juice into glasses over ice and serve immediately.

How to choose a good watermelon for juicing

By following these simple tips, you can choose a delicious and juicy watermelon perfect for making refreshing juice!

  • Look for a uniform shape: Choose a melon that is symmetrical and free of lumps or bumps. This indicates that the fruit has grown evenly and is less likely to have soft spots or inconsistencies in flavor.
  • Check the field spot: The field spot is the area where the melon rested on the ground while growing. Look for a creamy yellow or orange color, which indicates that the watermelon is ripe and naturally sweet.
  • Tap it: Give the outside a tap with your knuckles - it should sound hollow. A dull thud may indicate that the melon is underripe or even overripe.
  • Lift it: It should feel heavy for its size - this means they are full of fruit juice! Lift several of similar size to get an idea of what feels heavy.
  • Check for sugar spots: Sugar spots are small, dark, rough patches on the rind where sugar has seeped through from inside the fruit. These indicate that the fruit is sweet and ripe.

How Long Will Watermelon Juice Last?

watermelon juice in a clear glass with ice and a striped straw.

Fresh watermelon juice can be stored in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3-4 days. That said, juice is at its absolute best within the first 24-48 hours. After that, it starts to lose its fresh flavor and some of its nutritional value.

You can also freeze your juice in ice cube trays or souper cubes and use the cubes in smoothies or drinks later. A great way to cut down on waste!

How to Keep Watermelon Juice from Oxidizing

Here's how to keep that gorgeous red color intact:

  • Use an airtight container - Transfer your fresh juice to a glass jar or sealed pitcher immediately after making it. Limiting air exposure slows oxidation significantly. I use the same container to store my rum punch recipe.
  • Refrigerate right away - Don't leave it sitting on the counter. Cold temperatures slow down the process that breaks down color and flavor.
  • Add a splash of lemon or lime juice - The natural citric acid acts as a preservative and helps maintain that vibrant red color. Bonus: it brightens the flavor too!
A hand pours yellow herbal tea from a glass pitcher with a metal lid into a glass on a white table, with dried flowers and a plant in the background.

Perfect for storing juice!

Juice Pitcher with Lid

The wide mouth also makes it easy to clean by hand or in the dishwasher.

Buy on Amazon

Frequently asked questions, answers and tips:

Can I blend the watermelon rind?

Yes, you can blend the rind, but keep in mind it has a slightly bitter, tougher texture than the flesh. (I am not a big fan.) If you do use it, wash it thoroughly, cut it into smaller pieces, and consider adding lemon or ginger to balance the flavor. Most people prefer to remove the rind for the cleanest-tasting juice.

What to do with watermelon pulp after juicing??

These are just a few ideas on how you can utilize leftover pulp after juicing so that nothing goes to waste!

Compost it: it is biodegradable and can be added to your compost bin or pile. It's a great way to add organic matter to your soil and reduce waste.

Use it in smoothies or recipes: You can use it in smoothies or other recipes that call for pureed fruit. For example, you could mix it with other fruits, yogurt, and ice for a refreshing smoothie.

Freeze it for later: You can freeze it in an ice cube tray then use these cubes later on to add flavor to smoothies or drinks.

watermelon juice.

Fresh Watermelon Juice

Made with fresh watermelon and no added sugar, this refreshing summer drink will hydrate you on even the hottest summer day.
5 from 1 vote
Print Pin Rate
Course: Drinks - Non Alcoholic
Cuisine: American
Keyword: watermelon Juice
Prep Time: 5 minutes minutes
Total Time: 5 minutes minutes
Servings: 8 cups
Calories: 169
Author: Sarah Mock

Ingredients

  • 1 watermelon 4-5 lbs
  • 1 Cup Water
US Customary - Metric
Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

Instructions

  • Cut the watermelon into quarters. Then remove the peel all around. Discard the peel.
    1 watermelon
  • Cut the watermelon into cubes and put them in the blender.
  • Add the water to the blender.
    1 Cup Water
  • Blend until smooth.
  • Using a strainer, strain the juice and pour it in a pitcher.
  • Keep refrigerated.
Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
Nutrition Facts
Fresh Watermelon Juice
Serving Size
 
1 cup
Amount per Serving
Calories
169
% Daily Value*
Fat
 
1
g
2
%
Saturated Fat
 
0.1
g
1
%
Polyunsaturated Fat
 
0.3
g
Monounsaturated Fat
 
0.2
g
Sodium
 
7
mg
0
%
Potassium
 
630
mg
18
%
Carbohydrates
 
42
g
14
%
Sugar
 
35
g
39
%
Protein
 
3
g
6
%
* Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
**Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and a graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 17 years, Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

as seen in:

Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


Mangonada Recipe (Mango Chamoyada)

Mangonada Recipe (Mango Chamoyada) feature image.

Mangonada is the refreshing Mexican drink made with frozen mango, chamoy sauce, and lime juice. This tangy and salty drink is enhanced by Tajin seasoning and tamarind candy sticks, resulting in a tart and chile-lime flavor that's ready in less than 5 minutes!

Mangonada Recipe (Mango Chamoyada) feature image.

Mangonada Ingredients:

Mangonada Recipe (Mango Chamoyada) ingredients with text overlay, ice, mango, mango nectar, sugar, limes, frozen mangos.

For the Blended Mixture:

  • 16 oz. Frozen mango (adds natural sweetness and creamy texture)
  • 12 oz. Mango nectar (enhances mango flavor and sweetness)
  • 1 Cup Ice (creates a thick, slushy consistency)
  • 1 Lime, juiced (adds tartness and balances sweetness)
  • 2 tablespoons Sugar (adjust to taste)

For the Glass Rim and Garnish:

  • 3 tablespoon Chamoy sauce (sweet, salty, sour, and spicy condiment)
  • 2 tablespoons Tajin seasoning (chili-lime-salt blend for a spicy kick)
  • Tamarind candy sticks (sweet-sour straws for sipping and flavor)

Recipe Card?

To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

How to Make a Mangonada

My easy mangonada recipe combines sweet mango with chamoy for a smoothie-like consistency that's perfect for beating the heat. Try this favorite summer drink, also known as chamoyada or chili-mango smoothie, and discover why mangonadas have become so popular worldwide!

mango nectar being added to the blender for Mangonada Recipe (Mango Chamoyada).

Blend the Mixture

  • In a blender, combine frozen mango, mango nectar, ice, lime juice, and sugar.
  • Blend until smooth and creamy.
glass being dipped for garnishing.

Prepare the Glasses

Dip the rims of your serving glasses into chamoy sauce, then into Tajin seasoning to coat.

horizontal image of Mangonada Recipe (Mango Chamoyada) with green towel in the background.

Assemble

  • Drizzle chamoy sauce inside the glasses.
  • Pour the blended mango mixture into the glasses.
  • Add tamarind candy straws or optional garnishes like mango slices or lime wedges.

Serve

Enjoy immediately!

Sarah's Tips

Too Thick? Add a splash of water or more mango nectar to reach your desired consistency.
No Tamarind Sticks? Use regular straws and serve with a side of tamarind paste for dipping.
Make It Kid-Friendly: Skip the Tajin and use a sweet rim like sugar or coconut flakes.

Did you make this recipe?

Do you have feedback that would be helpful to others? If so can help this small business owner by leaving a rating and a review in the comments section? Thank you for being part of the Savoring The Good Community. ~ Sarah

Why I love this mangonada recipe:

  • Perfect Flavor Balance: Sweet, tangy, spicy, and salty flavors come together in one refreshing drink.
  • Unique Ingredients: Tamarind candy sticks and Tajin seasoning add depth and complexity to the drink.
  • Quick & Easy: Ready in just 5 minutes with simple ingredients.
  • Customizable: Adjust the sweetness, spice, or garnishes to suit your taste.

Variations:

Customize your mangonada with these fun twists:

  • Strawberry Mangonada: Blend frozen mango, diced strawberries, lime juice, chamoy sauce, and ice.
  • Piña Colada Mangonada: Add coconut cream and pineapple juice to the classic recipe.
  • Watermelon Mangonada: Blend frozen mango, diced watermelon, lime juice, chamoy sauce, and ice.

Boozy Variations:

  • Spicy Mango Margarita Mangonada: Add tequila and orange liqueur to the blend.
  • Mangonada Michelada: Mix beer with chamoy sauce and Tajin seasoning for a savory twist.
  • Mango Rum Slushies: Use rum instead of tequila and add coconut cream for extra creaminess.

How to Make This Recipe Lower in Sugar

  • Use fresh mango instead of frozen (to avoid added sugars).
  • Swap granulated sugar for natural sweeteners like honey or agave nectar.
  • Use less chamoy sauce or choose a reduced-sugar brand.
  • Skip the tamarind candy stick and garnish with fresh fruit slices instead.
  • Add extra lime juice for tartness to balance sweetness.

Ways to Use Leftover Mangonada

  • Freeze into Popsicles: Pour into molds for a refreshing treat.
  • Make a Smoothie Bowl: Blend with yogurt and top with granola and fresh fruit.
  • Use as a Marinade: Perfect for chicken or pork with its sweet, salty, and spicy flavors.

Recipe Tips

  • Use ripe, juicy mangoes for the best flavor and texture.
  • Balance tartness and sweetness by adjusting lime juice and sugar to taste.
  • Use chilled ingredients for a refreshing, slushy texture.

Frequently asked questions, answers and tips:

What is the mangonada stick made of??

A tamarind candy stick, often coated in chili powder, is used as a straw to enhance the drink's flavor.

What is chamoy made of??

Chamoy is a Mexican condiment made from pickled fruit (like apricots or plums), lime or lemon juice, chili powder, sugar, and salt.

What is the difference between mangonada and Mangoneada?

There's no difference-both terms refer to the same delicious drink made with mango, lime juice, and chamoy sauce.

Mangonada Recipe (Mango Chamoyada) feature image.

Mangonada Recipe (Mango Chamoyada) - 5-Minute Mexican Drink

Make a 5-minute Mangonada (Mango Chamoyada) at home! This refreshing Mexican drink blends sweet mango, tangy lime, spicy Tajin, and chamoy for a flavor-packed treat. Perfect for summer sipping!
No ratings yet
Print Pin Rate
Course: Drinks
Cuisine: Mexican
Prep Time: 5 minutes minutes
Total Time: 5 minutes minutes
Servings: 2 servings
Calories: 133
Author: Sarah Mock

Ingredients

  •  
    16 Ounces Frozen mango
  •  
    12 Ounces Mango nectar
  •  
    1 Cup Ice
  •  
    1 Lime juiced
  •  
    3 tablespoon Chamoy sauce
  • A 4-pound bag of Domino granulated pure cane sugar with a yellow and white design, showing nutrition information and branding-perfect for sweetening recipes like rhubarb sour or your favorite desserts.2 tablespoon Sugar
  •  
    2 tablespoon tajin seasoning
  •  
    Tamarind candy sticks tamarind straws
US Customary - Metric
Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

Instructions

  • Start by combining frozen mango, mango nectar, ice, lime juice and sugar in a blender. Blend until the mixture is smooth and creamy.
    16 Ounces Frozen mango, 12 Ounces Mango nectar, 1 Cup Ice, 1 Lime juiced, 2 tablespoon Sugar
  • Dip the rims of your serving glass into Chamoy sauce and then into Tajin seasoning to create a flavorful rim for your glasses.
    3 tablespoon Chamoy sauce, 2 tablespoon tajin seasoning
  • Drizzle some sauce on the inside of each glass.
  • Carefully pour the blended mango mixture.
  • Insert tamarind candy straws or other garnishes such as mango slices or lime into each glass.
    Tamarind candy sticks
  • Serve immediately and enjoy!
Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
Nutrition Facts
Mangonada Recipe (Mango Chamoyada) - 5-Minute Mexican Drink
Serving Size
 
1 serving
Amount per Serving
Calories
133
% Daily Value*
Fat
 
0.1
g
0
%
Saturated Fat
 
0.03
g
0
%
Polyunsaturated Fat
 
0.02
g
Monounsaturated Fat
 
0.04
g
Sodium
 
15
mg
1
%
Potassium
 
42
mg
1
%
Carbohydrates
 
34
g
11
%
Sugar
 
33
g
37
%
Protein
 
0.2
g
0
%
* Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
**Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 16 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

as seen in:

Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


Homemade Slushie Recipe (3 Easy Methods)

Three plastic cups filled with red, black, and yellow slushie drinks, each with a striped straw, are placed on a wooden board.

Making a slushie at home is easier than you think, and let me tell you, it's way better than anything you'll get from the gas station. My homemade slushie recipe comes together in about 5 minutes using just 4 simple ingredients. Whether you're making a Kool-Aid slushie in the blender, a frozen fruit slushy, or a no-blender version straight from your freezer, you've got options and they're all delicious.

Three plastic cups filled with red, black, and yellow slushie drinks, each with a striped straw, are placed on a wooden board.

Why You'll Love This Recipe

  • Kids absolutely love them - making slushies is a fun family activity, especially on a hot summer day. Little ones can help measure, pour, and blend.
  • Way cheaper than the gas station - store-bought slushies add up fast. A whole batch at home costs pennies per serving.
  • Totally customizable - adjust the sweetness, swap flavors, mix and match Kool-Aid packets, or toss in fresh fruit. No two slushies have to be the same.
  • Done in 5 minutes - no special slushie machine needed. Your blender handles everything.

Ingredients:

You only need four simple things to make a classic Kool-Aid slushie at home. That's it! No fancy equipment, no weird ingredients, just pantry staples and a blender.

how to make a slushie ingredients with text overlay. kool aid mix, sugar, water, ice.

Ingredient Substitutions

Don't have Kool-Aid on hand - or just want to switch things up? No worries. This recipe is super flexible.

IngredientSubstitution Options
Kool-Aid packetLemonade powder, Hawaiian Punch mix, sugar-free drink mix, powdered lemonade
Granulated sugarHoney, agave syrup, simple syrup, stevia, or skip it entirely for unsweetened
WaterClub soda (adds fizz!), coconut water, white grape juice
Ice cubesFrozen fruit (strawberries, mango, pineapple) - doubles as flavor AND chill

Pro Tip

Start with 1 cup of water and add more as you blend to control the consistency. Want it thicker? Less water. Want it pourable? Add a splash more.

How to Make a Slushie (Kool-Aid Blender Method)

This is the fastest, most foolproof method; 5 minutes, one blender, done.

Add ingredients to the blender

Add 4 cups of ice, the Kool-Aid packet, and the sugar directly into your blender. No need to mix them first.

grape slushies in a blender.

Add water and blend

Pour in 1 cup of cold water and blend on high. Add more water a little at a time until you hit your perfect slushie consistency, think thick and icy, not watery.

3 kool aid slushies.

Taste and adjust

Give it a quick taste. Want it sweeter? Add sugar one tablespoon at a time. Happy with it? Pour into glasses and serve immediately with straws.

How to Make a Slushie Without a Blender (Zip-Top Bag Method)

3 kool aid slushies on a wooden board.

You can also customize your slushie by adding fruit, syrup or other flavorings to the juice or soda before freezing. Have fun experimenting with different combinations!

  1. Pick your favorite juice or soda and pour it into a plastic zip-top bag.
  2. Seal the bag, making sure all the air is out.
  3. Place the bag in the freezer for about 2-3 hours.
  4. Take the bag out of the freezer and squeeze it until it becomes slushy.
  5. Pour the slushie into a cup and enjoy!

How to Make a Slushie Without Ice

No ice? No problem. Frozen fruit does double duty; it chills the slushie AND packs it with fresh flavor.

  • 2 cups frozen fruit (strawberries, mango, mixed berries)
  • ¼ cup sugar
  • ½ cup water
  • 1 tablespoon lemon juice
  1. Add all ingredients to a blender or food processor.
  2. Blend on high until smooth and slushy. If it's too thick, add water one splash at a time.
  3. Pour into glasses and serve immediately.

Sweetness Note

Different fruits have different sweetness levels. Taste before adding sugar; you may not need as much as you think.

How to Make a Slushie Without a Blender or Machine

No blender? You can still pull this off it just takes a little patience. This method uses your freezer and a fork to get that classic slushy texture.

  1. Mix your drink (juice, soda, or flavored water), sugar, and water in a small saucepan over low heat just until the sugar dissolves. Let it cool.
  2. Pour into a shallow baking dish or casserole dish. Cover and freeze for about 1 hour.
  3. Check the mixture - it should be starting to freeze at the edges. Use a fork to scrape the frozen edges toward the center.
  4. Return to the freezer. Repeat the scraping process every 30 minutes until you have a full, fluffy slushie consistency.
  5. Scoop into cups, add straws, and enjoy!

Total Time?

About 2-3 hours. Perfect to prep in the morning and enjoy after lunch.

Make-Ahead Tips

Life gets busy, and sometimes you want your slushies ready to go. Here's how to prep ahead without sacrificing texture.

  • Freeze in zip-top bags: Mix your slushie base (Kool-Aid, sugar, water - no ice), pour into a zip-top freezer bag, and freeze flat. When ready to serve, break it up and blend with ice.
  • Freeze the base in ice cube trays: Pour the flavored liquid into ice cube trays. When frozen, blend the cubes for an instant slushie - no measuring needed.
  • Party hack: Blend a big batch, pour into a freezer-safe container, and store for up to 3 days. Stir or re-blend before serving.

Storage Tips

Made too much? Lucky you. Here's how to keep your slushie tasting great.

  1. Freeze it: Pour leftovers into an airtight container or zip-top bag and freeze. It will solidify - that's fine.
  2. Re-slush it: When ready to enjoy, let it sit at room temperature for a few minutes, then stir vigorously with a fork or give it a quick blend.
  3. Best within 3 days: Slushies are freshest within 2-3 days. After that, flavor starts to fade.
  4. Don't refreeze a thawed slushie: Once it's fully melted to liquid, the texture won't be the same if you refreeze it. Best to start fresh.

By following these simple tips, you can enjoy delicious Kool-Aid slushies anytime without compromising on taste or texture!

Frequently asked questions, answers and tips:

Why do slushies not freeze solid?

Slushies contain a high amount of sugar and/or syrup which lowers the freezing
point of water. This means that they will not freeze as solidly as plain water, resulting in a slushy texture instead of a solid ice block.

Here are three tips to help your slushies freeze:

Use plenty of sugar: Sugar lowers the freezing
point of water. So, using a lot of sugar or syrup in your slushie mixture can help it freeze better and create a smoother texture.
Stir frequently: Stirring the mixture frequently during the freezing process will prevent large ice crystals from forming and give you a smoother consistency.
Freeze it for longer: Slushies need more time to freeze than regular ice cubes or other fruit juice popsicles due to their sugary content. Leave them in the freezer for at least 2-3 hours or even overnight for best results.

Can I make a slushie in a regular blender?

You sure can! A standard blender works perfectly for homemade slushies. I'll walk you through it step-by-step.

Three plastic cups filled with red, black, and yellow slushie drinks, each with a striped straw, are placed on a wooden board.

Homemade Slushie Recipe

Made with just 4 pantry ingredients, this homemade slushie is faster, cheaper, and tastier than the gas station version. Three methods included for any kitchen setup.
No ratings yet
Print Pin Rate
Course: Frozen Desserts
Cuisine: American
Prep Time: 5 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 0 minutes minutes
Total Time: 5 minutes minutes
Servings: 4 servings
Calories: 64
Author: Sarah Mock

Ingredients

  •  
    4 Cups Ice
  •  
    1 packet kool aid mix flavor of choice
  • A 4-pound bag of Domino granulated pure cane sugar with a yellow and white design, showing nutrition information and branding-perfect for sweetening recipes like rhubarb sour or your favorite desserts.⅓ Cup Sugar more or less to taste.
  •  
    1-2 Cup Water
US Customary - Metric
Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

Instructions

  • To your blender, add 4 cups ice, sugar, and kool aid.
    ⅓ Cup Sugar, 4 Cups Ice, 1 packet kool aid mix
  • Add water, about 1 cup at a time and blend until you get your desired slushie consistency.
    1-2 Cup Water
  • Taste, and add additional sugar, if desired, about a tablespoon at a time. Enjoy!
Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
Nutrition Facts
Homemade Slushie Recipe
Serving Size
 
1 serving
Amount per Serving
Calories
64
% Daily Value*
Fat
 
0.1
g
0
%
Sodium
 
15
mg
1
%
Potassium
 
0.3
mg
0
%
Carbohydrates
 
17
g
6
%
Sugar
 
17
g
19
%
* Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
**Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and a graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 17 years, Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

as seen in:

Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


Strawberry Agua Fresca Recipe (Mexican Strawberry Water)

A glass of strawberry lime juice with a striped straw, garnished with lime slices and mint leaves. Fresh strawberries and lime slices are arranged beside the glass, reminiscent of a delightful Strawberry Agua Fresca Recipe.

The first time I grabbed a cold cup of strawberry fruit water from a street cart in Mexico, I was hooked. Back home, I had to recreate it. This strawberry agua fresca - also called agua de fresa - is that same light, barely-sweet, vibrantly fruity drink, and you can make it in about 10 minutes. It's not juice. It's not a smoothie. It's just ripe strawberries, water, a little sugar, and a squeeze of lime working together in perfect harmony.

Strawberry Agua Fresca Recipe (Mexican Strawberry Water)

Why you'll love this recipe: 

  • Only 4 ingredients - fresh strawberries, water, sugar, and lime juice. That's it.
  • Ready in 10 minutes - blend, strain, done. No cooking required.
  • Easily customizable - dial up the sweetness, add mint or basil, or swap in sparkling water for fizz.
  • Perfect for a crowd - scales up beautifully for parties, cookouts, or Cinco de Mayo.
  • Better than juice - lighter in texture and naturally lower in sugar than store-bought drinks.

Ingredients needed:

You don't need much to make a truly great strawberry agua fresca...that's kind of the whole point! This is a drink that lets the fruit shine. Use the ripest, sweetest strawberries you can find; the better the berry, the better the drink. Frozen strawberries work great here too, since they're frozen at peak ripeness and are often sweeter than out-of-season fresh ones.

strawberry agua fresca ingredients in bowls with text overlays water, limes, strawberries, sugar.

Recipe Card?

To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

What are the different types of aguas frescas?

Aguas frescas are a popular Mexican drink made from fresh fruit, water, and sweetener. Here are some different types of aguas frescas:

  • 🍈 Melon : Made by pureeing ripe cantaloupe or honeydew melon with water and sugar.
  • 🍍 Pineapple: Made by blending fresh pineapple chunks with water and sugar.
  • 🥒 Cucumber Lime: A refreshing and hydrating drink made by blending fresh cucumber, lime juice, water, and sugar.
  • 🍉 Watermelon: Made by blending ripe watermelon with water and sugar to taste.
  • 🥥 Coconut: A creamy and tropical drink made with coconut milk, water, and sweetener.
  • 🌶️ Mango Chile: A spicy and sweet drink made with fresh mango, lime juice, chili powder or hot sauce, and water.
  • Beet: Made by blending cooked beets with water, lime juice, and sugar for a vibrant pink drink.

Strawberry Agua Fresca Variations:

Strawberry is my personal favorite, but once you get the hang of making agua fresca, you'll want to try every variation. Here are some of the most popular types...each one is just as easy to make and just as delicious.

  • Sparkling strawberry agua fresca: Swap still water for sparkling or club soda for a bubbly twist.
  • Strawberry mint agua fresca: Blend in 6-8 fresh mint leaves for an extra-cool finish.
  • Strawberry watermelon agua fresca: Replace half the strawberries with ripe watermelon; no extra sugar needed.
  • Strawberry mango agua fresca: Blend equal parts strawberries and mango for a tropical upgrade.
  • Spicy strawberry agua fresca: Add a small pinch of chili powder or a few slices of jalapeño for heat.
  • Naturally sweetened version: Use agave syrup, honey, or skip the sweetener entirely if your berries are ripe.

How do you make strawberry agua fresca?

Making strawberry agua fresca at home is genuinely easy, even if you've never made it before. The only "technique" involved is knowing when to add your water (hint: after the first blend).

chopped strawberries in a blender , top down image ready to be blended for agua fresca.

Prep the strawberries

Hull and roughly slice your fresh strawberries. No need to be precise...they're going in the blender.

sugar being added to the blender for strawberry agua fresca.

Blend the strawberries

Add the sliced strawberries and sugar to the blender. Blend until you have a smooth, thick strawberry purée.

Blending Tip

My two-step method (blending fruit first, then adding water second) gives you better flavor extraction.

water being added to the blender.

Add the water and lime juice

Pour in the cold water and fresh lime juice. Blend again until fully combined and smooth.

Taste and adjust

Taste the mixture. Add more sugar if your strawberries were tart, or a little extra lime juice if you want more brightness. Blend briefly to incorporate.

strawberry agua fresca being poured into a clear glass.

Strain into a pitcher

Pour the mixture through a fine mesh strainer into a large pitcher to remove seeds and pulp. Use a spoon to press the pulp gently and get every last drop of flavor.

hand garnishing strawberry agua fresca with a lime wheel.

Chill and serve

Refrigerate for at least 30 minutes, or serve immediately over ice.

Serving Tip

Stir or shake before pouring...the fruit settles!

Make-Ahead Tips

Pro tip! Strawberry agua fresca is actually better when made ahead. The flavors meld and deepen after a few hours in the fridge.

Here's how to set yourself up for success:

  1. Make it up to 24 hours in advance and keep it refrigerated in a sealed pitcher or jar.
  2. For parties, blend the strawberry purée the day before and add water right before serving to keep it freshest.
  3. Stir or shake vigorously before serving...the fruit naturally settles to the bottom.
  4. Add ice to individual glasses, not the pitcher, to prevent dilution.

Seasonal Favorite

Baked lattice top crust on an apple pie made with the Crisco pie crust recipe, showing flaky layers in the fluted edge.

This is my award-winning Crisco pie crust recipe; flaky, tender, and made with simple ingredients you already have.

Crisco Pie Crust

Storage Tips

Leftover agua fresca? Lucky you! Here are my suggestions on keeping it tasting great:

  • Refrigerator: Store in a sealed pitcher or airtight container for up to 3-4 days. Stir before each serving.
  • Freezer: Pour into ice cube trays and freeze. Pop a few cubes into a glass of water for a quick strawberry agua fresca on demand - no waste, no fuss.
  • Do not store with ice: always add ice at serving to prevent the drink from getting watered down.
A hand pours yellow herbal tea from a glass pitcher with a metal lid into a glass on a white table, with dried flowers and a plant in the background.

Perfect for storing!

Juice Pitcher with Lid

The wide mouth also makes it easy to clean by hand or in the dishwasher.

Buy on Amazon

Serving Suggestions

Presentation is half the fun with this Mexican strawberry water! Here are my suggestions on how to serve it like a pro:

  • Always serve over ice - add ice cubes to individual glasses, not the pitcher, so the drink stays full-strength.
  • Garnish just before serving - a fresh strawberry slice, lime wheel, or a sprig of mint on the rim makes it feel extra special.
  • Pair it with food - strawberry agua fresca is a natural match for tacos, grilled chicken, or anything coming off the grill.
  • Use a tall glass - agua fresca is a beautiful, vivid pink drink; show it off!

Strawberry Recipes

  • A mason jar filled with iced strawberry lemonade, the perfect mocktail with strawberries, garnished elegantly with lemon slices and mint leaves. A red cloth and whole strawberries add a charming touch beside the jar.
    Sparkling Strawberry Mocktail
  • A glass of refreshing strawberry lemonade with ice, garnished with a lemon slice and whole strawberry, placed on a coaster. Other glasses, fresh strawberries, and lemons are in the background.
    Homemade Strawberry Lemonade
  • Close-up of a fresh Strawberry tanghulu on a stick, with a glossy appearance and other blurred strawberries in the background.
    Strawberry Tanghulu Recipe (Candied Strawberries)
  • Two glasses of homemade strawberry tea with straws and fresh strawberries.
    Easy Strawberry Tea with Real Strawberries
  • How To Freeze Strawberries
    How to Freeze Strawberries Perfectly Every Time
  • Strawberry Rhubarb Jam Recipe
    Strawberry Rhubarb Jam

FAQ's and Tips

Can I use frozen strawberries to make agua fresca?

Absolutely! Frozen strawberries work great and are often sweeter than off-season fresh berries since they're frozen at peak ripeness. No need to thaw them first, just blend straight from frozen with a splash of extra water.

What does "agua fresca" mean?

Agua fresca literally translates to "fresh water" or "cool water" in Spanish. It's a traditional Mexican drink made by blending fruit with water and a small amount of sweetener - much lighter than juice.

What is the difference between agua fresca and juice?

The main difference between agua fresca and juice is the amount of water used in each drink. Agua fresca, which translates to "fresh water" in Spanish, is a light and refreshing beverage made by blending fruits or other ingredients with water, sugar, and lime juice. This mixture is then strained to remove any pulp or seeds, resulting in a smooth and easy-to-drink beverage.

Juice, on the other hand, is made by extracting the juices from fruits or vegetables using a juicer or a blender. Unlike agua fresca, juice doesn't contain any added water (unless you dilute it), so it tends to be thicker and more concentrated in flavor. Additionally, some types of juice may contain other added ingredients like sweeteners or preservatives.

Are agua frescas hydrating?

Yes, agua frescas can be hydrating! Since agua frescas are made primarily with water and fresh fruit, they can help replenish fluids and electrolytes lost due to sweating or other physical activity. Additionally, some fruits used in agua frescas like watermelon or cucumber contain high water content which makes them naturally hydrating.

It's important to note that while agua fresca can be a good source of hydration, it should not replace water as the main source of fluids in your diet. Drinking enough water is essential for maintaining proper bodily functions and preventing dehydration. Nevertheless, agua fresca is a refreshing way to stay hydrated on hot summer days or after exercise!

Is agua fresca better than soda?

Unlike soda, which is high in sugar and calories, agua fresca typically contains less sugar and calories because it's made with fresh fruit and water (with added sugar to taste). Additionally, the natural flavors in agua fresca come from fresh ingredients rather than artificial flavors found in soda.

A glass of strawberry lime juice with a striped straw, garnished with lime slices and mint leaves. Fresh strawberries and lime slices are arranged beside the glass, reminiscent of a delightful Strawberry Agua Fresca Recipe.

Mexican Strawberry Agua Fresca

Fresh strawberries meet a hint of lime and sweetness in this easy Strawberry Agua Fresca. A naturally hydrating drink made in just 10 minutes.
5 from 1 vote
Print Pin Rate
Course: Drinks
Cuisine: Mexican
Keyword: Strawberry Agua Fresca
Prep Time: 3 minutes minutes
Total Time: 3 minutes minutes
Servings: 4 servings
Calories: 119
Author: Sarah Mock

Ingredients

  •  
    4 Cups Water
  •  
    2 Cups Strawberries sliced
  • A 4-pound bag of Domino granulated pure cane sugar with a yellow and white design, showing nutrition information and branding-perfect for sweetening recipes like rhubarb sour or your favorite desserts.½ Cup Sugar
  • A whole, uncut green lime with a textured peel on a white background-the perfect citrus for crafting a classic Gimlet.Limes sliced optional
  •  
    mint sprigs optional
US Customary - Metric
Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

Instructions

  • Add the water, sugar, and strawberries to a blender and blend until smooth (about 60 seconds).
    4 Cups Water, ½ Cup Sugar, 2 Cups Strawberries
  • Pour into glasses, garnish with a lime slice and mint sprig, if desired, and enjoy!
    Limes, mint sprigs
Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
Nutrition Facts
Mexican Strawberry Agua Fresca
Serving Size
 
1 serving
Amount per Serving
Calories
119
% Daily Value*
Fat
 
0.3
g
0
%
Saturated Fat
 
0.01
g
0
%
Polyunsaturated Fat
 
0.1
g
Monounsaturated Fat
 
0.03
g
Sodium
 
13
mg
1
%
Potassium
 
111
mg
3
%
Carbohydrates
 
30
g
10
%
Sugar
 
28
g
31
%
Protein
 
0.5
g
1
%
* Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
**Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and a graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 17 years, Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

Get to know me

as seen in:

Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


Spaghetti Seasoning Recipe (Easy Homemade Spaghetti Seasoning Mix)

spaghetti seasoning mix in a white bowl.

Easy homemade spaghetti seasoning spice blend is perfect for pasta, pizza, and spaghetti sauces. This spaghetti seasoning mix will spice up any Italian pasta dish. Check the recipe card below to start making this recipe.

spaghetti seasoning mix in a white bowl.

Pasta lovers, grab your fork, because today we're talking about something that will elevate your homemade spaghetti sauce game - DIY spaghetti seasoning! If you're tired of relying on store-bought packets or jars, which often contain additives and preservatives, this recipe is for you.

The best part? You probably already have all the ingredients in your pantry. So, let's roll up our sleeves and get ready to make a delicious, flavorful spaghetti sauce seasoning that will take your spaghetti to the next level.

Why I love this homemade spaghetti seasoning mix recipe

  • Convenience: Having a pre-made spaghetti seasoning mix on hand saves time and effort when preparing pasta dishes. You don't need to measure out individual spices each time you want to make the sauce.
  • Consistency: When using a pre-made blend, you can ensure that you have the same flavor profile every time you make your spaghetti sauce.
  • Versatility: Spaghetti seasoning is not limited to just pasta sauce - it can be used in other Italian-inspired dishes like lasagna, pizza, or meatballs as well!
  • Customization: With homemade spaghetti seasoning, you can customize the spice level and ingredients to your liking. You can also experiment with different herbs and spices until you find your perfect blend.
  • Cost-effective: Making your own blend of spaghetti seasoning can be more cost-effective than buying pre-made mixes at the grocery store.

Spaghetti Seasoning Ingredients:

speghetti seasoning ingredients in small glass bows with tet overlay labeling each bowl. italian seasonig, basil, parsley, onion powder, pepper, salt, garlic powder.
  • Dried Parsley - adds a fresh, bright flavor to the dish. It also provides a beautiful color to the sauce.
  • Onion Powder -  brings a sweet and savory taste to the sauce without adding any texture. It helps provide depth of flavor to the dish.
  • Garlic Powder - adds an intense garlic flavor without having to mince or chop fresh garlic. It brings warmth and complexity to the dish.
  • Italian Seasoning - a blend of dried herbs such as oregano, thyme, basil, rosemary, and marjoram. This spice mixture enhances the flavor of the pasta sauce with its fragrant notes.
  • Dried Basil - the slightly sweet, aromatic aroma that pairs perfectly with tomatoes. Its mild and pleasant taste complements the other ingredients in the sauce.
  • Salt - enhances all flavors within your dish. It helps bring out flavors in each individual ingredient while tying everything together into one cohesive dish.
  • Black Pepper - adds heat and depth to any recipe. A touch of pepper will balance out all of your ingredients nicely by bringing together both saltiness and sweetness within your dish.

Recipe Card?

To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

Substitutions And Additions To Make Spaghetti Seasoning

The recipe I am sharing with you is my basic seasoning blend. The best spaghetti seasoning comes when you add your personal touch to the recipe. Here are some additional spaghetti sauce spices that are sure to give your recipe something special that only you can give. 

  • Basil: try using fresh leaves instead of dried, or try crushing them slightly to release more aroma. 
  • Black Pepper: any type will do, but use coarse ground black pepper for a better flavor. You can also try using pink or green peppercorns for a unique twist. 
  • Herbs: use other herbs like thyme or parsley instead of basil, and red pepper flakes for added heat.
  • Fennel Seeds: Fennel seeds have a sweet, licorice-like flavor that adds depth and complexity to the sauce. They are not a flavor that everyone loves so use sparingly if you know someone is sensitive to this specific flavor profile.
  • Bay Leaves: bring a subtle earthy flavor and aroma to the sauce. Be sure to remove them before serving as they can be tough if eaten. I tell people that if they find the bay leaf in the sauce they are the 'winner'. Winner of what? Finding the bay leaf. Just an example of my quirky sense of humor.
  • Thyme: brings sweet and savory notes with hints of mint and lemon. It will lend a warm, aromatic flavor to your sauce.
  • Rosemary: has a slightly bitter, pine-like flavor that goes well with tomatoes and garlic.
  • Oregano: complements basil nicely as it provides a more robust, pungent flavor.

Homemade Spaghetti Seasoning Recipe

spaghetti seasoning spilling out of a glass spice jar onto a white surface.
  1. Combine all ingredients in a small bowl or dish and stir until mixed. 
  2. Use immediately or store in an airtight container in the pantry for up to 5 months. Keep away from humid areas.
  3. This recipe makes enough to flavor spaghetti sauces that use 1 pound of meat. 

Did you make this recipe?

Do you have feedback that would be helpful to others? If so can help this small business owner by leaving a rating and a review in the comments section? Thank you for being part of the Savoring The Good Community. ~ Sarah

How to spice up boring spaghetti and add flavor to spaghetti

spaghetti seasoning in a white bowl with wooden spoons off to the side.

If you want to take your spaghetti dishes to the next level, you should try using spaghetti seasoning. This homemade spice mix is easy to make and can be used not only in spaghetti but also in pizzas, sauces, soups, and more. It's a combination of herbs and spices that enhances the flavor and makes your dish even tastier. Add this seasoning to your pasta sauce as it cooks for a flavorful dish every time!

Storage and Usage Tips for Best Results

spaghetti seasoning in a glas spice jar.

To ensure the best results when storing and using spaghetti seasoning, follow these tips. First off, make sure to store the seasoning in an airtight container in a cool, dry place, away from direct sunlight. This will help to maintain its flavor and aroma.

When using the seasoning, start with a small amount and gradually adjust to taste. Remember, you can always add more, but you can't take it away. Also, consider using the seasoning in different ways, such as mixing it into ground beef for spaghetti sauce or sprinkling it over roasted vegetables. By following these tips, you'll be able to enjoy the full flavor of your spaghetti seasoning.

Ways To Use Spaghetti Seasoning on Various Dishes Beyond Pasta

Spaghetti seasoning is a versatile spice blend that can be used on more than just pasta dishes. In fact, it can be added to a variety of meals to enhance their flavor. For example, try using it to season meat dishes, such as chicken, beef, or pork. It can also be added to stir-fries, soups, and stews to give them an Italian twist. Additionally, sprinkle some seasoning on roasted vegetables, grilled fish, or scrambled eggs for a unique and delicious flavor boost. With its blend of herbs and spices, making this DIY seasoning at home is easy and affordable.

Seasoning Blends

  • A wooden spoon filled with Chinese five spice is resting on the rim of a white bowl containing more of the same spice blend.
    Chinese Five Spice Blend & 13 Recipes That Use 5-Spice Powder
  • A bowl of Chinese 5 spice substitute sprinkled on top of a bowl.
    Best Chinese 5 Spice Substitute: Alternatives for Authentic Flavor
  • Homemade Chili Seasoning Recipe.
    Best Chili Spices Blend
  • spaghetti seasoning mix in a white bowl.
    Spaghetti Seasoning Recipe (Easy Homemade Spaghetti Seasoning Mix)

📝 Frequently asked questions, answers and tips:

What spices to add to spaghetti sauce

Look no further than the perfect combination of herbs and spices! This seasoning blend includes dried parsley, garlic powder, onion powder, Italian seasoning, dried basil, salt and pepper.  Make sure to shake the seasoning before using to redistribute all ingredients. Remember that the longer you store the blend, the less potent it may become. 

What to do when spaghetti sauce is too salty

It has happened to all of us. You got to heavy handed with the salt in your spaghetti sauce. When that happens you have a few options.
Here are some tips that I have learned over the years to lessen the saltiness in tomato sauce.

Add more liquid: This will dilute the sauce and help to reduce the saltiness. You can add water or unsalted broth to the sauce until you reach your desired taste.
Add acid: Adding an acidic ingredient like vinegar or lemon juice to your sauce can help balance out the saltiness by counteracting it with tartness.
Add sweetness: Adding a sweet ingredient like sugar or honey can also help balance out the saltiness in your sauce.
Add more pasta: If you've made too much sauce and it's too salty, adding more pasta will increase the overall volume of food and dilute the saltiness that way.
Make another batch without salt and mix them together: If all else fails, you can make another batch of spaghetti sauce without adding any salt and mix it with the original batch.

Remember, when adjusting seasoning in a recipe, always do so gradually, tasting as you go until the desired flavor is reached.

Chef Tip

Make sure to shake the seasoning before using to redistribute all ingredients. Remember that the longer you store the blend, the less potent it may become. 

spaghetti seasoning mix in a white bowl.

Spaghetti Seasoning Recipe

Easy homemade spaghetti seasoning spice blend is perfect for pasta, pizza, and spaghetti sauces. This spaghetti seasoning mix will spice up any Italian pasta dish.
No ratings yet
Print Pin Rate
Course: Ingredients
Cuisine: Italian
Prep Time: 3 minutes minutes
Total Time: 3 minutes minutes
Servings: 3 Tablespoons
Calories: 18
Author: Sarah Mock

Ingredients

  •  
    1 Tablespoon Dried Parsley
  • A plastic container of McCormick Onion Powder with a red lid and a green label stating 1 Tablespoon Onion Powder
  • A bottle of McCormick Garlic Powder with a red lid and green label, featuring the brand logo and ½ Tablespoon Garlic Powder
  •  
    1 Teaspoon Italian Seasoning
  •  
    1 Teaspoon Dried Basil
  • A Morton Salt container with a blue label featuring a girl in a yellow dress holding an umbrella, with salt pouring out of a container-an essential ingredient for perfectly seasoning dishes like Chicken Cordon Bleu.½ Teaspoon Salt
  • A 6 oz container of McCormick Pure Ground Black Pepper with a red lid and a ½ Teaspoon Black Pepper
US Customary - Metric
Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

Instructions

  • Combine all ingredients in a small bowl or dish and stir until mixed.
    1 Tablespoon Dried Parsley, 1 Tablespoon Onion Powder, ½ Tablespoon Garlic Powder, 1 Teaspoon Italian Seasoning, 1 Teaspoon Dried Basil, ½ Teaspoon Salt, ½ Teaspoon Black Pepper
  • Use immediately or store in an airtight container in the pantry for up to 5 months. Keep away from humid areas.
  • This recipe makes enough to flavor spaghetti sauces that use 1 pound of meat.
Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
Nutrition Facts
Spaghetti Seasoning Recipe
Serving Size
 
3 Tablespoons
Amount per Serving
Calories
18
% Daily Value*
Fat
 
0.1
g
0
%
Saturated Fat
 
0.04
g
0
%
Polyunsaturated Fat
 
0.04
g
Monounsaturated Fat
 
0.02
g
Sodium
 
394
mg
17
%
Potassium
 
78
mg
2
%
Carbohydrates
 
4
g
1
%
Sugar
 
0.3
g
0
%
Protein
 
1
g
2
%
* Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
**Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

    Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 16 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

    Get to know me

    as seen in:

    Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

    Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

    The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

    Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


    Blackening Seasoning Recipe - Homemade Blacken Seasoning Mix

    Blackening Seasoning

    Blackening seasoning is a bold, high-heat spice blend that creates a flavorful crust on chicken, fish, and vegetables. I use this homemade blackening seasoning when I want restaurant-style results without relying on store-bought mixes. It solves a common problem: getting deep flavor without burning your spices.
    Ready in 5 minutes. Pantry-friendly. Built for real cooking.

    Blackening Seasoning

    Blackening seasoning is a spice blend designed for high-heat cooking that forms a dark, flavorful crust when seared.

    Why this blackening seasoning works:

    • My homemade blackening seasoning is designed specifically for high-heat cooking so it toasts, not burns.
    • The spice ratios are balanced to create a bold crust without turning bitter in a hot pan.
    • No fillers, no anti-caking agents, just fragrant spices that do their job.
    • You control the salt and heat level.

    What makes blackening seasoning actually work (expert breakdown)

    Most recipes treat blackening seasoning like a generic spice mix. It's not.

    This blend is engineered for extreme heat contact. Paprika provides the base and color, cayenne delivers heat, while garlic, onion, and black pepper create depth that holds up under searing.

    Here's what I've learned from testing:

    • Too much paprika = burns before it blackens.
    • Too much cayenne = harsh heat instead of balanced flavor.
    • Not enough salt = flat, dull crust.

    This version is balanced so the spices toast and bloom in fat, instead of scorching on contact. Most blackening seasoning recipes aren't tested for high heat this one is built specifically so the spices toast instead of burn.

    ingredients for Blackening Seasoning with text overlay.

    Recipe Card?

    To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

    Ingredient Notes (why each spice matters)

    • Paprika - This is the base of blackening seasoning. It provides color and mild sweetness, but too much can burn quickly at high heat.
    • Cayenne pepper - Adds heat. The amount matters-too much creates harsh spice instead of balanced warmth.
    • Garlic powder - Builds savory depth that holds up during searing. Fresh garlic would burn here, so powder works better.
    • Onion powder - Adds a subtle sweetness and rounds out the flavor.
    • Black pepper - Gives sharp, immediate heat and enhances the crust.
    • Salt - This isn't optional. It pulls all the flavors together and helps the seasoning stick to the food. And we have so many types of salt to choose from!
    • Dried herbs (Italian seasoning) - Adds a background note that keeps the blend from tasting flat after high heat cooking.

    How to make homemade blackening seasoning

    whisk in a Blackening Seasoning batch of ingredients.
    1. Combine all ingredients in a small bowl.
    2. Whisk until evenly blended and there are no clumps.tipped over glass container Blackening Seasoning
    3. Store your blackening seasoning in an airtight container for up to 6 months.

    Pro Tip

    If your blend looks uneven, it will cook unevenly. Mix thoroughly-this matters more than you think.

    Did you make this recipe?

    Do you have feedback that would be helpful to others? If so can help this small business owner by leaving a rating and a review in the comments section? Thank you for being part of the Savoring The Good Community. ~ Sarah

    What is blackening seasoning used for?

    Blackening seasoning is used to coat proteins or vegetables before cooking at high heat. It creates a dark, flavorful crust while keeping the inside tender.

    Use blackening seasoning on:

    • Chicken breasts or thighs
    • Fish like tilapia, salmon, or catfish
    • Shrimp
    • Steak
    • Roasted or grilled vegetables

    What is the blackening technique?

    Blackening is a high-heat cooking method where food coated in blackening seasoning is seared in a very hot cast iron skillet.

    The goal isn't "burnt"-it's controlled charring:

    • The outside develops a dark crust
    • The inside stays moist and tender

    This technique comes from Louisiana-style cooking and relies on heat + fat + seasoning balance to work correctly.

    How much blackening seasoning to use:

    glass jar filled with homemade Blackening Seasoning
    • Chicken or fish: 1-2 tablespoons per pound
    • Shrimp: 1 tablespoon per pound
    • Vegetables: 1-2 teaspoons per sheet pan

    You want a full, even coating but not so much that it piles on and burns.

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    Sarah's Culinary Insight

    • If your pan isn't hot enough, the seasoning won't blacken it will just taste flat and dusty.
    • Every time I've used too much seasoning, it forms a thick layer that burns instead of creating a crust. A thin, even coating works better.
    • Butter gives the best flavor, but oil handles higher heat without scorching. I use both depending on what I'm cooking.
    • This seasoning will smoke when it hits a hot pan, that's normal. Open a window or turn on your vent hood.

    Ways to use blackening seasoning in everyday cooking

    Spice up your meals with a touch of blackening seasoning! From crispy blackened chicken to delicious seafood and veggies, there's no shortage of ways to enjoy this flavorful technique. 

    • Blackened chicken: Coat chicken breasts in blackening seasoning, then cook them in a cast iron pan until they are charred on the outside and cooked through on the inside.
    • Blackened shrimp: Toss raw shrimp in blackening seasoning, then grill or sauté them until they're pink and slightly crispy.
    • Blackened fish tacos: Rub blackening seasoning onto white fish fillets, such as tilapia, then sear them in a hot pan until they're crispy. Serve the fish on tortillas with salsa, guacamole, and shredded cabbage.
    • Blackened vegetables: Toss sliced vegetables (like bell peppers, onions, and zucchini) with blackening seasoning and olive oil, then roast them in the oven until they're tender and slightly charred.
    • Blackened tofu: Cut firm tofu into thick slices or cubes, then toss them with blackening seasoning before frying or baking them until crispy on the outside. Serve as a vegetarian protein source with rice or veggies.
    • Blackened salmon: Rub a mixture of blackening seasoning and olive oil onto salmon fillets, then cook them in a skillet or on a grill until the outside is crispy and the inside is cooked to your liking. You can also serve the salmon over a bed of rice or quinoa with some roasted vegetables.

    Frequently asked questions, answers and tips:

    Is Cajun seasoning the same as blackening season?

    Cajun seasoning and blackening seasoning are similar in that they both originate from Louisiana and contain some of the same spices, such as paprika, cayenne pepper, garlic powder, and onion powder. However, they are not exactly the same thing.

    Cajun seasoning tends to have a milder flavor profile compared to blackening seasoning and is used more as an all-purpose seasoning for various recipes such as gumbo or jambalaya.

    Blackening seasoning, on the other hand, is specifically used for blackening meat or fish by coating it with the seasoning mixture before cooking at high heat. This results in a charred exterior while keeping the inside moist and flavorful.

    While there are similarities between Cajun seasoning and blackening seasoning, they are not interchangeable due to their differences in flavor profiles and intended uses.

    Is blackening seasoning keto friendly?

    Blackened seasoning can be keto-friendly depending on the specific ingredients used in the blend. Traditional blackened seasoning typically includes spices like paprika, garlic powder, onion powder, cayenne pepper, and black pepper, which are all keto-friendly.

    However, some brands of blackened seasoning may include added sugars or other non-keto ingredients, so it's important to check the label before purchasing. As always, it's best to read the ingredient list carefully and in case of doubt consult with a nutritionist or dietitian.

    If you want to use this spice mix as it is written, I have done my best to make it keto friendly. 

    What is blackening seasoning made of?

    Blackening seasoning is typically made from paprika, cayenne pepper, garlic powder, onion powder, black pepper, salt, and dried herbs. The exact ratios matter. This blend is designed to hold up to high heat without burning.

    Chef Tip

    • Be careful not to overcrowd the pan - if there isn't enough room between each piece of protein then they won't cook evenly.
    • If you're cooking something thicker like chicken breasts then you may want to finish cooking them in the oven after searing them on both sides.
    • Open windows and turn on fans as this technique can produce smoke depending on the seasoning used.
    Blackening Seasoning

    Homemade Blackening Seasoning

    A bold, high-heat spice blend designed to create a flavorful crust on chicken, fish, and vegetables without burning.
    No ratings yet
    Print Pin Rate
    Course: Ingredients
    Cuisine: Cajun/Creole, Jamacian
    Prep Time: 5 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 5 minutes minutes
    Servings: 6 Tablespoons
    Calories: 102
    Author: Sarah Mock

    Ingredients

    • A bottle of McCormick smoked paprika with a red cap and label, featuring images of paprika peppers and text highlighting its rich, sweet flavor and non-GMO status-a perfect spice to add smoky depth to your favorite slowcooker sausage casserole.3 Tablespoon Paprika
    •  
      1 Tablespoon cayenne pepper
    • A plastic container of McCormick Onion Powder with a red lid and a green label stating 1 Teaspoon Onion Powder
    • A bottle of McCormick Garlic Powder with a red lid and green label, featuring the brand logo and 1 Teaspoon Garlic Powder
    •  
      1 Teaspoon Italian Seasoning
    • A Morton Salt container with a blue label featuring a girl in a yellow dress holding an umbrella, with salt pouring out of a container-an essential ingredient for perfectly seasoning dishes like Chicken Cordon Bleu.1 Teaspoon Salt
    • A 6 oz container of McCormick Pure Ground Black Pepper with a red lid and a 1 Teaspoon Black Pepper
    US Customary - Metric
    Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

    Instructions

    • Combine all ingredients in a small dish and whisk or stir until fully mixed.
      3 Tablespoon Paprika, 1 Tablespoon cayenne pepper, 1 Teaspoon Onion Powder, 1 Teaspoon Garlic Powder, 1 Teaspoon Italian Seasoning, 1 Teaspoon Salt, 1 Teaspoon Black Pepper
    • Use immediately or store in an airtight jar or container in a dry pantry for up to 6 months.
    Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
    Nutrition Facts
    Homemade Blackening Seasoning
    Serving Size
     
    1 Tablespoon
    Amount per Serving
    Calories
    102
    % Daily Value*
    Fat
     
    4
    g
    6
    %
    Saturated Fat
     
    1
    g
    6
    %
    Polyunsaturated Fat
     
    2
    g
    Monounsaturated Fat
     
    1
    g
    Sodium
     
    2345
    mg
    102
    %
    Potassium
     
    687
    mg
    20
    %
    Carbohydrates
     
    21
    g
    7
    %
    Sugar
     
    3
    g
    3
    %
    Protein
     
    5
    g
    10
    %
    * Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
    **Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
    Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

    Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and a graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 17 years, Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

    Get to know me

    as seen in:

    Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

    Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

    The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

    Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


    Ice Cream Sandwich Cake

    ice cream cake recipe, slice with garnish.

    Ice cream sandwich cake is a creamy, no-bake dessert made with store-bought ice cream sandwiches, Cool Whip, hot fudge sauce, and caramel. I created this recipe for my daughter's summer birthday party after she asked for ice cream cake but I wanted an easier one to make. What I learned through testing: the 3-hour freeze is non-negotiable or the layers slide when you cut into it. Ready in 15 minutes active time; freeze for 3 hours before serving.

    garnished slice of ice cream bar cake on a plate with the rest of the pan in the background.

    Ingredients needed:

    ingredients for ice cream sandwich cake , candy, whipped topping, chocolate syrup, ice cream sandwiches.

    Recipe Card?

    To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

    Ingredient Substititions

    Here is what happens when you swap key ingredients.

    Cool Whip to Homemade Whipped Cream - You gain fresh dairy flavor; you lose stability. Homemade whipped cream can weep and separate when frozen. If you want to use it, stabilize it with 2 tablespoons powdered sugar per cup of heavy cream. I have tested this and it works, but Cool Whip is more foolproof.

    Hot Fudge Sauce to Melted Chocolate Chips - This does not work. I tested melting chocolate chips and drizzling them over the layers. They hardened into a shell that was impossible to cut through. Stick with pourable fudge sauce.

    Vanilla Ice Cream Sandwiches to Flavored Sandwiches - This changes the flavor profile but works structurally. I tested mint-chip sandwiches and the mint overpowered the caramel sauce. Stick with vanilla or chocolate if you are new to this recipe.

    Try These Flavor Twists!

    These five variations should give you plenty of ideas to experiment with! Don't be afraid to try new flavor combinations or toppings to make this recipe your own.

    Mint Chocolate Chip Ice Cream Sandwich Cake

    • Use mint chocolate chip-flavored ice cream sandwiches instead of plain ones.
    • Top with crushed peppermint candies or Andes mints.

    Strawberry Shortcake Ice Cream Sandwich Cake

    • Use strawberry flavored ice cream sandwiches instead of plain ones.
    • Add a layer of sliced fresh strawberries on top of the first layer before adding the whipped topping and sauces.
    • Top with whipped cream and crushed vanilla wafers.

    S'mores Ice Cream Sandwich Cake

    • Use ice cream sandwiches with graham crackers instead of chocolate cookie wafers.
    • Add a layer of mini marshmallows on top of the first layer before adding the whipped topping, fudge sauce, and caramel sauce.
    • Top with graham cracker crumbs and mini chocolate chips.

    Cookies and Cream Ice Cream Sandwich Cake

    • Use cookies and cream flavored ice cream sandwiches.
    • Mix crushed Oreo into the whipped topping before spreading it over the layers.
    • Top with more crushed Oreos.

    Peanut Butter Cup Ice Cream Sandwich Cake

    • Use peanut butter ice cream sandwiches instead of plain vanilla ice cream ones.
    • Spread a layer of peanut butter on top of each sandwich before assembling the cake.
    • Top with chopped Reese's peanut butter cups.

    Instructions

    vertical, top down image of a garnished piece of ice cream bar party cake on a plate with extra garnish.
    ice cream bars added to tbe bottom of a 9x13 pan for ice cream bar cake.

    Layer the Ice Cream Sandwiches

    In a 9x13-inch pan, place 12 ice cream sandwiches in a single layer. Work quickly here; if the sandwiches sit out for more than 2-3 minutes, they soften and the layers will not set cleanly.

    cool whip added to the pan.

    Add the Cool Whip

    Scoop half of the Cool Whip onto the ice cream layer and spread it evenly using an offset spatula. Make sure the Cool Whip is fully thawed (I pull mine from the freezer the night before). Cold Cool Whip does not spread; it tears the sandwich layer underneath.

    caramel sauce and chocolate sauce added to the pan.

    Add sauces

    Drizzle hot fudge sauce and caramel sauce over the topping.

    second layer of ice cream bars added to the cake pan.

    Add Second Layer

    Add the remaining 12 ice cream sandwiches in a single layer, then drizzle on more fudge and caramel sauce.

    Add Final Cool Whip Layer

    Scoop the remaining Cool Whip on top of the cake and spread it out evenly.

    horizontal image, tight shot of a completed ice cream bar cake with garnishes in a white 9x13 pan.

    Freeze Until Set

    Cover the cake tightly with plastic wrap and freeze for at least 3 hours until completely firm. I tested this at 2 hours and the layers were too soft to slice cleanly. At 3+ hours you get clean slices that hold their shape.

    Did you make this recipe?

    Do you have feedback that would be helpful to others? If so can help this small business owner by leaving a rating and a review in the comments section? Thank you for being part of the Savoring The Good Community. ~ Sarah

    Tips:

    • It's best to keep the ice cream sandwiches in the freezer until it's time to assemble the cake.
    • Any toppings can be used, such as sprinkles, crushed Oreos, mini chocolate chips, chocolate shavings, etc.
    • The cake will last in the freezer for up to two months.

    8x8 Pan Variation

    • 12 ice cream sandwiches
    • ½ container (8 ounces) of CoolWhip, thawed
    • Hot fudge sauce
    • Caramel sauce
    • M&M's or any other ice cream toppings of your choice

    Pro Tips for the Best Ice Cream Sandwich Cake:

    Here is what makes the difference between a cake that holds together and one that melts when you cut it.

    • Keep ingredients cold: Work quickly to prevent melting, and freeze the cake for at least 3 hours (or up to overnight) before serving.
    • Easy slicing: Dip your knife in hot water before cutting for clean slices.
    • Sauce hack: Warm fudge sauce slightly for easy drizzling-but don't overheat, or it'll melt the layers.
    • No-stick trick: Line the pan with parchment paper for effortless removal.
    • Topping ideas: Customize with crushed cookies, sprinkles, or fresh fruit for texture and color.

    Storage tips

    If you've just taken the cake out of the freezer, it's best to let it thaw for a few minutes before cutting into it. This will soften the layers slightly, making it easier to cut through without causing the layers to separate.

    However, if you prefer a firmer texture, you can certainly serve it as soon as you take it out of the freezer. Just be aware that this will make it harder to cut through and may result in uneven or crumbly slices.

    Frequently asked questions, answers and tips:

    Can I use homemade whipped cream?"

    Yes, but stabilize it with powdered sugar to prevent weeping.

    Can I make this ahead?

    Yes! Assemble and freeze up to 2 weeks. Add toppings before serving.

    How long does this need to freeze?

    At least 3 hours. I tested this at 2 hours and the layers were too soft to slice cleanly. At 3+ hours the cake holds its shape and you get clean cuts.

    Can I use a different pan size?

    Yes. For an 8x8 pan use 12 sandwiches total (6 per layer) and half the Cool Whip (8 ounces).

    Why is my cake melting when I cut it?

    You either did not freeze it long enough (needs 3+ hours) or your ice cream sandwiches were too soft when you assembled the cake. Work quickly and keep everything frozen until you need it.

    What is the best way to cut clean slices?

    Dip your knife in hot water, wipe it dry, then cut. Repeat between each slice.

    Can I make this without caramel sauce?

    Yes. The caramel is optional. I have made this with just fudge sauce and it tastes great. You can also skip the sauces entirely and top with crushed cookies or candy instead.

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    Sarah's Culinary Insight

    • The 3-hour freeze is not optional. At 2 hours the layers were soft enough to slide when I cut into it. At 3+ hours you get clean slices that hold their shape.
    • Keep ice cream sandwiches in the freezer until the exact moment you need them. If they sit out for more than 2-3 minutes they soften and the cake becomes sloppy.
    • Warm fudge sauce slightly (10-15 seconds in the microwave) so it drizzles easily, but do not overheat or it melts the ice cream underneath.
    • Cool Whip spreads more evenly when fully thawed. I pull mine from the freezer the night before and let it sit in the refrigerator.
    • Dip your knife in hot water before each cut. This is how you get clean slices instead of jagged crumbly edges.
    ice cream cake recipe, slice with garnish.

    Ice Cream Sandwich Cake

    This ice cream sandwich cake recipe is a delicious and easy-to-make summer dessert! Made with just five ingredients, this delicious ice cream treat is fun and easy and everyone loves this recipe. 
    5 from 1 vote
    Print Pin Rate
    Course: Dessert
    Cuisine: American
    Keyword: ice cream sandwich cake
    Prep Time: 15 minutes minutes
    Freezer time: 3 hours hours
    Total Time: 3 hours hours 15 minutes minutes
    Servings: 12 servings
    Calories: 332
    Author: Sarah Mock

    Ingredients

    • 24 ice cream sandwiches unwrapped
    • 1 16 ounces non-dairy whipped topping thawed and divided
    • Hot fudge sauce for garnish
    • Caramel sauce for garnish
    • M&M'S for topping for garnish
    US Customary - Metric
    Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

    Instructions

    • In a 9x13-inch pan, place 12 ice cream sandwiches in a single layer. Work quickly here; if the sandwiches sit out for more than 2-3 minutes, they soften and the layers will not set cleanly.
      24 ice cream sandwiches
    • Scoop half of the Cool Whip onto the ice cream layer and spread it evenly using an offset spatula. Make sure the Cool Whip is fully thawed (I pull mine from the freezer the night before). Cold Cool Whip does not spread; it tears the sandwich layer underneath.
      1 16 ounces non-dairy whipped topping
    • Drizzle hot fudge sauce (you may need to warm it just enough to be able to drizzle, but it should not be hot or it will melt the Cool Whip) and caramel sauce over the Cool Whip.
      Hot fudge sauce, Caramel sauce
    • Add the remaining 12 ice cream sandwiches in a single layer, then drizzle on more hot fudge and caramel sauce.
    • Scoop the rest of the Cool Whip on top of the cake and spread out evenly.
    • Cover the cake tightly with plastic wrap and freeze for at least 3 hours until completely firm. I tested this at 2 hours and the layers were too soft to slice cleanly. At 3+ hours you get clean slices that hold their shape.
    • Drizzle more hot fudge and caramel sauce over top of the cake, then sprinkle with M&M'S.
      M&M'S for topping
    • Cut the cake and serve frozen.
    Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
    Nutrition Facts
    Ice Cream Sandwich Cake
    Serving Size
     
    0 Slice
    Amount per Serving
    Calories
    332
    % Daily Value*
    Fat
     
    13
    g
    20
    %
    Saturated Fat
     
    3
    g
    19
    %
    Polyunsaturated Fat
     
    3
    g
    Monounsaturated Fat
     
    4
    g
    Cholesterol
     
    29
    mg
    10
    %
    Sodium
     
    181
    mg
    8
    %
    Potassium
     
    161
    mg
    5
    %
    Carbohydrates
     
    52
    g
    17
    %
    Sugar
     
    27
    g
    30
    %
    Protein
     
    6
    g
    12
    %
    * Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
    **Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
    Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

    Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and a graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 17 years, Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

    Get to know me

    as seen in:

    Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

    Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

    The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

    Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


    100 Best Memorial Day Recipes For Your Cookout or BBQ

    Person holding a plate with grilled skewers and sausages next to a barbecue grill with more skewers cooking outdoors, perfect for Memorial Day recipes.

    Memorial Day weekend kicks off summertime fun, so impress your guests with patriotic fare perfect for the occasion, spanning appetizers to desserts and everything in between.

    male grilling kabobs for Memorial Day Recipes

    Best Memorial Day Recipes

    Get the kids involved with whipping up red, white and blue treats, then highlight fresh seasonal produce at the peak of ripeness in your grilled main courses, salads and sides before cooling off with easy no-bake frozen desserts.

    With fun foods the whole family can help prepare and enjoy, these Memorial Day recipes offer a little something for everyone over the holiday weekend.

    Easy Memorial Day Recipes From The Grill 🍔

    Grilled Ribeye

    A person cutting a steak with a fork on a cutting board.
    credit: thegourmetbonvivant.com
    Savor tender, juicy perfection with our grilled ribeye steak recipe. Grilled to succulent char, it's a flavor explosion you'll crave.
    Get Full Recipe

    Juicy Ground Pork Burgers

    Two chicken burgers on a white plate.
    credit: babaganosh.org
    These juicy ground pork burgers are so flavorful and are ready in just 15 minutes! You will love these pork burgers more than traditional burgers.
    Get Full Recipe

    White Castle Burgers Copycat

    Hamburger sliders on a white plate with fries.
    credit: bellyfull.net
    With thin seasoned beef patties topped with American cheese on slider buns, these White Castle Burgers are a simplified copycat recipe and taste like what you'd order at the popular restaurant.
    Get Full Recipe

    Feta Burger with Tzatziki

    Celebrate Memorial Day with a plate featuring a mouthwatering burger and refreshing salad.
    credit: acedarspoon.com
    My Greek inspired Feta Burger with Tzatziki is a great recipe for anyone who enjoys burgers as much as I do. The beef patties are flavored with tangy feta cheese, red onion, roasted red peppers.
    Get Full Recipe

    Maple Dijon Grilled Chicken

    Grilled chicken breasts on a white plate with herbs.
    credit: simplystacie.net
    Celebrate Canada Day with a delicious BBQ recipe for Maple Dijon Grilled Chicken. Your family is going to love this flavourful recipe.
    Get Full Recipe

    Cast Iron Chicken Breasts with Garlic Herb Butter

    Chicken breasts in a skillet with parmesan cheese.
    credit: barleyandsage.com/
    These juicy cast iron chicken breasts topped with garlic herb butter are one of my favorite ways to make chicken in just 30 minutes!
    Get Full Recipe

    Crispy Grilled Chicken Wings

    Grilled chicken wings on a wire rack with ketchup.
    credit: africanbites.com
    Crispy Grilled Chicken Wings are tender, juicy, and deliciously seasoned and then grilled to crispy perfection for the perfect comfort food.
    Get Full Recipe

    Peri Peri Chicken

    Grilled chicken with sauce on a baking sheet.
    credit: africanbites.com
    A mildly spicy luscious chicken dish bursting with interesting complex flavors from Peri-Peri Sauce, Creole Seasoning, lemon, and herbs. Grilled to perfection until tender and juicy. Certainly, a mouthwatering chicken recipe that is amazingly good whether it's grilled or baked.
    Get Full Recipe

    Beer Basted BBQ Chicken

    Grilled chicken breasts on a white plate with a salad.
    credit: beyondthechickencoop.com
    Beer Basted BBQ Chicken is chicken cooked on the grill and brushed with a beer, butter and fresh herb sauce.
    Get Full Recipe

    Grilled Salmon Patty Burgers With Aioli

    A chicken burger is being dipped in olive oil.
    credit: africanbites
    Cajun Grilled Salmon Burgers with Aioli Sauce are delicious, healthy, and super easy. This recipe will have the family asking for seconds.
    Get Full Recipe

    BBQ Turkey Burgers

    A chicken burger with coleslaw on a plate.
    credit: amilyfoodonthetable.com
    BBQ turkey burgers are juicy, flavorful and just 5 basic ingredients. These easy burgers are sure to be a new favorite! This post is sponsored by the National Turkey Federation. As always, all thoughts and opinions are my own. You maybe already know this, but I have a serious affinity for turkey burgers.
    Get Full Recipe

    Turkey Burger Sliders With Cheese Recipe

    A burger and corn on a plate.
    credit: onmykidsplate.com
    Turkey burger sliders juicy and full of flavor packed into a mini size perfect for kids and adults! These burgers are family friendly and easy to grill!
    Get Full Recipe

    Burgers with Grilled Peaches

    A burger with bacon and onions on a plate.
    credit: pipandebby.com
    Spruce up your burger with a touch of sweetness! Brie cheese, cherry jam, grilled peaches and bacon will transform dinner into a sweet and savory treat!
    Get Full Recipe

    Best Turkey Burger Recipe

    Two beef burgers on a wooden cutting board.
    credit: killingthyme.net
    We're calling this the best turkey burger recipe for good reason! These patties are juicy, tender and perfectly seasoned.
    Get Full Recipe

    Roasted Garlic & Black Pepper Grilled Pork Kabobs

    Grilled chicken skewers on a white plate.
    credit: kyleecooks.com
    Get your grill and thrill the whole family with these Roasted Garlic & Black Pepper Grilled Pork Kabobs with Vegetables - ready super fast!
    Get Full Recipe

    Maple Dijon Grilled Chicken

    Grilled chicken breasts on a white plate with herbs.
    credit: simplystacie.net
    Maple syrup and Dijon mustard are a match made in heaven and taste delicious on a grilled chicken breast.
    Get Full Recipe

    Grilled Shrimp

    Shrimp skewers on a plate with rice and lemons.
    credit: lovebakesgoodcakes.com
    This simple grilled shrimp recipe is a tasty summer favorite, suitable for many dietary needs! Break out the skewers, because we're having seafood tonight!
    Get Full Recipe

    Grilled Corn In Husk

    Grilled corn on the cob with lime wedges.
    credit: intentionalhospitality.com
    Nothing says summer like grilling and corn on the cob, so this Grilled Corn In Husk recipe is the essence of summer flavors.
    Get Full Recipe

    Grilled Chicken Satay Skewers (with Peanut Sauce)

    Thai chicken skewers with dipping sauce on a white plate.
    credit: kyleecooks.com
    Assemble these chicken satay skewers and keep them in the freezer in my yummy marinade - ready to thaw and grill at a moment's notice!
    Get Full Recipe

    Texas Style Smoked Brisket Recipe

    Bbq brisket on a cutting board with ketchup and pickles.
    credit: razzledazzlelife.com
    This Texas Style Smoked Brisket recipe is cooked low-and-slow on the grill to create a juicy, tender, smoky slab of beef brisket.
    Get Full Recipe

    Memorial Day Side Dishes 🥗

    Pea Salad Recipe - Creamy Pea Salad With Bacon

    english pea salad in a white bowl, square image.
    Packed with peas, onion, cheddar cheese, and dill, along with a creamy dressing, this cold pea salad recipe will be your new favorite summer salad!
    Get Full Recipe

    Ham & Pineapple Pasta Salad

    ham and pineapple pasta salad recipe square image
    Hawaiian pasta salad is the perfect ham and pineapple pasta salad recipe for using up leftover ham.
    Get Full Recipe

    Dill Pickle Pasta Salad with Bacon and Cheese

    Dill pickle pasta salad in a white bowl.
    This creamy dill pickle pasta salad is packed with bacon, cheese, and tangy pickles. Perfect for summer picnics and potlucks-easy to make ahead.
    Get Full Recipe

    Orange Fluff Salad

    orange fluff salad in a white bowl, square image.
    Orange fluff salad with mandarin oranges, whipped topping, orange gelatin powder, cottage cheese, and mini marshmallows, is a dessert-like jello salad side dish.
    Get Full Recipe

    Classic Pineapple Casserole with Ritz Crackers

    pineapple casserole with a spoon taking out a portion.
    Pineapple casserole is a classic American casserole dish that combines canned pineapple, and cheese and has a crunchy, buttery cracker topping.
    Get Full Recipe

    Smoked Pineapple

    Smoked Pineapple
    Smoked pineapple is the easiest side dish or dessert to make on your smoker that will impress your friends and excite your tastebuds.
    Get Full Recipe

    Asian Ramen Noodle Salad with Shaved Brussels Sprouts

    updated Asian Ramen Noodle Salad
    You will love this updated asian ramen noodle salad with the addition of  shaved brussels sprouts in place of coleslaw mix. Another delicious way to incorporate brussel sprouts into your recipe rotation. Asian ramen noodle salad with shaved brussels sprouts is the prefect side dish for summer parties, potlucks and family gatherings.
    Get Full Recipe

    Cranberry Orange Brussels Sprout Slaw

    A bowl of Brussels sprout slaw with cranberries and nuts.
    Brussels sprouts slaw is a delicious alternative to a traditional cabbage coleslaw. This recipe uses dried cranberries, orange zest, orange juice and toasted pecans for added crunch.
    Get Full Recipe

    Instant Pot Loaded Baked Potato Salad

    Instant pot potato salad in a yellow bowl.
    credit: wondermomwannabe
    This Instant Pot Loaded Baked Potato Salad is always a hit at BBQs and picnics. Even better, it's as easy to make as it is delicious!
    Get Full Recipe

    Bacon & Blue Cheese Potato Salad

    A bowl of pasta salad with ham and parsley.
    credit: threelittleferns.com
    This bacon and blue cheese potato salad recipe combines bacon, blue cheese, and balsamic vinegar to create a salty, tangy, and sweet side dish that is perfect for BBQs and cookouts!
    Get Full Recipe

    Amish Potato Salad (Better Than Walmart)

    A bowl of salad with carrots and celery.
    credit: chocolatemoosey.com
    Sweet and creamy Amish Potato Salad is similar to Walmart's Amish Potato Salad with a tangy dressing made of mayonnaise, mustard, vinegar, sugar, and smoked paprika.
    Get Full Recipe

    Cast Iron Root Beer Baked Beans

    A skillet filled with beans and bacon.
    credit: thespiffycookie.com
    These cast iron root beer baked beans are legit! With bacon mixed in as well and then more bacon on top you might find yourself second guessing that can of beans.
    Get Full Recipe

    Boston Baked Beans and Eggs

    A skillet with eggs and beans on a table.
    credit: wearenotmartha.com
    Boston Baked Beans and Eggs takes comfort food to new levels and makes for a deliciously satisfying skillet side dish or dinner.
    Get Full Recipe

    Rice and Beans

    Ham and rice in a skillet with a wooden spoon.
    credit: bellyfull.net
    This skillet Rice and Beans recipe is a quick 30 minute meal that's crazy flavorful and only requires one pan. Great weeknight meal the entire family will love!
    Get Full Recipe

    How to Make Cooler Corn

    How to make cooler corn.
    credit: suburbanwifecitylife.com/
    Making a big batch of corn on the cob? I share how to make Cooler corn with just some boiling water and a cooler. It's easy peasy!
    Get Full Recipe

    Burnt Ends Baked Beans Recipe

    A skillet filled with beans and a mug on a table.
    credit: funrecipeideas.com
    Burnt ends baked beans are a hearty and flavorful dish that takes just 5 minutes to prepare. It's the perfect side dish for your next cookout or potluck!
    Get Full Recipe

    Easy Cranberry Apple Coleslaw

    A bowl of coleslaw with apples and cranberries.
    credit: funrecipeideas.com
    This cranberry apple coleslaw is full of flavor and crunch! Tangy cranberries, sweet apples, and a homemade dressing combine to create an easy and delicious salad! This coleslaw recipe is the perfect combination of sweet and tangy, soft and crunchy!
    Get Full Recipe

    Southern Potato Salad

    Four pictures showing how to make a potato salad.
    credit: funrecipeideas.com
    This southern potato salad is a classic recipe that's packed with flavor. Sweet pickle relish, hard-boiled eggs, and the perfect mix of seasonings make an amazing side dish that's perfect for all your summer gatherings.
    Get Full Recipe

    Best No Mayo Potato Salad with Herbs - To Simply Inspire

    Potato salad in a white bowl with a fork.
    credit: tosimplyinspire.com
    This no mayo potato salad recipe is a wonderful twist on classic potato salad for side dish to any meal. Instead of mayonnaise, this recipe is tossed with oil and vinegar dressing, chopped bacon, green onions, and fresh herbs. It's a perfect potato salad for any occasion.
    Get Full Recipe

    Pesto Tortellini Pasta Salad

    Pesto Tortellini Pasta Salad
    credit: tosimplyinspire.com
    This Pesto Tortellini Pasta Salad is a fresh and easy summer pasta salad that can be ready in less than 20 minutes! It consists of mozzarella pearls, juicy tomatoes, fresh basil and a delicious pesto dressing.
    Get Full Recipe

    Grilled Vegetables

    Grilled vegetables in a blue bowl with a wooden spoon.
    credit: kyleecooks.com
    Smoky grilled vegetables are bursting with flavor! Make a grilled vegetable salad, serve alone, or refrigerate for an easy weeknight side.
    Get Full Recipe

    Southern Style Potato Salad

    A white plate with a fried egg on top.
    credit: theglamkitchen.com
    Savor the classic flavors of homemade potato salad. Creamy and satisfying, this timeless dish combines tender potatoes with a tangy mayo-based dressing, crunchy celery, and hard boiled eggs. A comforting and versatile side for any occasion.
    Get Full Recipe

    Hickory Smoked Potato Salad

    A plate with a fork and a plate of food.
    credit: carnaldish.com
    Hickory smoked potato salad featuring tender yukon gold potatoes in a creamy, smoky, spicy dill dressing. Bring this to your next cookout!
    Get Full Recipe

    Patti LaBelle's Potato Salad

    Potato salad with hard boiled eggs in a bowl.
    You watched Oprah talk about it or you just know that this red potato salad is famous, but making this is the only way to see what the hype is all about!
    Get Full Recipe

    Traeger Smoked Mac and Cheese + {VIDEO}

    Cheesy macaroni and cheese in a skillet.
    credit: staysnatched.com
    This is the best Homemade Smoked Macaroni and Cheese recipe you will find. It's made with a creamy béchamel sauce interior and topped with a crunchy, browned cheese topping. This dish can be made with any smoker or pellet Traeger grill.
    Get Full Recipe

    Appetizers For Memorial Day 🥄

    Chipped Beef Dip

    A baked dish with a creamy, white topping, garnished with chopped green onions and red bits of meat, placed on a wooden surface with a silver spoon on the side.
    Chipped beef dip is one of our favorite hot dips to serve for for game day, as an appetizer or to take to a potluck. Warm chipped beef dip is a classic appetizer that everyone loves.
    Get Full Recipe

    KNORR Veggie Spinach Dip Recipe (& Bread Bowl Instructions)

    knorr spinach dip in a bread bowl.
    A packet of Knorr vegetable recipe mix combined with sour cream, mayonnaise, minced fresh water chestnuts, chopped spinach and chopped scallions to make one of my favorite spinach dips ever!
    Get Full Recipe

    Boiled Peanuts

    boiled Peanuts in bowls on a table.
    A beloved Southern treat, boiled peanuts stand as a distinctive and delightful comfort food
    Get Full Recipe

    Chili Cheese Dip

    Hormel chili cheese dip in a glass pie plate with chips to the side on a marble like surface.
    Hormel chili cheese dip is the perfect appetizer to serve for the big game and is ready to serve in 15 minutes.
    Get Full Recipe

    Rotel Dip with Ground Beef and Pork Sausage

    rotel dip
    This quick and easy Rotel sausage cream cheese dip is a crowd pleaser and has the perfect balance of heat, meat and spice.
    Get Full Recipe

    Boat Dip (Rotel Ranch Taco Dip)

    Boat Dip recipe square image
    Tiktok boat dip viral recipe is the perfect summer poolside taco dip appetizer, ready in 5 minutes. This Mexican flavor fiesta taco dip recipe has 4 ingredients plus chips for dipping.
    Get Full Recipe

    Prosciutto and Cantaloupe

    A person is holding melon wrapped in prosciutto.
    The classic Italian pairing of prosciutto and melon is the perfect summer appetizer is a delicious balance of sweet and salty.
    Get Full Recipe

    Easy Mexican Corn Dip Recipe

    Easy Mexican Corn Dip in a red rimmed bowl with chips
    Mexican corn dip is a family favorite and usually disappears faster than it should. My easy Mexican corn dip recipe features Mexicorn, roasted green chilies as well as shredded cheese.
    Get Full Recipe

    Cream Cheese Sausage Balls

    Cream Cheese Sausage Balls
    This recipe for cream cheese sausage balls are a tender and delicious appetizer, perfect for holiday parties or game day snacking.
    Get Full Recipe

    Crispy Taco Egg Rolls

    fried tex mex egg roll with beeg, cheese, corn, tomatoes, cream cheese black beans, cut open on the bias to show texture. Sitting on a pile of the rest of the the golden egg rolls
    These Tex Mex egg rolls are a copycat recipe from one of your favorite restaurants. A crispy, golden brown egg roll wrapper surrounds your favorite Tex-Mex flavors.
    Get Full Recipe

    Bacon Wrapped Shotgun Shells (Smoker or Oven)

    smoked shotgun shells recipe stack.
    Shotgun shells recipe perfection: stuffed pasta shells, smoky bacon, melted cheese, and sticky BBQ sauce all in one bite‑sized appetizer for game day or backyard get‑togethers.
    Get Full Recipe

    BBQ Bacon Wrapped Chicken Bites

    Bacon wrapped chicken skewers on a yellow plate.
    credit: wondermomwannabe.com
    BBQ Bacon Wrapped Chicken Bites are the perfect appetizer for any party. This is an easy appetizer recipe and they will fly off the platter!
    Get Full Recipe

    Cucumber Avocado Shrimp Appetizer

    Shrimp appetizers with guacamole and cucumbers.
    credit: tosimplyinspire.com
    This Shrimp Appetizer features blackened shrimp atop creamy avocado and a cucumber slice. It's an easy, cold appetizer recipe to serve at any party or bbq…
    Get Full Recipe

    No Bake Veggie Pizza

    A tray of broccoli and cheese pizzas on a baking sheet.
    credit: numstheword.com
    These No Bake Veggie Pizza is a perfect party appetizer or a healthy snack loaded with fresh veggies and creamy spread!
    Get Full Recipe

    3 Ingredient Sugared Prosecco Grapes

    Sugared Prosecco Grapes (Sugared Champagne Grapes).
    Sugared prosecco grapes are made by soaking grapes in champagne and rolling in sugar for a little boozy festive bite. A sparkly treat!
    Get Full Recipe

    The Best Hot Artichoke Dip

    Cheesy potato dip in a white dish.
    credit: meaningfuleats.com
    The Best Hot Artichoke Dip! EVERYONE always asks for this recipe! Perfect for any kind of party or gathering. An easy, make-ahead dip!
    Get Full Recipe

    Perfect Summer Side Dish With Fresh Fruit

    Blueberry Salsa

    A delightful blueberry salsa recipe awaits you, with a colorful bowl of blueberries and chopped red fruit, elegantly garnished with fresh herbs. All this vibrant goodness sits on a rustic wooden surface, patiently waiting beside a spoon for your enjoyment.
    This fresh fruit blender blueberry salsa recipe features fresh, plump blueberries paired with ripe summer strawberries, a hint of lime and a kick of jalapeño in this fresh blueberry salsa recipe.
    Get Full Recipe

    Mexican Strawberry Agua Fresca

    A glass of strawberry lime juice with a striped straw, garnished with lime slices and mint leaves. Fresh strawberries and lime slices are arranged beside the glass, reminiscent of a delightful Strawberry Agua Fresca Recipe.
    Fresh strawberries meet a hint of lime and sweetness in this easy Strawberry Agua Fresca. A naturally hydrating drink made in just 10 minutes.
    Get Full Recipe

    Watermelon Salsa Recipe

    Watermelon salsa in a white bowl.
    credit: To Simply Inspire
    This fresh watermelon salsa recipe is refreshing twist on a classic salsa. Bursting with flavor, this is a delicious and healthy dip that's perfect for any get togethers or holiday gatherings
    Get Full Recipe

    Mango Salsa

    A bowl of salsa with tomatoes, onions, and lemons.
    credit: tosimplyinspire.com
    This fresh mango salsa recipe is bursting with bold flavor with the perfect amount of sweetness. Made with juicy ripe mangos, tomatoes, red onion, jalapeno pepper, fresh herbs and lime juice.
    Get Full Recipe

    Black Bean Corn Mango Salsa

    black bean corn salsa on a chip square
    Here is an easy black bean salsa recipe that can be made year round. Make this black bean salsa recipe ahead of time and store in the refrigerator for a snack through out the day.
    Get Full Recipe

    Chipotle Corn Salsa

    Chipotle roasted chili corn salsa is a delicious addition to any meal. Made with fresh corn and roasted chilies, this salsa has a smoky and spicy flavor that will elevate your taste buds. Perfect
    When I make this chipotle corn salsa recipe I am sure to include roasted poblano peppers, yellow corn, red onion, fresh lime juice, fresh lemon juice and my favorite, cilantro!

    Grape Salsa

    A bowl full of grapes, onions and cilantro.
    Grab your grapes and mix up this totally tasty and unique Grape Salsa. It's wonderful with good ol' tortilla chips, and spooned over grilled chicken or fish. Not to mention with it's purple and green colors, it's quite pretty too!
    Get Full Recipe

    Fruit Tart

    A fruit tart with strawberries and kiwis on a plate.
    credit: africanbites.com
    Fruit Tart is an incredible treat made with a sweet, buttery crust and luscious cream filling topped with colorful fresh sliced fruits.
    Get Full Recipe

    Fruit Salad with Lemon Poppy Seed Dressing

    Fruit salad with lemon dressing.
    credit: acedarspoon.com
    Your next get-together or BBQ needs this Fruit Salad with Lemon Poppy Seed Dressing. This fruit salad is the perfect combination of sweet fruits topped with a zesty lemon poppy seed dressing.
    Get Full Recipe

    Chocolate Peanut Butter Fruit Dip

    A plate with fruit and chocolate dip on it.
    credit: 365daysofbakingandmore.com
    Creamy Chocolate Peanut Butter Fruit Dip combines milk chocolate, creamy peanut butter, Philadelphia Cream Cheese, and Cool Whip into a delicious fruit dip that makes for a great snack or dessert dip.
    Get Full Recipe

    No-Bake Memorial Day Desserts

    No Bake Key Lime Pie

    A no bake key lime pie with a slice taken out of it.
    With a hearty graham cracker crust and a smooth, airy, lime-infused filling, every forkful offers a perfect balance of sweetness and tanginess, leaving you feeling refreshed.
    Get Full Recipe

    Eclair Cake Recipe (Classic No Bake Recipe)

    eclair cake square image
    This easy eclair cake is one of my favorite no-bake dessert recipes. The easiest make-ahead dessert because the longer it sits, the better it gets!
    Get Full Recipe

    Ice Cream Sandwich Cake

    ice cream cake recipe, slice with garnish.
    This ice cream sandwich cake recipe is a delicious and easy-to-make summer dessert! Made with just five ingredients, this delicious ice cream treat is fun and easy and everyone loves this recipe. 
    Get Full Recipe

    Strawberry Heaven On Earth Cake

    Heaven On Earth Cake (Strawberry Recipe) slice on a small white plate, gold colored fork holding a bite.
    Heaven on earth cake, with strawberries, is an easy no-bake dessert made with angel food cake, strawberry pie filling, vanilla pudding and whipped topping.
    Get Full Recipe

    Homemade Lemonade Popsicles

    lemonade popsicles
    This lemonade popsicle recipes make the most refreshing summer frozen treat that kids and adults love. 3 ingredients will make lemonade freeze pops that will bring all the kids to the yard.
    Get Full Recipe

    Rainbow Jello Layers Recipe (with Video)

    Rainbow Jello Recipe square featured image
    This Rainbow Jello recipe can be made into cubes or prepared as jello cups for a colorful 7 layer jello dessert.
    Get Full Recipe

    Fruity Pebbles Treat Bars

    close shot of fruity pebbles treats, out of focus in the background, square image
    Perfect for your rainbow party or your bake sale fundraiser, these no-bake treats have 4 simple ingredients and are ready in under 30 minutes.
    Get Full Recipe

    Golden Grahams S'mores Bars

    A glass dish filled with a mixture of chocolate-covered cereal pieces and melted marshmallows, reminiscent of golden graham s'mores.
    Golden graham s'mores bars are an easy no bake treat to make when you want a s'more but don't want to turn on the oven or roast a marshmallow.
    Get Full Recipe

    Peanut Butter Pie

    Peanut butter pie no bake recipe
    No-bake Peanut butter pie is perfect for those hot summer days when you don't want to turn on the oven but want a dessert without the work.
    Get Full Recipe

    Blueberry Delight

    blueberry delight square image.
    "Blueberry YumYum", "Blueberry Dream" or even "Blueberry Bliss".  What ever you call it, you will be wanting to share this layered dessert recipe with all your friends.
    Get Full Recipe

    Ferrero Rocher Trifle

    A trifle in a glass on a table.
    credit: Olivia's Cuisine
    This Ferrero Rocher Trifle is a showstopper! Consisting of 6 layers of pure decadence, this trifle is beautiful, impressive and totally Instagrammable.
    Get Full Recipe

    Easy No Bake Cheesecake Bites

    Mini tarts with berries and cream on a white plate.
    credit: funmoneymom.com
    Everybody loves bite size desserts and these no bake cheesecake bites can be whipped up in a matter of minutes!
    Get Full Recipe

    No Bake Limoncello Pie

    Lemon pie in a glass dish with a slice taken out.
    credit: carriesexperimentalkitchen
    No Bake Limoncello Pie is deliciously light and lemony. A perfect dessert option without using much needed oven space during the holidays.
    Get Full Recipe

    No-Bake Banana Split Cake

    A slice of banana cream pie with cherries on top.
    credit: thekitchenismyplayground.com
    No-Bake Banana Split Cake has all the fabulous flavors you'd expect from a scrumptiously melty banana split sundae, all in an easy to prepare no-bake dessert. Complete with maraschino cherries on top of course, because it wouldn't be a banana split without a cherry on top!
    Get Full Recipe

    More Summer Desserts For Your Memorial Day Party

    Peach Dump Cake With Caned Peaches

    peach dump cake. square image. in a glass pan.
    Enjoy the taste of summer in every bite with our delicious peach dump cake recipe. Made with canned peaches and a buttery cake mix topping, this easy dessert is perfect for any occasion.
    Get Full Recipe

    Pineapple Dump Cake

    Pineapple Dump Cake Recipe square image
    Pineapple dump cake uses a box of cake mix, canned pineapple, butter and a bit of brown sugar baked in one pan for an easy dessert that is a crowd-pleaser.
    Get Full Recipe

    Blackberry Dump Cake Recipe (Without Pie Filling)

    Blackberry Dump Cake square image
    Blackberry Dump Cake is the one-pan dessert that uses either fresh blackberries or frozen blackberries, white cake mix, melted butter and a sprinkle of bown sugar.
    Get Full Recipe

    Rhubarb Dump Cake (Fresh or Frozen Rhubarb + Yellow Cake Mix)

    Rhubarb Dump Cake square image
    This Rhubarb Dump Cake is a no-fuss, 5-ingredient dessert made with fresh or frozen rhubarb and a box of yellow cake mix. Just layer, pour, and bake - no mixing required!
    Get Full Recipe

    Black Raspberry Pie

    Black Raspberry Pie baked in a blue pie plate
    My black raspberry pie recipe can be made with fresh or frozen black raspberries
    Get Full Recipe

    Black Bottom Cupcakes (Tuxedo Cupcakes)

    Black Bottom Cupcakes
    This recipe for Black Bottom Cupcakes comes straight from the church lady cookbook so you know everyone will love them.
    Get Full Recipe

    Chocolate Pecan Pie Bars

    A stack of pecan bars on a plate.
    credit: belleofthekitchen.com
    These Chocolate Pecan Pie Bars are decadent, sweet, and incredibly easy to prepare. They're the perfect treat for a crowd, too!
    Get Full Recipe

    Chocolate Bundt Cake

    A chocolate bundt cake on a white plate.
    credit: Butter Your Biscuit
    This chocolate bundt cake is so unbelievably rich and moist, your guests will never guess its from a box. The ganache glaze if easy and fantastic!
    Get Full Recipe

    Brownie Cookie Recipe

    A stack of chocolate cookies on a cutting board.
    credit: www.ihearteating.com
    This brownie cookie recipe is all of the good parts of a brownie- crackly crust, fudgy middles, chewy edges, & intense chocolate flavor -in one easy, homemade cookie recipe. One of the best cookie recipes around!
    Get Full Recipe

    Memorial Day Recipes For Kids

    Red, White, & Blue Fruit Salad for Memorial Day

    A bowl of fruit salad with star shaped strawberries and blueberries.
    credit: feelslikehomeblog.com
    This simple and easy red, white, and blue fruit salad with honey lime dressing is the best recipe for your summer holiday parties and picnics!
    Get Full Recipe

    American Flag Pretzel Rods

    Patriotic pretzel sticks on a white plate.
    credit: craftymorning.com
    Make these darling patriotic pretzel rods for your 4th of July or Memorial Day celebration. All you need is three bags of candy melts (white, blue, and red colors) and large pretzel rods.
    Get Full Recipe

    Strawberry White Chocolate Pie

    A pie with strawberries and icing on top.
    credit: thecookinchicks.com
    Strawberry White Chocolate Pie is creamy, tasty, and perfectly sweet! Next time that sweet tooth craving hits, this is just the pie to try!
    Get Full Recipe

    M&M Cookie Bars

    M&M cookie bars stacked on eachother on a white plate, square image.
    M & M cookie bars are the easy cookie bar recipe you need when you want an easy dessert recipe with few ingredients.
    Get Full Recipe

    Patriotic Jell-O Stars

    Patriotic Jell-O Stars
    credit: 365daysofbakingandmore.com
    Red, White, and Blue Jell-O Stars aka Patriotic Jello Stars: layers of red, white and blue gelatin make up this colorful and fun recipe to serve for the Fourth of July, or for any patriotic holiday!
    Get Full Recipe

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

    Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 15 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

    Get to know me

    as seen in:

    Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

    Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

    The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

    Pinterest Rachael JELL-O

    To Go Margarita Cocktails For A Crowd

    to go margaritas in a container.

    To go margaritas are perfect for when you are serving a large crowd or need to take a batch of cocktails to a party. The pre-mixed margarita is ready to be poured over ice and get the party started!

    horizontal to go margaritas on a wooden surface.

    This recipe is my take on the classic 3,2,1 margarita cocktail. Typically a classic margarita calls for 3 parts tequila, 2 parts triple sec and one part lime juice, and sometimes a sweetener. But in this cocktail-to-go recipe, we are going to take help from the limeade for part of the lime juice and the sweetener.

    Ingredients needed to make a batch of margaritas:

    ingredients for to go margaritas, tequila, triple sec limeade, limes.

    Recipe Card?

    To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

    How to pre make margaritas for a crowd

    to go margaritas in a container.

    I love a good handcrafted cocktail as much as the next person, but sometimes it is helpful to have a large back of premixed cocktails ready to go. It is such a time saver to have all the basic ingredients already pre-measured and combined, ready to go. Just pour over ice, garnish, and serve.

    1. Use the last ¼ of a jug of limeade.
    2. Juice the limes straight into the container.
    3. Add the rest of the ingredients, close the lid and shake to combine.

    How to make to go margaritas

    1. Leave enough limeade in the bottle so it comes just below the first ridge.
      lime juice added to the simple syrup.
    2. Add lime juice so it comes halfway between the bottom ridge and the next ridge in the container. The juice of about 7 limes, or 7 ounces, or almost 1 cup.
      tripple sec added to the to go margaritas.
    3. Add enough triple sec so that it comes just below the top ridge or marker in the container. (1 ¾ cups). 4. Fill the rest of the bottle to half way up the neck of the bottle with tequila (2 ⅔ cups).
      all ingredients added to to go margaritas.
    4. Add lime slices or wedges to garnish. Close, shake and chill until ready to serve.
      horizontal to go margaritas on a wooden surface.

    When it comes to making margaritas for a crowd, I keep a few favorite tools close at hand. A sturdy citrus juicer is a must-it makes quick work of lemons and limes while catching all the seeds and pulp, so you get nothing but fresh juice in your mix.

    I use a simple cobbler-style cocktail shaker that comes with its own built-in strainer and a 1 oz jigger cap. It's perfect for small batches and saves me from digging through a full bar kit.

    For parties, I always break out my 2-gallon glass beverage dispenser. It looks pretty on the table and lets guests serve themselves, which means I can actually enjoy the gathering instead of playing bartender all night.

    And of course, I can't forget the glassware. I rotate between fun pineapple-shaped glassware for a tropical vibe and elegant hurricane glasses when I want things to feel a bit more polished. Both add a little extra charm without requiring any extra effort.

    Substitutions

    • You can switch out the brand of tequila for your favorite brand. When I am making batch cocktails I don't reach for the top-shelf liquor. I save the best for my hand-crafted cocktails that are meant to be sipped and savored. Don Julio or Casamigos Blanco are some of my favorite options for this drink.
    • Triple sec is going to be the orange flavored alcohol that I add to large-batch cocktails. It is more cost-effective than the more expensive Cointreau, or Grand Marnier. But if that is all you have, enjoy!
    • If bottled lime juice is what you have in your pantry, use it! I love the taste of fresh limes but some people love the flavor of bottled lime juice. Use what you and your guests love.
    • Lime slices are what is used to garnish this drink but another fun and festive garnish would be orange slices. You always want to garnich a cocktail with a representation of the flavors that will be found in the drink.
    • The plastic container with twist top lid is perfect to take this cocktail to places like the pool, beach, lake, outdoor party or any place where glass containers are not a good idea.
    • No need to worry about ice watering down the cocktail as there is no ice included in the mix. Just be sure to have ice available when serving. Be sure to check out my blueberry cocktails too!
    • Premade mixers are not needed. Just 4 ingredients and you have a large batch of cocktails ready for travel.

    Storage Tips

    • Store the pre-mixed cocktail in its closed container in the refrigerator or in a cooler filled with ice until ready to serve.

    Reader Tip

    Stainless steel carafe with a large opening being filled with ice-perfect for easy filling, cleaning, and serving your favorite to go margarita cocktail recipe. Features a removable lid and highlighted text for convenience.

    This is a great recipe! I make them and keep in a thermal carafe for serving and keeping chilled.  ~Deanne D.

    Buy NOw

    If you are wanting to have the full bar experience, rim each glass or cup with a bit of course salt.

    • To rim a margarita glass with salt you either run the cut side of a lime wedge around the rim of the glass to moisten it and then press it into a plate filled with salt.
    • Or, you can dip the rim into a shallow dish with a bit of juice on it and then press the wet rim into salt.

    Seasonal Favorite

    Baked lattice top crust on an apple pie made with the Crisco pie crust recipe, showing flaky layers in the fluted edge.

    This is my award-winning Crisco pie crust recipe; flaky, tender, and made with simple ingredients you already have.

    Crisco Pie Crust

    Frequently asked questions, answers and tips:

    Can this be made by the gallon?

    Most definitely! I am only able to find limeade in the 52 ounce containers where I live. If you are able to find it by the gallon you are going to want to double the ingredients and then give an extra splash to found out the full ounces.

    How to you make a margarita not as strong?

    My first suggestion is to add more ice. Is will water down the drink, giving it more volume in relation to the alcohol in it. Secondly, you can also substitute orange juice for the triple sec.

    to go margaritas in a container.

    To Go Margarita Cocktails For A Crowd

    To go margaritas are perfect for when you are serving a large crowd or need to take a batch of cocktails to a party. Pre-mixed margarita is ready to be poured over ice.
    5 from 2 votes
    Print Pin Rate
    Course: Cocktails
    Cuisine: Mexican
    Prep Time: 5 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 5 minutes minutes
    Servings: 8 servings
    Calories: 361
    Author: Sarah Mock

    Ingredients

    •  
      ¾ Cup Limeade
    • A green plastic bottle of Realime 100% lime juice with images of limes on the label and a green cap.¾ Cup lime juice about 7 limes
    •  
      1 ¾ Cup Triple Sec
    •  
      2 ⅔ Cup tequila
    • A whole, uncut green lime with a textured peel on a white background-the perfect citrus for crafting a classic Gimlet.Limes garnish
    US Customary - Metric
    Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

    Instructions

    • Add all the ingredients to the reusable serving jug.
      ¾ Cup Limeade, ¾ Cup lime juice, 1 ¾ Cup Triple Sec, 2 ⅔ Cup tequila, Limes
    Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
    Nutrition Facts
    To Go Margarita Cocktails For A Crowd
    Serving Size
     
    1 serving
    Amount per Serving
    Calories
    361
    % Daily Value*
    Fat
     
    0.2
    g
    0
    %
    Saturated Fat
     
    0.1
    g
    1
    %
    Polyunsaturated Fat
     
    0.1
    g
    Monounsaturated Fat
     
    0.01
    g
    Sodium
     
    7
    mg
    0
    %
    Potassium
     
    44
    mg
    1
    %
    Carbohydrates
     
    21
    g
    7
    %
    Sugar
     
    20
    g
    22
    %
    Protein
     
    0.1
    g
    0
    %
    * Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
    **Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
    Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

    Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and a graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 17 years, Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

    Get to know me

    as seen in:

    Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

    Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

    The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

    Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


    Jungle Juice Recipe for a Crowd

    jungle juice in a gallon jug.

    This jungle juice recipe is my go-to when I need a fast, crowd-friendly party drink that actually tastes good, not just strong. After testing different juice ratios and alcohol combinations, I found the balance that keeps it fruity, drinkable, and dangerously easy to sip. If you need a scalable party punch for a crowd, this version works every time.

    Prep time: 10 minutes | Serves: small batch or gallon

    jungle juice in a gallon jug.

    Wouldn't marinated mozzarella balls pair so beautifully with this recipe? This recipe has two size variations, depending on the size of the crowd you are serving. The smaller recipe is perfect for poolside, at the beach or anywhere a non-glass serving container is required. The larger to-go or gallon on-the-go variation comes with a handle for easy transportation and serving.

    Why This Jungle Juice Recipe Works

    • The juice-to-alcohol ratio is balanced so it tastes fruity-not harsh.
    • Built to scale easily (small batch → gallon without breaking flavor).
    • Uses easy-to-find ingredients-no specialty liquors required.
    • Tested with multiple fruit combinations so it holds up over time.
    • Designed for parties where guests will keep refilling (this matters more than you think).

    Ingredient Notes (Why Each One Matters)

    ingredients for jungle juice gallon recipe. labeled with text over lay.
    • Vodka - This is your neutral base. I tested flavored vs plain, and plain gives you more control over the final flavor. Flavored vodka can quickly overpower the mix.
    • Rum - Adds depth and a slight sweetness. Without it, the drink tastes flatter and more one-dimensional.
    • Triple Sec - Brings citrus brightness that balances the sweetness from the fruit juice. This is what keeps it from tasting overly sugary.
    • Fruit Juice - This is where most people go wrong. If you use only sweet juice (like pineapple), the drink becomes overly sweet fast. You need a mix of citrus and sweet for balance.
    • Fresh Fruit - Not just garnish-it slowly infuses the drink as it sits. This is why jungle juice actually tastes better after about 30-60 minutes.

    Recipe Card?

    To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

    Substitutions

    I've tested a few variations of this jungle juice recipe, and here's what I have found actually works and what doesn't.

    tropical fruit for jungle juice garnishes.

    I am sharing with you my basic jungle juice recipe. There are many variations, substitutions and mix-ins that can be used to personalize your punch. Here are just a few of those suggestions:

    Everclear (Instead of Vodka)

    What changes: Dramatically increases alcohol strength.
    Result: I tested this once and it completely overpowered the fruit flavors.
    Recommendation: Only use in very small amounts-otherwise it ruins the drinkability.

    Frozen Fruit vs Fresh

    What changes: Chills the drink and slightly dilutes it as it melts.
    Result: Works especially well for outdoor parties where ice would water it down too quickly.
    Recommendation: Use frozen fruit if serving outside or in warm weather.

    Flavored Vodka vs Plain

    What changes: Adds a dominant flavor (peach, raspberry, etc.).
    Result: Some flavors work well, but others can clash with the juice mix.
    Recommendation: If you use flavored vodka, keep the rest of the ingredients simple so it doesn't get muddy.

    How to Make Jungle Juice To-Go

    I think this version is perfect for beaches, pools, or anywhere you need a sealed, portable drink.

    jungle juice in a quart container.
    1. Start with about ¼ of a 52-ounce container of fruit juice. This gives you enough space to build the drink without overflowing.
    2. Add the vodka, rum, triple sec, and hard seltzer in roughly equal proportions, filling the container until it's almost full. Leave a little room at the top for fruit.
    3. Give it a quick stir to combine. This helps distribute the alcohol evenly so the flavor stays balanced from first pour to last.
    4. Add chopped fruit, seal the container, and refrigerate until ready to serve. Letting it sit for at least 30 minutes allows the fruit to start infusing the drink.
    5. Serve over ice.

    How to make easy jungle juice for a crowd

    I make this batch for parties where people will be refilling all night.

    A large plastic jug filled with red Jungle Juice sits next to an empty, tipped-over aluminum can on a wooden surface with a white tiled background.

    Build the Base

    Start with a large handled container or drink dispenser and add about 4 cups of fruit punch or juice as your base.

    A plastic jug with Jungle Juice, a partially full transparent bottle, and an empty can are on a wooden surface against a white tiled wall.

    Add the Core Alcohol

    Pour in the vodka and triple sec, then stir to combine before adding the rest of the ingredients. This helps evenly distribute the stronger alcohol first.

    A plastic jug filled with red Jungle Juice sits on a wooden surface, surrounded by empty liquor bottles and a can with their caps.

    Layer in the Remaining Ingredients

    Add the rum and any additional mixers or optional ingredients you're using.

    A plastic jug filled with red Jungle Juice and chopped fruit sits on a counter, surrounded by empty bottles and a can.

    Add Fruit and Finish the Mix

    Stir well, then add chopped fruit and ice just before serving.

    A plastic jug and a glass filled with vibrant Jungle Juice, packed with chopped fruits, sit on a wooden surface with assorted fruit in the background.

    Let It Infuse Before Serving

    For best flavor, let the mixture sit for about 30 minutes before serving so the fruit has time to infuse the punch.

    Best Alcohol Ratio for Jungle Juice

    The biggest mistake people make with jungle juice is guessing the alcohol ratio. Too much and it tastes harsh. Too little and it just tastes like juice.

    After testing multiple batches, this is the ratio that works best:
    1 part vodka, 1 part rum, ½ part triple sec, 3-4 parts juice.

    This keeps the drink strong enough for a party, but still smooth and easy to drink.

    A clear glass pitcher, is filled with iced red liquid and slices of blood oranges on a light surface.

    Perfect for Jungle Juice!

    Crystal Glass Pitcher

    Features a sturdy handle and sleek spout, ensuring effortless, precise pours.

    Buy on Amazon

    Serving Suggestions

    jungle juice in a gallon jar, a cup to the side with a portion.

    Ice is an important part of this recipe. The smaller the ice, the larger the surface area and the faster the ice will melt, diluting the drink. Be sure to add ice to each serving up as there is a higher percentage of alcohol per portion.

    Frequently asked questions, answers and tips:

    How strong is jungle juice?

    It depends on your ratio, but this version is balanced to be drinkable first and strong second. You can adjust, but too much alcohol will overpower the flavor.

    What Is Jungle Juice?

    Jungle juice is a large-batch party punch made with alcohol, fruit juices, and fresh fruit. Unlike traditional cocktails, it's designed to be mixed in bulk and served casually.
    The key difference between a good jungle juice recipe and a bad one comes down to balance-too much alcohol and it's harsh, too much juice and it's overly sweet. My recipe lands right in the middle.

    How long should jungle juice sit before serving?

    At least 30 minutes. This gives the fruit time to infuse the drink.

    Can you make jungle juice ahead of time?

    Yes! I mix everything except soda and add that right before serving.

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    Sarah's Culinary Insight

    • Every time I've made this with too much pineapple juice, it turns overly sweet, keep citrus in the mix for acidity balance.
    • Letting it sit for at least 30 minutes makes a noticeable difference; the fruit actually starts infusing the punch.
    • If you add soda too early, it goes flat. My tip is to always add right before serving.
    • The alcohol sneaks up on people with this one so don't increase it unless you also adjust the juice. Ask me how I know....

    Ingredient Notes (Why Each One Matters)

    • Vodka - This is your neutral base. I tested flavored vs plain, and plain gives you more control over the final flavor. Flavored vodka can quickly overpower the mix.
    • Rum - Adds depth and a slight sweetness. Without it, the drink tastes flatter and more one-dimensional.
    • Triple Sec - Brings citrus brightness that balances the sweetness from the fruit juice. This is what keeps it from tasting overly sugary.
    • Fruit Juice - This is where most people go wrong. If you use only sweet juice (like pineapple), the drink becomes cloying. You need a mix of citrus + sweet for balance.
    • Fresh Fruit - Not just garnish-it slowly infuses the drink as it sits. This is why jungle juice tastes better after 30-60 minutes.
    jungle juice in a gallon jug.

    Jungle Juice

    This jungle juice recipe is designed to be balanced and drinkable. You can adjust the ratios slightly based on your crowd, but keeping the juice-to-alcohol balance is key.
    5 from 2 votes
    Print Pin Rate
    Course: Cocktails
    Cuisine: American
    Keyword: Jungle Juice
    Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
    Chill: 30 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 40 minutes minutes
    Servings: 12 servings
    Calories: 336
    Author: Sarah Mock

    Ingredients

    • 4 Cups Fruit punch or mixed fruit juice
    • 2 Cups Plain vodka (80 proof)
    • 1 ½ Cup Triple sec (orange liqueur)
    • 2 Cups Light rum (or white rum)
    • 1 Hard seltzer (like White Claw, optional)
    • 2 Cups Fresh fruit (oranges, berries, etc.) Chopped
    • 2 Cups Ice
    US Customary - Metric
    Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

    Instructions

    Build the Base

    • Add the fruit punch or juice to a large container or drink dispenser. This creates the foundation of the drink and controls the overall sweetness.
      4 Cups Fruit punch or mixed fruit juice

    Add the Core Alcohol

    • Pour in the vodka and triple sec, then stir well to combine. Mixing these first helps evenly distribute the stronger alcohol so the flavor stays balanced.
      2 Cups Plain vodka (80 proof), 1 ½ Cup Triple sec (orange liqueur)

    Add the Rum

    • Add the rum and stir again. At this point, taste the mixture-this is your chance to adjust before adding fruit or ice.
      2 Cups Light rum (or white rum)

    Adjust and Balance

    • If the mixture tastes too strong, add a bit more juice. If it's too sweet, add a splash of citrus juice or a lighter mixer to balance it out.

    Add Fruit

    • Stir in chopped fruit. The fruit will begin to infuse the drink as it sits, adding more flavor over time.
      2 Cups Fresh fruit (oranges, berries, etc.)

    Chill Before Serving

    • The flavor actually improves as it sits for 30-60 minutes, but after a few hours the fruit can start to soften and break down.
      Add the hard seltzer just before serving to keep the carbonation from going flat.
      1 Hard seltzer (like White Claw, optional)

    Serve Over Ice

    • Serve over ice and stir occasionally to keep everything evenly mixed.
      2 Cups Ice

    Notes

    The finished jungle juice should taste fruity and smooth, not overly strong. If it tastes harsh, add a bit more juice to balance it out.
    This easy jungle juice recipe is perfect for parties, large gatherings, and making ahead.
    Avoid adding ice directly to the full batch too early—it will dilute the drink as it sits. Add ice per serving instead.
    This recipe scales easily—just keep the same ratio of alcohol to juice as you increase the batch size.
    If the drink tastes too strong after chilling, don’t add more alcohol—add more juice to bring it back into balance.
    Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
    Nutrition Facts
    Jungle Juice
    Serving Size
     
    8 ounces
    Amount per Serving
    Calories
    336
    % Daily Value*
    Fat
     
    0.3
    g
    0
    %
    Saturated Fat
     
    0.1
    g
    1
    %
    Polyunsaturated Fat
     
    0.1
    g
    Monounsaturated Fat
     
    0.1
    g
    Sodium
     
    7
    mg
    0
    %
    Potassium
     
    81
    mg
    2
    %
    Carbohydrates
     
    16
    g
    5
    %
    Sugar
     
    22
    g
    24
    %
    Protein
     
    0.4
    g
    1
    %
    * Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
    **Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
    Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

    Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and a graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 17 years, Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

    Get to know me

    as seen in:

    Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

    Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

    The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

    Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


    Cherry Bomb Shot Recipe

    Cherry Bomb Shot square image.

    A cherry bomb shot cocktail is the delicious cocktail shooter recipe that every party needs! Drop a vodka and grenadine shot into a glass of Red Bull, and cheers!

    Cherry Bomb Shot square image.

    If you are a fan of vodka, you are going to want to make a batch of my frozen lemonade with vodka or make your own jungle juice. Check out this collection of Bacardi rum punch recipes.

    What is a cherry bomb drink?

    horizontal image of a cherry shot ready to be dropped into an energy glass.

    There are two types of cherry bomb drinks: a shot and a cocktail. This recipe is for the shot recipe but it is good to understand the difference with ordering at your favorite bar.

    Cherry bomb shot is a two-ingredient drink made with cherry vodka and Red Bull. It is known for its cool layered effect, as the red color of the cherry liqueur and splash of grenadine syrup create a beautiful contrast against the clear Red Bull.

    Cherry bomb cocktail is a more complex drink made with cachaça, cherry liqueur, lime juice, and club soda. It is a refreshing and flavorful cocktail that is perfect for a party or social gathering.

    To make a cherry bomb cocktail, simply combine all ingredients in a shaker with ice and shake until well-chilled. Strain into a chilled glass and garnish with a cherry and lime wedge.

    Both cherry bomb drinks are delicious and sure to please any crowd. So next time you're looking for a fun and festive drink, be sure to try a cherry bomb!

    Ingredients to make a cherry bomb shot:

    ingredients to make a cherry bomb shot cocktail energy drink, frenadine, vodka, cherries for garnish a large glass and a shot glass. all with text overlays.

    Ingredient tips:

    • Use high-quality ingredients. This will make a big difference in the taste of your drink.
    • Chill your glasses before serving. This will help to keep your drink cold and refreshing.
    • Garnish your drink with a cherry and lime wedge. This will add a touch of color and flavor.
    • Drink responsibly!

    Cherry Bomb Drink Variations

    • Margarita: This is a twist on the classic margarita, made with tequila, lime juice, and cherry liqueur. To make the Margarita, you will need to mix 2 ounces of tequila, 1 ounce of cherry liqueur, and 1 ounce of lime juice in a shaker with ice. Shake well, strain into a salt-rimmed glass, and garnish with a lime wheel.
    • Martini: This is a fruity and sweet variation of a classic martini. To make the Martini version, you will need to mix 2 ounces of cherry vodka, 1 ounce of cherry juice, and ½ ounce of triple sec in a shaker with ice. Shake well, strain into a chilled martini glass, and garnish with a cherry.
    • Energy Drink: This is a non-alcoholic drink that is perfect for those who need a boost of energy. To make the Energy Drink variation, you will need to mix 8 ounces of your favorite energy soda with 1 ounce of cherry syrup. Stir well and pour over ice in a tall glass. Garnish with a cherry and enjoy!

    How to make a cherry bomb cocktail shot

    energy drink being poured into a pilzner glass.

    Step 1

    Add 3 ounces Red Bull or your other favorite caffeinated carbonated energy drink to a bar glass.

    hand pouring vodka into a shot glass for a cherry bomb cocktail shot.
    grenedine being poured into the vodka shot for a cherry bomb shooter. cocktail.

    Step 2

    To a 1.5 ounce shot glass, add 1 ounce vodka and a splash of grenadine.

    hand ready to release the cherry shot into the energy drink. for a cherry bomb.

    Step 4

    Carefully drop the shot into the glass and enjoy!

    Tips for drinking a cherry bomb shot:

    hand ready to release the cherry shot into the energy drink. for a cherry bomb.
    • Once the shot glass is filled with the vodka and grenadine mixture, carefully drop or "bomb" the whole shot glass straight into the glass containing the Red Bull or energy drink.
    • Do not stir or mix.
    • Allow the shot glass to sink to the bottom.
    • To drink it, you'll need to quickly chug or slam the entire contents of the glass, including the shot of cherry vodka that has been dropped into the energy drink.

    More Shot Recipes

    Pickle Shot - A vodka pickle shot is a delicious way for pickle lovers to enjoy the pickle-vodka combination all in one salty swallow. If you love a dirty martini, pickleback shots or any briny cocktails this dill pickle vodka shot is for you!

    Vodka Jello Shots - These apple jello shots with vodka are an incredible treat for your next summertime party. They're fun to serve, easy to make, and a colorful eye-catching addition to your party table.

    Cherry Bomb Shot square image.

    Cherry Bomb Recipe

    A cherry bomb shot cocktail is the delicious cocktail shooter recipe that every party needs! Drop a vodka, grenadine shot into a glass of red bull, and cheers!
    5 from 2 votes
    Print Pin Rate
    Course: Cocktails
    Cuisine: American
    Prep Time: 5 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 5 minutes minutes
    Servings: 1 drink
    Calories: 106
    Author: Sarah Mock

    Ingredients

    • 1 Ounce vodka
    • Splash of grenadine
    • 3 Ounces Red Bull
    • 1 maraschino cherries for garish
    US Customary - Metric
    Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

    Instructions

    • To a bar glass, add 3 ounces Red Bull.
      3 Ounces Red Bull
    • To a 1.5 ounce shot glass, add 1 ounce vodka and a splash of grenadine.
      1 Ounce vodka, Splash of grenadine
    • Carefully drop the shot into the glass and enjoy!
    Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
    Nutrition Facts
    Cherry Bomb Recipe
    Serving Size
     
    1
    Amount per Serving
    Calories
    106
    % Daily Value*
    Sodium
     
    36
    mg
    2
    %
    Potassium
     
    0.3
    mg
    0
    %
    Carbohydrates
     
    10
    g
    3
    %
    Sugar
     
    9
    g
    10
    %
    Protein
     
    0
    g
    0
    %
    * Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
    **Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
    Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

    Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and a graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 17 years, Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

    Get to know me

    as seen in:

    Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

    Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

    The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

    Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


    45 Imitation Crab Recipes Worth Making

    imitation crab recipes.

    These imitation crab recipes are more than crab salad but still have imitation crab meat as the feature of these delicious recipes.

    imitation crab recipes.

    Best Imitation Crab Recipes

    Crab Twice Baked Potatoes

    Close-up of twice-baked potatoes topped with melted cheese, green onions, and a hint of imitation crab on a blue plate.
    credit: simplejoy.com
    This delicious crab twice-baked potatoes are the perfect side dish for any meal. They're made with simple ingredients like potatoes, butter, milk, sour cream, cheese, and crab. The potatoes are baked until soft, then scooped out and mixed with the other ingredients. The mixture is then piped back into the potato skins and baked until the cheese is melted and bubbly. These potatoes are sure to be a hit at your next gathering!
    Get Full Recipe

    Seafood Mac and Cheese Recipe

    A spoonful of creamy shrimp casserole with breadcrumb topping, held above a glass baking dish filled with the casserole, is a delightful twist on classic imitation crab recipes.
    credit: raegunramblings.com
    If you're looking for a twist on classic mac and cheese, this seafood mac and cheese recipe is a must-try! It's creamy and rich with the perfect blend of seafood and cheesy goodness. You'll love the combination of shrimp, shredded imitation crab, and scallops mixed in with tender pasta, all coated in a savory cheese sauce.
    Get Full Recipe

    Best Seafood Macaroni Salad

    A bowl of macaroni salad featuring mixed vegetables and a creamy dressing, elevated with chunks of imitation crab and garnished with fresh herbs.
    credit: whiskitrealgud.com
    Packed with succulent shrimp and crab meat, and flavored with tangy Old Bay seasoning, this salad is sure to be a hit with your friends and family. Plus, it's quick and easy to make, so you can spend less time in the kitchen and more time enjoying the warm weather.
    Get Full Recipe

    Seafood Enchiladas with Imitation Crab Recipe

    A close-up of cheesy enchiladas topped with red sauce on a white plate, one piece cut to reveal a filling reminiscent of popular imitation crab recipes.
    credit: madeinaday.com
    This recipe is a delicious and easy way to make seafood enchiladas at home. It's made with imitation crab meat, cheese, enchilada sauce, and a few other simple ingredients. The enchiladas are baked in the oven until they're bubbly and golden brown, and they're served with sour cream and green onions for garnish.
    Get Full Recipe

    Chinese Buffet Crab Casserole

    A wooden spoon scoops a cheesy vegetable casserole, enhanced with bits of imitation crab and topped with chopped green onions, from a baking dish.
    credit: thefoodhussy.com
    Love crab meat but don't want to go to a buffet? This recipe has got you covered! With a few simple ingredients and easy steps, you can recreate that delicious crab meat dish from your favorite Chinese restaurant at home. Plus, it's a fraction of the cost and you can customize it to your liking.
    Get Full Recipe

    Crab Stuffed Whitefish

    Two stuffed fish fillets with a savory rice and imitation crab filling sit elegantly on a plate, garnished with lemon slices and broccoli. Glasses of white wine create the perfect backdrop for this delightful dining experience.
    credit: hwcmagazine.com
    This recipe is perfect for seafood lovers! Imagine a flaky and tender flounder stuffed with succulent crab meat, seasonings, and a creamy filling. The combination of textures and flavors will have your taste buds dancing with joy. Don't worry if you're not an expert cook, this recipe is easy to follow and the results are impressive.
    Get Full Recipe

    Imitation Crab Ceviche

    A hand holding a delicious tostada topped with diced avocado, onions, tomatoes, and herbs. A bowl with more of this vibrant, imitation-crab-infused topping is visible in the background.
    credit: midwexican.com
    This recipe combines imitation crab meat, tomatoes, onions, cilantro, lime juice, and a few other ingredients to create a delicious and tangy ceviche that's perfect for snacking or as an appetizer. No cooking required! Simply mix the ingredients together, let them marinate, and serve with tortilla chips or on tostadas.
    Get Full Recipe

    Quick Crab Quiche with Swiss Cheese

    A quiche with one slice missing is in a glass pie dish, next to a plated slice with a fork. Green onions are placed beside them on a wooden cutting board.
    credit: mittengirl.com
    This recipe is perfect for anyone who loves quiche and seafood. It combines the rich flavors of crab meat with creamy Swiss cheese to create a dish that's both savory and satisfying. The recipe is straightforward and easy to follow, so you don't need to be an experienced cook to make a delicious crab quiche.
    Get Full Recipe

    Mexican Crab Cocktail

    A bowl of ceviche with diced seafood, including imitation crab, tomatoes, and herbs in a red sauce, accompanied by tortilla chips and a hot sauce bottle in the background.
    credit: onionringsandthings.com
    This recipe is perfect for seafood lovers who want to spice up their appetizer game. It combines imitation crabmeat with a delicious blend of vegetables and spices, resulting in a mouth-watering Mexican-style cocktail. You won't be able to resist the flavors of lime, avocado, cilantro, and jalapeno peppers. Whether you're hosting a party or simply looking for a tasty snack, this easy recipe will be just what you are looking for.
    Get Full Recipe

    Copycat Red Lobster Crab Alfredo

    A green bowl brimming with creamy pasta and luscious shredded crab meat sits on a wooden table, accented by a striped napkin. A delightful spin on classic imitation crab recipes.
    credit: thefoodhussy.com
    Do you love the Crab Alfredo from Red Lobster but don't want to spend a ton of money eating out? Well, I have a treat for you! This recipe is a copycat of the popular dish that you can easily make at home. It's a creamy, delicious pasta dish that's perfect for a date night or family dinner. The best part is, you don't have to be a master chef to whip this up.
    Get Full Recipe

    Imitation Crab Diprn

    A hand dips a tortilla chip into a creamy dip featuring imitation crab recipes, with visible chunks of crab meat. A small bowl filled with the tantalizing dip is shown in a close-up inset.
    credit: spaceshipsandlaserbeams.com
    The creamy and flavorful dip is made with imitation crab meat, cream cheese, mayo, and spices. Simply mix everything together and serve with crackers or veggies.
    Get Full Recipe

    Hot Imitation Crab Dip

    A bowl of creamy dip featuring imitation crab, topped with chopped herbs, sits enticingly beside toasted bread slices.
    credit: theparentspot.com
    It's a hot and creamy dip made with fake crab, cream cheese, and a few other flavorful ingredients. The hot crab dip is simple to make and can be ready in no time. It's the perfect dish to bring to a party or to enjoy at home with some chips or veggies.
    Get Full Recipe

    Buffalo Crab Dip

    A spoonful of cheesy baked dish with golden-brown crust in a skillet, enhanced by the savory touch found in the best imitation crab recipes.
    credit: iamhomesteader.com
    It's a creamy, cheesy dip with a spicy kick thanks to buffalo sauce and crab meat. Perfect for parties or game day, it's super fast to make and always a hit. Just gather your ingredients, mix them together, and bake until bubbly and golden brown. Serve it up with some tortilla chips or veggies for a tasty and satisfying snack.
    Get Full Recipe

    Cajun Style Crab Dip

    A bowl of creamy pimento cheese spread with a small knife, accompanied by round crackers, all elegantly displayed on a red cloth, evokes the comfort of classic imitation crab recipes with its rich and savory appeal.
    credit: palatablepastime.com
    This spicy and creamy Cajun-style crab dip is the perfect appetizer for your next party or gathering. It combines succulent crab meat with a blend of cheeses, spices, and hot sauce for a bold and flavorful taste that will keep your guests coming back for more. Just bake it until bubbly and serve with your favorite crackers or crusty bread.
    Get Full Recipe

    Cajun Lime Corn Chowder with Crab

    A bowl of creamy soup with corn, garnished with chopped greens, surrounded by slices of imitation crab.
    credit: faithhopeloveandlucksurvivedespiteawhiskeredaccomplice.com
    A creamy and flavorful soup made with fresh sweet corn, potatoes, bell peppers, and onions, all seasoned with Cajun spices and a splash of lime juice. And the best part? It's topped off with succulent crab meat for an extra burst of flavor.
    Get Full Recipe

    Seafood Pizza: Easy Fish Pizza Recipe

    Close-up of sliced focaccia topped with cheese, herbs, and vegetables on a wooden board. A green cloth and garlic cloves are in the background, adding a touch of freshness. Perfect alongside imitation crab recipes for a delightful meal.
    credit: shelovesbiscotti.com
    This recipe is for a mouthwatering seafood pizza that is sure to impress. It's loaded with shrimp, scallops, and calamari, and is topped with a blend of cheeses and a homemade tomato sauce. The crust is crispy and perfectly baked. This pizza is perfect for seafood lovers looking to switch up their pizza game.
    Get Full Recipe

    Immitation Crab Sushi Bake

    Immitation Crab Sushi Bake
    credit: Mikha Eats
    This recipe for imitation crab sushi bake is a fun way to enjoy delicious sushi flavors without all the hassle of traditional sushi-making. It's perfect for sushi lovers who want something quick and easy, with a cheesy, creamy twist.
    The ingredients are simple and affordable, making this recipe perfect for a weeknight dinner or a weekend gathering with friends. With a crispy, golden brown top and a savory, umami flavor, this sushi bake is sure to become a new favorite.
    Get Full Recipe

    Sushi

    California Roll in a Bowl

    Discover the art of imitation crab recipes with a delightful bowl of rice topped with imitation crab, sliced cucumbers, and creamy avocado. It's finished with green onions, sesame seeds, and a drizzle of sauce. A pair of chopsticks rests nearby for the perfect dining experience.
    credit: tosimplyinspire.com
    Want to enjoy the taste of a California roll without the hassle of rolling it up? This recipe has got you covered! It's all about bringing together the perfect combination of fresh veggies, imitation crab sticks, and rice to create a delicious and easy-to-make dish that's perfect for lunch or dinner.
    Get Full Recipe

    Wasabi Mayo Crab Onigirazu

    A plate with onigirazu showcases delightful Imitation Crab Recipes, featuring rice, egg, cucumber, and crab surimi wrapped in nori. A bento box and tomatoes are in the background, adorned with decorative picks.
    credit: hwcmagazine.com
    It's a flavor explosion that will make your taste buds dance with joy! And the best part is, it's super simple to assemble and pack for on-the-go snacking.
    Get Full Recipe

    Imitation Crab Salad Recipes

    Spicy Crab Kani Salad

    A bowl of noodle salad with shredded carrots, sliced green onions, and sesame seeds, accompanied by chunks of imitation crab and a fork.
    credit: recipesfromapantry.com
    This spicy kani salad recipe is all about the perfect summer salad with a twist! It's light, refreshing and easy to make. Imagine a bowl of crab meat, cucumber, carrot, and avocado all tossed together with a zingy dressing. It's the perfect combination of sweet and savory flavors with a satisfying crunch in every bite. Don't forget to sprinkle some sesame seeds on top for an extra pop of flavor and texture.
    Get Full Recipe

    Subway Seafood Sensation Recipe Copycat

    Imitation crab recipes shine with these crab salad sliders on a wooden board, featuring lettuce and a savory imitation crab mixture nestled in soft buns.
    credit: madeinaday.com
    This recipe teaches you how to make a delicious seafood sensation sandwich at home, just like the one you can get at Subway! With a mix of succulent seafood and creamy sauce, this sandwich is sure to be a hit at your next meal. You'll love how easy it is to make and how much money you'll save by skipping the trip to the restaurant.
    Get Full Recipe

    Crab Pasta Salad

    This delicious imitation crab recipe features a close-up of pasta salad with shell pasta, colorful bell peppers, peas, and creamy dressing, garnished with chopped herbs.
    credit: realhousemoms.com
    This recipe combines tender pasta, succulent crab meat, and fresh veggies to create a mouthwatering pasta salad that is perfect for any occasion. The flavors of the creamy dressing are perfectly balanced with the crisp vegetables and tender pasta, making every bite a delicious explosion of flavors.
    Get Full Recipe

    Crab Crescent Bites

    Slices of seafood pie with a golden crust, filled with a creamy mixture of vegetables and imitation crab, topped with green herbs.
    credit: thekitchenismyplayground.com
    This recipe combines the savory taste of crab with the buttery goodness of crescent rolls. They're perfect for parties or just as a quick snack. With only a few ingredients, you can have a delicious dish in no time.
    Get Full Recipe

    Poor Man's Lobster Rolls

    Two lobster rolls on a blue plate garnished with celery, ideal inspiration for anyone exploring imitation crab recipes.
    credit: onedelightfullife.com
    It's a budget-friendly version of lobster rolls that's just as delicious. Instead of using pricey lobster meat, this recipe calls for white fish. You'll also need some spices, butter, mayonnaise, and hot dog buns. The result is a savory and creamy seafood sandwich that will leave you feeling satisfied.
    Get Full Recipe

    Crab Roll Recipe

    Close-up of a lobster roll with chunks of lobster meat, garnished with chopped chives, in a toasted bun on parchment paper-a delightful cousin to your favorite imitation crab recipes.
    credit: wonkywonderful.com
    This recipe features succulent crab meat mixed with zesty seasonings and creamy mayo, all nestled in a soft and toasted roll. Perfect for lunch, dinner or a quick snack, this seafood delight is sure to impress your taste buds. Just follow the steps and enjoy a taste of the ocean in every bite!
    Get Full Recipe

    Crab Cakes and Crab Rangoon

    Fried Crab Sticks

    A plate of golden-brown fried seafood bites, including delightful imitation crab pieces, with lemon wedges and a side of creamy dipping sauce garnished with parsley.
    credit: alekasgettogether.com
    Got a craving for some crispy and flavorful bites? The crab sticks are coated in a light and airy tempura batter and fried to perfection, giving them that crunchy exterior and juicy interior. The Old Bay seasoning adds a zesty and savory flavor that'll have you wanting more. Crab rangoons are perfect as a snack or appetizer.
    Get Full Recipe

    Cheesy Crab Rangoon Casserole

    Baked pasta dish with a golden, crispy top, featuring tender pieces of imitation crab. It's served in a large dish with a wooden fork and accompanied by two smaller bowls of pasta. Fresh chives are visible in the background, adding a hint of freshness to this comforting family meal.
    credit: Pint-sized Treasures
    Loaded with creamy and cheesy goodness and featuring the classic flavors of crab rangoon appetizers this irresistible blend of crab meat, cream cheese, and crispy wontons, this casserole is sure to be a crowd-pleaser. Just follow the simple steps to layer the ingredients and bake until golden brown and bubbly.
    Get Full Recipe

    Crab Rangoon Dip

    A cheesy baked dip is garnished with chopped green onions in a white dish, accompanied by a silver spoon and crispy chips on the side.
    credit: theforkedspoon.com
    This delicious recipe is a yummy twist on classic Crab Rangoon. It involves making a creamy, cheesy dip a mix of delicious seasonings. Once the dip is ready, simply add in some canned crab meat, and voila - a perfect appetizer for any occasion! Serve with crackers or chips and watch your guests devour it in seconds.
    Get Full Recipe

    Crab Rangoon Pizza

    A slice of cheesy pizza with green onions being lifted off the pie. The pizza, reminiscent of tasty imitation crab recipes, is topped with melted cheese, creamy sauce, and chopped green onions.
    credit: Mikha Eats
    This super easy recipe is a fusion of two delicious classics - pizza and crab Rangoon! Imagine a crispy, golden crust topped with a creamy crab mixture, and spices and then it's then baked until bubbly and garnished with green onions and sweet chili sauce. This unique dish has easy-to-follow instructions and savor the perfect blend of flavors in every bite.
    Get Full Recipe

    Crab Rangoon Egg Rolls

    A stack of fried rolls filled with a creamy substance, next to a small dish of dipping sauce. Text reads, "only 7-ingredients." Perfect for imitation crab recipes.
    credit: kitchenfunwithmy3sons.com
    These tasty treats are packed with creamy cheese, crab meat, and plenty of spices. Just roll them up, fry them to a golden brown, and serve with your favorite dipping sauce. Perfect for parties, appetizers, or just a tasty snack any time of day.
    Get Full Recipe

    Imitation Crab Cakes

    A round crab cake garnished with dill is served on a dark surface. It is accompanied by a small dish of creamy sauce topped with a sprig of dill, making it one of the finest imitation crab recipes.
    credit: foxvalleyfoodie.com
    Do you love crab cakes but want a more affordable and sustainable option? Check out this recipe that uses imitation crab meat instead. It's simple to make and packed with flavor from the seasoning blend and fresh herbs.
    Get Full Recipe

    More Easy Imitation Crab Meat Seafood Recipes

    Shrimp and Crab Pasta

    A fork holding a bite of spaghetti with shrimp and herbs hovers over a bowl of the same pasta dish, perfect inspiration for imitation crab recipes.
    credit: anaffairfromtheheart.com
    Here's a beloved recipe featuring imitation crab and shrimp pasta that I think you'll love. The deliciousness doesn't end there. Leftover crab and shrimp pasta is just as delightful, ensuring your enjoyment lingers even after the first meal.
    Get Full Recipe

    Baked Imitation Crab Chimichangas

    A close-up of a breakfast burrito cut in half, showing its filling of scrambled eggs, cheese, and diced vegetables, garnished with chopped tomatoes and cilantro. A drizzle of sauce completes this dish reminiscent of popular imitation crab recipes.
    credit: Alison's Allspice
    These baked imitation crab chimichangas are a tad bit lighter than a restaurant, while being just as rich and decadent!
    Get Full Recipe

    Creamy Chinese Style Imitation Crab Soup

    A bowl of creamy Chinese-style imitation crab soup garnished with parsley, containing corn and mushrooms. Text in the image reads "Creamy Chinese Style Imitation Crab Soup" and "PiggyOut.com". Perfect for those seeking delicious Imitation Crab Recipes.
    credit: Piggy Out
    This creamy Chinese style of imitation crab soup is so simple to make. Once you have all the ingredients prepared, just add everything into a boiling water.
    Get Full Recipe

    Snow Sushi Roll Recipe

    Close-up of a row of sushi rolls filled with rice, cucumber, and fish, topped with raw fish slices and black sesame seeds, served on a black rectangular plate with chopsticks in the background. Perfect for those exploring imitation crab recipes.
    credit: howdaily.com
    Snow Sushi roll - a fun sushi recipe with kani - imitation crab sticks, cucumber and the usual sushi elements. Try this roll chill.
    Get Full Recipe

    Spicy Kani Salad Recipe

    A bowl of coleslaw with shredded cabbage, carrots, cucumbers, and a hint of imitation crab recipes, garnished with fresh parsley.
    credit: valentinascorner.com
    This Kani Salad recipe captures the authentic flavors of the side dish you'd enjoy at a Japanese Steakhouse. It features delicate crab strips alongside julienned vegetables, all coated in a zesty mayonnaise dressing. To add a delightful crunch, we top it off with crispy panko breadcrumbs. It's the ultimate blend of flavors that'll transport you straight to the dining experience of a Japanese Steakhouse.
    Get Full Recipe

    Imitation Crab Meat Crab Cake

    Plate with two crab cakes, crafted from imitation crab recipes and garnished with dill, served with a side salad of leafy greens, Parmesan cheese, and lemon wedges. Fork and spoon are placed beside the plate on a napkin.
    credit: thedailymeal.com
    If you're on a budget or looking for a quick recipe, using imitation crabmeat instead of the real deal can be a tremendous help.
    Get Full Recipe

    Cheesy Crab Pasta Casserole

    A close-up of a cheesy pasta bake with some pasta being scooped out. The creamy pasta, enhanced by imitation crab, is topped with melted cheese and garnished with chopped green onions. A patterned cloth lies beside the dish.
    credit: Savvy Saving Couple
    Made with sauteed, sweet Vidalia onions, peppers, tender pasta, & hand-grated cheese, this Crab Pasta Casserole is a budget-friendly dinner meal for anytime.
    Get Full Recipe

    Seafood Salad

    Seafood Salad
    credit: southyourmouth.com
    A quick and easy seafood salad recipe that's always a hit! Use crab, shrimp or lobster to make it your own.
    Get Full Recipe

    Crab Rangoon Dip

    A baked cheesy dip garnished with chopped green onions in a white dish, surrounded by scattered tortilla chips and a spoon, on a white surface.
    credit: theforkedspoon.com
    Crab Rangoon Dip with crispy wonton chips is the perfect party, potluck, or gameday appetizer. Creamy, cheesy, and packed with crab, this hot crab dip tastes just like your favorite Chinese restaurant but is so much easier to make!
    Get Full Recipe

    Crab Pasta Salad

    Close-up of a colorful pasta salad with shell pasta, imitation crab meat, diced vegetables, and fresh herbs, all mixed in a creamy dressing. Perfect for fans of imitation crab recipes, it's all served in a pristine white bowl.
    credit: realhousemoms.com
    Fresh, bright, and bursting with summer seafood flavor, this Crab Pasta Salad is the ultimate summer potluck side dish!
    Get Full Recipe

    Seasonal Favorite

    Baked lattice top crust on an apple pie made with the Crisco pie crust recipe, showing flaky layers in the fluted edge.

    This is my award-winning Crisco pie crust recipe; flaky, tender, and made with simple ingredients you already have.

    Crisco Pie Crust

    Frequently asked questions, answers and tips:

    Is imitation crab already cooked?

    Yes, imitation crab meat is typically already cooked during the manufacturing process. The processing of imitation crab meat typically involves cooking, shredding, and then re-forming a mixture of fish meat, starch, and various flavorings into the familiar crab-like shape.

    This means that it is ready to eat straight out of the package and does not require further cooking, although it can be added to hot dishes and heated through if desired. It is important to note that imitation crab meat is not made from actual crab meat, but rather from a combination of fish and other ingredients.


    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

    Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 15 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

    Get to know me

    Homemade Poultry Seasoning Recipe

    This delicious poultry seasoning is a simple recipe that will elevate your poultry dishes to a whole new level. With just a few simple ingredients from your pantry, you can achieve a savory, aromatic seasoning blend that will add depth and richness to any poultry recipe.

    Are you tired of the bland taste of your chicken dishes? Do you feel like your roasted turkey lacks flavor? Let's spice up your poultry dishes with my recipe for homemade poultry seasoning!

    Best Poultry Seasoning

    Poultry seasoning is a staple ingredient in many kitchens, especially during the holiday season. It is a blend of herbs and spices that complements poultry, such as chicken, turkey, and duck.

    Poultry seasoning adds flavor and depth to dishes, giving them a unique and delicious taste. Without poultry seasoning, holiday dishes like stuffing, gravy, and roasted chicken or turkey would be bland and lackluster.

    • If you prefer a stronger flavor, you can adjust the ratio of herbs to your liking. 

    DIY Poultry Seasoning Ingredients:

    Poultry seasoning is a blend of dried herbs and spices that are essential in bringing out the best flavors in poultry dishes. Dried sage, dried thyme, dried rosemary, and marjoram are the most commonly used herbs in poultry seasoning. These herbs are blended together to create a unique combination of flavors that enhance the taste of poultry dishes.

    ingredients for poultry seasoning in bowls with text overlay.

    Recipe Card?

    To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

    • Sage - has a distinctly earthy, floral, and slightly bitter taste that pairs well with chicken, turkey, and other poultry.
    • Thyme - gives the dish a woody, aromatic flavor and provides a slightly lemony flavor, and has a slightly minty aroma
    • Rosemary -  a bit more pungent herb and adds a woodsy flavor to the seasoning.
    • Marjoram - a slightly sweeter tone and adds a floral aroma to the mix
    • Nutmeg and Black Pepper - also be added for an extra layer of flavor.

    Fresh vs. Dried Herbs and Spices

    When it comes to making poultry seasoning, the debate between using fresh or dried herbs is a common one. While both options can be effective, there are some differences to consider.

    • Fresh herbs offer a more vibrant and nuanced flavor profile, but they can also be more challenging to find and store.
    • Dried herbs, on the other hand, have a more concentrated flavor and are easily accessible year-round. Ultimately, the decision comes down to personal preference and availability.

    Fresh herb tip

    For those who choose to use fresh herbs, it's important to remember the ratio of 1 tablespoon of fresh herbs to 1 teaspoon of dried.

    How To Make Homemade Chicken Seasoning

    1. Combine all the ingredients in a small dish and mix well.
    2. Use immediately or store in a sealed spice jar or dish in the pantry for up to 6 months.

    Did you make this recipe?

    Do you have feedback that would be helpful to others? If so can help this small business owner by leaving a rating and a review in the comments section? Thank you for being part of the Savoring The Good Community. ~ Sarah

    More Homemade Spice Blends

    poultry seasoning blend.
    • Seasoned Salt - combines common pantry seasonings to make a seasoned salt that is just like Lawry's seasoned salt!
    • All Purpose Seasoning Blend - perfect for adding to meats, vegetables, soups, stews, and more, making it a great staple to have in your kitchen.
    • Turkey Brine - Follow my simple instructions for how to brine a turkey for Thanksgiving. This a recipe for a dry turkey brine mix and it is great for a hostess gift or a gift exchange.
    • Garlic Powder - Follow my easy step-by-step photo instructions to make the best garlic powder.

    Storage Tips For This Spice Blend

    Make this recipe and store it in an airtight container in a cool, dry place for up to six months of shelf life. 

    Ways to use poultry seasoning

    homemade poultry seasoning in a glass jar.

    Poultry seasoning can be used to season different recipes can add a delicious depth of flavor to your dishes. Here are some tips to make the most out of your poultry seasoning:

    • Roasted vegetables: Poultry season isn't just for poultry - it can bring a warm, savory flavor to roasted veggies like potatoes, carrots, and squash. Just toss your vegetables with a bit of olive oil and a sprinkle just before roasting.
    • Stuffing: Thanksgiving stuffing is not complete without poultry seasoning. Mix the seasoning with breadcrumbs, sautéed onions, and celery, and some chicken or vegetable broth for a delicious and comforting side dish.
    • Soup: Give your chicken noodle soup an extra boost of flavor with just a dash. It works well in other soups too, like creamy potato or butternut squash.
    • Meatballs: Add some complexity to your meatballs by incorporating poultry seasoning blend into the mix. It brings out the flavor of the meat and pairs well with marinara sauce.
    • Couscous or rice pilaf: Stir some homemade seasoning into your side dishes for an instant upgrade. It adds a warmth and aroma that works well with grains like couscous or rice pilaf.

    Is there a substitute for marjoram when I make homemade poultry seasoning recipe?

    Yes, oregano can serve as a flavorful substitute for marjoram in your homemade poultry seasoning recipe.

    For the recipe ingredients, can I use white pepper instead of black pepper?

    You can use white pepper as a substitute for black pepper in the recipe. Just be aware that white pepper has a slightly different flavor profile.

    Frequently asked questions, answers and tips:

    Does poultry seasoning have salt in it?

    It depends on the brand of seasoning you are using. Some brands of chicken seasoning do contain salt, while others do not. If you are looking for a salt-free poultry seasoning, you can either make your own homemade spice blend with this recipe or look for a brand that specifically states that it is salt-free.

    Can poultry seasoning replace sage?

    Yes, poultry seasoning can replace sage in a pinch. It is a blend of herbs that typically includes sage, thyme, rosemary, and marjoram. These herbs all have similar flavors, so they can be used to create a similar flavor profile.

    To use poultry seasoning as a substitute for sage, simply use an equal amount of poultry seasoning in your recipe. For example, if your recipe calls for 1 teaspoon of sage, you can use 1 teaspoon of poultry seasoning instead.

    It is important to note that this substitute may not be a perfect substitute for sage. The flavor of poultry seasoning may not be exactly the same as the flavor of sage, so your dish may taste slightly different.

    Is poultry seasoning safe for dogs?

    No, poultry seasoning is not safe for dogs. It contains marjoram, rosemary, and sage, all of which are toxic to dogs. These herbs can cause vomiting, diarrhea, and seizures in dogs. In large quantities, it can be fatal.

    If your dog has eaten poultry seasoning, it is important to call your veterinarian immediately. They will be able to advise you on the best course of action.

    Chef Tip

    Don't be afraid of the nutmeg. This is a very common ingredient in many poultry seasoning mixtures you'll find at the store. If you really don't want to add the nutmeg, you don't have to, but it will cut out one of the dynamic flavor components of the seasoning.

    I don't add salt and pepper to my poultry seasoning mixtures because you'll want to add that to taste per each dish. It will vary from meal to meal on how much salt and pepper you might need.

    Homemade Ingredients

    • Pecan halves spread out on a metal baking sheet, some pieces slightly broken, ready for roasting or baking.
      How To Roast Pecans (Oven or Skillet)
    • Honey Fermented Garlic square image
      Fermented Garlic Honey Recipe
    • dry figs in a bowl
      Drying Figs in the Oven (Plus 2 More Ways)
    See more Homemade Ingredients →

    Homemade Poultry Seasoning Recipe

    With just a few simple ingredients from your pantry, you can achieve a savory, aromatic seasoning blend that will add depth and richness to any poultry recipe.
    No ratings yet
    Print Pin Rate
    Course: Ingredients
    Cuisine: American
    Prep Time: 4 minutes minutes
    Cook Time: 0 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 4 minutes minutes
    Servings: 3 servings
    Calories: 22
    Author: Sarah Mock

    Ingredients

    •  
      2 Tablespoon sage ground
    • A bottle of McCormick Thyme Leaves seasoning with a red cap and label displaying the brand name and product type-perfect for adding fragrant flavor to your turkey shepherd's pie.2 Tablespoon Thyme Dried
    •  
      1 Tablespoon marjoram dried
    • A clear bottle of McCormick rosemary leaves with a red cap and beige label, filled with dried rosemary-perfect for adding aromatic flavor to dishes like turkey shepherd's pie.1 Tablespoon Rosemary dried
    •  
      2 Teaspoons nutmeg ground
    US Customary - Metric
    Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

    Instructions

    • Combine all the ingredients in a small dish and mix well.
      2 Tablespoon sage, 2 Tablespoon Thyme, 1 Tablespoon marjoram, 1 Tablespoon Rosemary, 2 Teaspoons nutmeg
    • Use immediately or store in a sealed jar or dish in the pantry for up to 6 months.
    Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
    Nutrition Facts
    Homemade Poultry Seasoning Recipe
    Serving Size
     
    2 tablespoons
    Amount per Serving
    Calories
    22
    % Daily Value*
    Fat
     
    1
    g
    2
    %
    Saturated Fat
     
    1
    g
    6
    %
    Polyunsaturated Fat
     
    0.1
    g
    Monounsaturated Fat
     
    0.1
    g
    Sodium
     
    2
    mg
    0
    %
    Potassium
     
    67
    mg
    2
    %
    Carbohydrates
     
    3
    g
    1
    %
    Sugar
     
    0.4
    g
    0
    %
    Protein
     
    1
    g
    2
    %
    * Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
    **Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
    Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!


    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

    Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 15 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

    Get to know me

    as seen in:

    Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

    Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

    The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

    Pinterest Rachael JELL-O

    Vintage Orange Fluff Salad

    orange fluff salad in a white bowl, square image.

    This is a vintage Jell-O salad recipe that has been in my recipe box for years. The ingredient list looks too simple to be good, but that is exactly the point.

    orange fluff salad in a white bowl, square image.

    I make this for potlucks because it transports well, stays stable in a cooler, and people always ask for the recipe. You might know this as Orange Delight, Mandarin Orange Salad, or the WW Dessert version.

    Ingredients needed:

    The cottage cheese adds body and a subtle tang that balances the sweetness. The gelatin powder dissolves directly into the whipped topping and creates structure without making it jiggly. The mandarin oranges add brightness, but only if you drain them completely; excess liquid makes the whole thing watery.

    orange fluff salad ingredients with text overlays.
    • Whipped Topping (8 ounces, thawed) - Cool Whip or store-brand works; I use whatever is on sale. The gelatin powder dissolves into this and creates the structure.
    • Orange Gelatin Powder (3 ounce box, dry) - Do not prepare the jello. Use the powder straight from the box. This dissolves into the whipped topping and adds both flavor and stability.
    • Mandarin Oranges (11 ounce can, drained completely) - Drain these in a fine-mesh strainer and press gently to remove as much liquid as possible. Excess liquid makes the salad watery. Fresh oranges work if you remove all pith and membranes, but canned is easier and more consistent.
    • Cottage Cheese (1 cup, small curd) - This is the ingredient people question most, and it is the one that makes the recipe work. The curds break down slightly when you fold everything together and add creaminess and body without tasting cheesy. Small curd blends better than large curd.
    • Shredded Coconut (½ cup, sweetened, optional) - I do not toast the coconut for this recipe, though you can toast a small amount to use as garnish if you want texture contrast on top.
    • Mini Marshmallows (1 cup) - These soften slightly during the chill and blend into the texture. Do not use large marshmallows; they do not break down the same way.

    Recipe Card?

    To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

    The why behind the how of this recipe

    • Cottage cheese adds protein and creaminess without tasting cheesy. The small curds break down slightly when you fold them in and create body.
    • Dry gelatin powder (not prepared jello) dissolves into the whipped topping and creates structure. This is what keeps the salad from separating.
    • The one-hour chill is non-negotiable. The flavors meld, the gelatin sets slightly, and the marshmallows soften just enough to blend into the texture.
    • Completely drained oranges prevent a watery result. I drain them in a fine-mesh strainer and press gently to remove excess liquid.

    How to make orange jello fluff salad recipe

    This comes together in one bowl with a folding motion, not a stirring motion.

    first two ingredients for orange fluff in a clear bowl.

    Mix Whipped Topping and Gelatin Powder

    In a large mixing bowl, combine 8 ounces thawed whipped topping and 3 ounces orange gelatin powder (straight from the box; do not prepare it). Stir with a rubber spatula until the powder is completely dissolved and no white streaks remain.

    all ingredients in the bowl, read to be folded together.

    Fold in Remaining Ingredients

    Add the drained mandarin oranges, 1 cup cottage cheese, 1 cup mini marshmallows, and ½ cup shredded coconut (if using). Fold gently with a rubber spatula until everything is evenly distributed.

    Do not stir aggressively

    You want to fold from the bottom of the bowl up and over to preserve the airy texture.

    white female hand placing a mandarin orange slice on top of the orange fluff salad in a bowl.

    Chill Before Serving

    Cover the bowl with plastic wrap and refrigerate for at least 1 hour before serving. This chill time is non-negotiable. The gelatin sets slightly, the marshmallows soften, and the flavors meld together.

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    Sarah's Culinary Insight

    • Drain the mandarin oranges completely in a fine-mesh strainer and press gently to remove excess liquid. I have made this with under-drained oranges and it turns watery within 2 hours. The liquid from the oranges breaks down the structure.
    • Fold, do not stir. Every time I have stirred this aggressively instead of folding, the marshmallows break apart and the whipped topping deflates. Use a gentle folding motion from the bottom up.
    • The one-hour chill is required. I have tested shorter chill times (30 minutes, 45 minutes) and the flavor is noticeably less developed and the texture is more 'soupy'. One hour is the minimum; overnight is even better if you have time.
    • Cottage cheese is non-negotiable. I tested Greek yogurt as a substitute thinking it would add protein. It does not work; too tangy, too thick, wrong texture entirely.
    • Sugar-free jello works perfectly. I have made this both ways and the texture and flavor are identical.

    Make Ahead Tips

    • This salad improves when made ahead because the flavors have more time to develop.
    • Make the salad completely as directed. Cover tightly with plastic wrap. Refrigerate for up to 24 hours before serving.
    • If making more than 24 hours ahead, wait to add the marshmallows and coconut until 2 to 3 hours before serving; they can weep slightly if stored too long.

    Storage Tips

    • Leftovers keep well, though this rarely lasts more than a day in my house.
    • Store in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. The texture stays consistent for the first 2 days; by day 3, the marshmallows have fully dissolved and it is softer (still good, just different).
    • Do not freeze. The whipped topping separates when thawed and the texture is wrong.
    • If transporting to a potluck, keep it in a cooler with ice packs. This holds well at cool temperatures but starts to soften if left at room temperature for more than 30 minutes.

    Substitutions?

    Here is what happens when you swap ingredients in this orange fluff salad.

    • Sugar-Free Orange Gelatin Powder- This works perfectly. I have made this with both regular and sugar-free orange gelatin powder and the texture and flavor are identical.
    • Fresh Mandarin Oranges Instead of Canned - This works if you are willing to do the prep work. You must remove all pith and membranes or the texture will be wrong. Chewy bits of membrane do not belong in this. Canned oranges are already segmented cleanly, which is why I use them.
    • Greek Yogurt Instead of Cottage Cheese - I tested this, thinking it would be a protein-forward swap. It does not work. Greek yogurt is too tangy and too thick; it weighs down the fluff and makes the whole thing taste sour instead of sweet. Cottage cheese is non-negotiable here.
    • Different Jello Flavors - Strawberry, cherry, lemon, and lime all work. The base recipe is the same; you are just changing the flavor profile. Orange is traditional and my preference.
    • Homemade Whipped Cream Instead of Cool Whip - This changes the texture. Homemade whipped cream is lighter and breaks down faster; Cool Whip has stabilizers that keep the salad from weeping. If you use homemade whipped cream, serve it the same day and expect a softer, less stable result.

    Frequently asked questions, answers and tips:

    While I try to share all the information you need to make this recipe in your home with restaurant-quality results, there still may be a question or two. Or these are questions I have received from the community about this recipe. I do my best to answer them as clearly as I can. I hope this helps.

    Can I use sugar-free jello to make this orange fluff?

    Yes. I have made this with both regular and sugar-free orange gelatin powder and the texture and flavor are identical.

    Can I make this ahead of time?

    Yes. This salad improves when made up to 24 hours in advance because the flavors meld. Store it covered in the fridge. If making more than 24 hours ahead, add the marshmallows and coconut 2 to 3 hours before serving.

    Can I freeze Orange Fluff Salad?

    No. The whipped topping separates when thawed and the texture is wrong. This is a refrigerator-only recipe.

    Why does my orange fluff salad turn watery?

    The most common cause is under-drained mandarin oranges. Drain them completely in a fine-mesh strainer and press gently to remove excess liquid before adding to the salad. Excess liquid breaks down the gelatin structure.

    Can I use fresh oranges instead of canned?

    Yes, but you must remove all pith and membranes completely or the texture will be wrong. Canned mandarin oranges are already cleanly segmented, which is why I use them; it is faster and more consistent.

    orange fluff salad in a white bowl, square image.

    Orange Fluff Salad

    Orange fluff salad with mandarin oranges, whipped topping, orange gelatin powder, cottage cheese, and mini marshmallows, is a dessert-like jello salad side dish.
    5 from 2 votes
    Print Pin Rate
    Course: Side Dish
    Cuisine: American
    Keyword: orange fluff salad
    Prep Time: 5 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 5 minutes minutes
    Servings: 8 servings
    Calories: 133
    Author: Sarah Mock

    Ingredients

    • 1 8 ounce Tub non-dairy whipped topping
    • 1 3 ounce box Orange Gelatin Powder
    • 1 14 ounce can Mandarin Oranges drained
    • 1 ½ Cup Mini Marshmallows
    • 1 Cup Cottage Cheese
    • 1 Cup Shredded Coconut sweetened
    US Customary - Metric
    Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

    Instructions

    • In a large mixing bowl, combine 8 ounces thawed whipped topping and 3 ounces orange gelatin powder (straight from the box; do not prepare it). Stir with a rubber spatula until the powder is completely dissolved and no white streaks remain.
      1 8 ounce Tub non-dairy whipped topping, 1 3 ounce box Orange Gelatin Powder
    • Add the drained mandarin oranges, 1 cup cottage cheese, 1 cup mini marshmallows, and ½ cup shredded coconut (if using). Fold gently with a rubber spatula until everything is evenly distributed.
      1 14 ounce can Mandarin Oranges, 1 ½ Cup Mini Marshmallows, 1 Cup Cottage Cheese, 1 Cup Shredded Coconut
    • Cover the bowl with plastic wrap and refrigerate for at least 1 hour before serving.

    Notes

    Drain the mandarin oranges completely in a fine-mesh strainer and press gently to remove excess liquid. I have made this with under-drained oranges and it turns watery within 2 hours. The liquid from the oranges breaks down the structure.
    Fold, do not stir. Every time I have stirred this aggressively instead of folding, the marshmallows break apart and the whipped topping deflates. Use a gentle folding motion from the bottom up.
    The one-hour chill is required. I have tested shorter chill times (30 minutes, 45 minutes) and the flavor is noticeably less developed. One hour is the minimum; overnight is even better if you have time.
    Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
    Nutrition Facts
    Orange Fluff Salad
    Serving Size
     
    1 serving
    Amount per Serving
    Calories
    133
    % Daily Value*
    Fat
     
    9
    g
    14
    %
    Saturated Fat
     
    7
    g
    44
    %
    Polyunsaturated Fat
     
    0.1
    g
    Monounsaturated Fat
     
    1
    g
    Cholesterol
     
    4
    mg
    1
    %
    Sodium
     
    95
    mg
    4
    %
    Potassium
     
    91
    mg
    3
    %
    Carbohydrates
     
    11
    g
    4
    %
    Sugar
     
    7
    g
    8
    %
    Protein
     
    4
    g
    8
    %
    * Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
    **Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
    Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

    Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and a graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 17 years, Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

    Get to know me

    as seen in:

    Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

    Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

    The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

    Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


    Jamaican Rum Punch Cocktail Recipe

    rum punch with garnishes in a clear rocks glass being held by a female hand.

    Jamaican rum punch as a cocktail is a vibrant mix of rum, fruit juices, and spices that will have you feeling like you're lounging in a beach cabana in no time.

    rum punch with garnishes in a clear rocks glass being held by a female hand.

    Whether you're hosting a summer party or just want to treat yourself to a taste of the tropics, this easy Jamaican rum punch cocktail is the perfect beverage choice. 

    Jamaican Rum Punch is a beloved cocktail that has gained popularity all around the world. This tropical drink is made with a combination of fruity juices and a blend of different types of rum that create a refreshing and satisfying sip.

    The balance of sweet and sour is crucial to the success of a Jamaican Rum Punch, and the addition of pineapple juice adds a distinctive tropical flavor that transports you straight to the Caribbean. Let's create the ultimate Caribbean-inspired cocktail!

    Rum Punch Basics

    rum punch.

    To create a perfect balance of sweet and sour in Jamaican rum punch, it's important to follow the formula of 1 part sour, 2 parts sweet, and 3 parts strong.

    Start by adding 1 part lime juice for the sour component and 2 parts fruit juice and grenadine for the sweet component and 3 parts rum for the strong. Adjust the ratio to your preference, but remember that the rum should be the dominant flavor as the strong component.

    Here is why this is the best rum punch cocktail recipe:

    • This drink dilutes very well in ice. To help the dilution process along, do not be afraid to shake up to 30 seconds before pouring the cocktail into your glass.
    • You can easily turn this drink into a blended cocktail. Instead of shaking in a cocktail shaker, add that ice and drink mix to a blender and blend to your preferred texture.
    • To really impress, squeeze all the juices fresh. The flavor is ten times better.
    • Remove the rum and replace it with more pineapple and orange juice for a kid-friendly drink!

    Rum Punch Ingredients:

    The main ingredients of Jamaican Rum Punch are rum, sugar, lime juice, nutmeg, and pineapple juice. Getting the ratio of ingredients right is important in creating a perfect blend of sweet and sour that is characteristic of Jamaican Rum Punch. With the perfect balance of ingredients, the cocktail becomes the ultimate tropical drink that is perfect to enjoy on a hot summer day.

    Recipe Card?

    To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

    Jamaican rum punch ingredients, white rum, dark rum, orange juice, pineapple juice, lime, and grenadine.

    Ingredient notes:

    Rum - The quality and type of rum used play a significant role in the overall taste of the cocktail. Light rums tend to be more subtle and sweet, while dark rums have a fuller, richer taste with notes of caramel and molasses. 

    Pineapple Juice - The acidity in the pineapple juice works to balance out the sweetness from the fruit juices and grenadine syrup, while the sweetness from the juice helps to mellow out the harshness of the rum

    Lime Juice - use fresh lime juice instead of bottled juice to add a zesty freshness to the drink, which is nicely balanced by the sweetness of the sugar and the tanginess of the pineapple juice. 

    Nutmeg - adds a hint of warm spice to the cocktail, making it both refreshing and flavorful. This is an optional ingredient but I recommend you trying it at least once to see if you will like it!

    What rum is best for rum punch?

    Remember, the key to a great rum punch is not just the rum but also the combination of fruit juices and other ingredients.

    For a delightful rum punch, you'll want to choose a rum that complements the flavors and adds a nice depth to the drink. A versatile and popular choice is a light or gold rum. These varieties bring a smooth and mellow profile without overpowering the other ingredients.

    Brands like Bacardi, Mount Gay, or Captain Morgan are commonly used for rum punches. They offer a good balance of sweetness and complexity

    Jamaican Punch Substitutes

    Different recipes may include variations in the varieties of rum used, the amount of fruit juice, sweetness levels, and added spices. Some recipes may add coconut rum for a tropical twist, or other flavored rum while others may include specialty syrup or other tropical fruit flavors to add a unique taste to this delicious drink.

    The possibilities for Rum Punch are endless, making it a popular choice for parties, beach days, and any occasion that calls for a refreshing and tropical cocktail.

    With the right balance of pineapple, lime, and orange juice, you can create a perfect sweet-sour combination that's sure to impress. Don't be afraid to experiment and find the variation that matches your taste preferences!

    Helpful Kitchen Tools

    • Cocktail shaker - this classic cobbler shaker has included a built-in strainer and a jigger cap of 1oz. No need for more bar tools accessories or a big bartender kit if you prefer simple.
    • Large Punch Container - The 2-gal Glass Beverage Dispenser is ideal for gatherings where you want your guests to be able to quickly serve their own drinks. 
    • Microplane Grater - perfect for making ground spices from whole hard cinnamon or nutmeg.
    • Small cutting board
    • Pairing knife
    • Pineapple glasses - Fun pineapple shape and texture give your drinks a tropical vibe without any hand-cramping fruit carving.
    • Hurricane glasses - This hurricane glasses set will make a modern statement in your bar, adding a touch of class and elegance.

    How to make Jamaican Rum Punch Recipe

    1. Measure out your ingredients and add them all into a cocktail drink shaker.
      cocktial juice being poured into the cocktail shaker with ice.
    2. Fill the rest of the shaker with ice and secure the lid.
    3. Shake vigorously for 10-15 seconds.
    4. Strain the punch into an ice-filled glass.
      rum punch being poured into a class with ice.
    5. Garnish with some pineapple chunks, cherries, and orange slices, and freshly grated nutmeg if desired, and enjoy!
    2 jamacian rum punch glasswes with garnishes.

    When it comes to enjoying the flavors of the Caribbean, there's no better pairing than Jamaican Rum Punch and authentic Caribbean cuisine. Sipping on a chilled glass of this sweet and tangy cocktail complements the bold, spicy flavors found in dishes such as jerk chicken, rice and peas, and seafood platters.

    Whether dining out at a local restaurant or preparing a home-cooked meal, this cocktail is the ideal beverage to enhance the overall tropical experience. With its smooth, fruity taste and potent kick, it's no surprise that this classic cocktail is a favorite amongst locals and visitors alike.

    Chef Tip

    When it comes to making the perfect Jamaican Rum Punch, there are a few tips to keep in mind. 

    • First, make sure to use high-quality ingredients such as freshly squeezed lime juice and ripe fruit.
    • Second, consider using a combination of light and dark rums to balance out the flavors.
    • Third, chill all ingredients, including the glasses, before mixing to ensure a refreshing end result.
    • Fourth, be careful not to overdo it on the sweetness or sourness - a good balance is key.

    Finally, feel free to get creative with garnishes such as pineapple wedges or sprigs of mint. 

    rum punch with garnishes in a clear rocks glass being held by a female hand.

    Rum Punch

    Jamaican rum punch cocktail recipe is a fruity mix of white rum, pineapple juice, lime, orange juice & spices that will have you feeling like you're at a beach.
    5 from 2 votes
    Print Pin Rate
    Course: Cocktails
    Cuisine: Jamacian
    Prep Time: 4 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 4 minutes minutes
    Servings: 1 cocktail
    Calories: 227
    Author: Sarah Mock

    Ingredients

    •  
      2 Ounces pineapple juice
    •  
      1.25 Ounces white rum
    •  
      1.25 Ounces Dark Rum
    •  
      1 Ounce orange juice
    • A whole, uncut green lime with a textured peel on a white background-the perfect citrus for crafting a classic Gimlet.¼ Ounces fresh lime juice
    •  
      ¼ Ounces Grenadine
    •  
      Ice
    US Customary - Metric
    Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

    Instructions

    • Measure out your ingredients and add them all into a drink shaker in any order.
      2 Ounces pineapple juice, 1.25 Ounces white rum, 1.25 Ounces Dark Rum, 1 Ounce orange juice, ¼ Ounces fresh lime juice, ¼ Ounces Grenadine
    • Fill the shaker with ice and secure the lid.
      Ice
    • Shake vigorously for 10-15 seconds.
    • Strain the punch into an ice filled glass.
    • Garnish with some pineapple chunks, cherries, and orange slices, if desired, and enjoy!
    Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
    Nutrition Facts
    Rum Punch
    Serving Size
     
    1 cocktail
    Amount per Serving
    Calories
    227
    % Daily Value*
    Fat
     
    0.1
    g
    0
    %
    Saturated Fat
     
    0.01
    g
    0
    %
    Polyunsaturated Fat
     
    0.03
    g
    Monounsaturated Fat
     
    0.02
    g
    Sodium
     
    4
    mg
    0
    %
    Potassium
     
    142
    mg
    4
    %
    Carbohydrates
     
    16
    g
    5
    %
    Sugar
     
    11
    g
    12
    %
    Protein
     
    0.4
    g
    1
    %
    * Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
    **Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
    Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

    Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 16 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

    Get to know me

    as seen in:

    Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

    Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

    The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

    Pinterest Rachael JELL-O

    Pea Salad Recipe - Creamy Pea Salad With Bacon

    english pea salad in a white bowl, square image.

    This easy pea salad is the perfect side dish to take to any potluck or picnic. Packed with peas, crispy bacon, onion, cheddar cheese, and dill, along with a creamy dressing, this cold pea salad recipe will be your new favorite summer salad!

    english pea salad in a white bowl, square image.

    If you're looking for a great side dish for a baby shower or summer party look no further than this green pea salad. Just follow the easy instructions below, and you'll have a classic side dish that everyone will love. 

    sweet pea salad with shredded cheese garnish in a whie bowl.

    Classic pea salad is a type of cold vegetable salad that typically includes peas, mayonnaise, and other ingredients such as chopped onion, bacon, cheese, or hard-boiled eggs. The peas used in the salad can be either fresh or frozen, and they are usually blanched before being mixed with the other ingredients.

    This cold salad is a popular side dish in many parts of the United States, particularly in the southern states. It can be served cold or at room temperature and is often enjoyed during the spring and summer months.

    ingredients for english pea salad in bowls on a surface.

    Recipe Card?

    To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

    Additions and Substitutions

    • Frozen peas are what is called for in this recipe because they are readily available all year round. When fresh peas are in season, use them in place of frozen ones.
    • Hard boiled eggs - my great-aunt would add diced hard-boiled eggs to her southern pea salad and it is a great way to add extra protein to this salad. 
    • Celery - finely dice a few ribs of celery to add another layer of crunch

    Can you eat raw peas?

    Absolutely! Peas can be enjoyed both cooked and raw. Raw peas have a crunchy texture and a slightly sweeter taste compared to their cooked counterparts. They make a fantastic addition to salads, providing a refreshing and crisp element. Just make sure to wash them thoroughly before eating to remove any dirt or debris.

    How do you make English pea salad from scratch

    ingredients in a bowl.
    1. Prep - Gently bring peas out of a frozen state in a large bowl. Add a slivered red onion and cube the cheese, or buy already cut up sharp cheddar cheese cubes.
      spices being added to the salad.
    2. Make the dressing - Combine the mayo, apple cider vinegar, salt and pepper, and dill, to the bowl of peas and gently fold them over each other until they have mixed thoroughly. Cover and refrigerate until ready to serve.
      english pea salad in a shite bowl with a bowl of green peas in the background.
    3. Serve - Garnish with chopped cooked bacon or a handful of shredded cheddar cheese.  Spoon onto your plate with all of the other goodies and enjoy!

    Storage Tips

    Can I make pea salad the night before?

    Yes, you can make this salad recipe ahead of time and store it in the refrigerator until you are ready to serve. Just make sure to store it in an airtight container or cover it tightly with plastic wrap. This step actually allows you to skip the thawing process, as the peas will thaw in the fridge on their own.

    What main meals go well with pea salad? 

    This is a side dish that goes well with almost any main meal. You can serve it inside tacos or wraps, on top of lettuce for a salad, or by itself as an appetizer. It is also a wonderful way to balance out dishes commonly found at a cookout or barbecue.

    Frequently asked questions, answers and tips:

    tight shot of a spoon full of pea salad being taken out of the full bowl.
    Can you use frozen peas for pea salad? 

    Yes, frozen peas will work just as well as fresh. If you're using frozen, gently bring them to a chilled state rather than a frozen state. If your peas are mushy they will smash during the mixing process. Do not use canned peas!

    Do you cook the peas for pea salad? 

    No, that is one of the great things about peas. They taste delicious and sweet when they are raw. if using frozen peas for this recipe, gently bring them up to temperature by soaking them in warm water for a few minutes or microwaving 30 seconds at a time. Do not cook them to prevent them from being mushy in the salad mix.

    Can pea salad be frozen? 

    No. This pea salad recipe is not the type of salad you can freeze. The dairy involved with the salad makes the salad overly soft and the dressing separates after thawing. Prepare this salad the day of or the day before you plan to serve it.

    Are peas ok on a keto diet? 

    Peas are not included in most low carbohydrate diets, including the keto diet. This is because peas contain sugars and starches that can quickly turn into sugar during digestion. 

    Although peas are healthy, they do contain carbohydrates so it may be best to avoid them if you're on a keto diet or watching your carb intake. 
    However, if you're looking for low-carb diet options, you can replace the peas with chopped lettuce or cucumber. 

    Expert Tips

    pea salad in a bowl with kitchen accessories in the background.

    With these tips in mind, you'll be able to make a delicious English pea salad that everyone will love!

    • Use quality ingredients: Even though the ingredients are simple, using high-quality ingredients will elevate the flavor of the salad. Look for fresh, firm green peas, sharp cheese, and quality bacon bits.
    • Don't cook the peas: Garden peas are best when they are slightly crunchy and sweet. Avoid cooking them, or they will become mushy and lose their flavor.
    • Adjust the dressing to your taste: The dressing for this salad is tangy and creamy, but you can adjust the proportions of mayonnaise, sour cream, and vinegar to your liking. If you prefer a sweeter dressing, add a little bit of sugar or honey.
    • Chill the salad before serving: This salad is best when it is cold, so make sure to refrigerate it for at least an hour before serving. This will also allow the flavors to meld together.
    • Add your favorite toppings: While this recipe calls for bacon bits and cheddar cheese, you can add other toppings to customize the salad to your taste. Chopped hard-boiled eggs, diced celery, or even sliced almonds can add extra flavor and texture.

    This pea salad is so easy to make! So, if you're looking for a delicious dish that doesn't take much time at all, this recipe is for you! Print out the recipe card, gather the ingredients, and have fun making your own english pea salad today!

    english pea salad in a white bowl, square image.

    Pea Salad Recipe - Creamy Pea Salad With Bacon

    Packed with peas, onion, cheddar cheese, and dill, along with a creamy dressing, this cold pea salad recipe will be your new favorite summer salad!
    No ratings yet
    Print Pin Rate
    Course: Side Dish
    Cuisine: American
    Keyword: Pea Salad
    Prep Time: 15 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 15 minutes minutes
    Servings: 8 servings
    Calories: 392
    Author: Sarah Mock

    Ingredients

    •  
      32 Ounces Peas
    •  
      8 Ounces cheddar cheese cubed
    •  
      3 Ounces Bacon crisped and crumbled
    • A whole red onion and a half red onion with visible concentric rings, placed on a white background-perfect ingredients to add vibrant color and fresh flavor to your Shrimp Avocado Salad.1 Red Onion slivered
    • A jar of Hellmann's Real Mayonnaise with a blue lid, labeled ⅓ Cup Mayonnaise
    • sour cream.⅓ Cup Sour Cream
    •  
      1 Tablespoon Apple Cider Vinegar
    •  
      1 Teaspoon Dill Weed
    • A Morton Salt container with a blue label featuring a girl in a yellow dress holding an umbrella, with salt pouring out of a container-an essential ingredient for perfectly seasoning dishes like Chicken Cordon Bleu.1 Teaspoon Salt
    • A 6 oz container of McCormick Pure Ground Black Pepper with a red lid and a 1 Teaspoon Black Pepper
    US Customary - Metric
    Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

    Instructions

    Prep the peas

    • Gently bring peas out of a frozen state in a large bowl with warm water, and drain once they are thawed.
      32 Ounces Peas

    Add the base ingredients

    • Once you've prepped the peas, onions, and cheese, combine all ingredients in a large mixing bowl and fold until fully combined.
      8 Ounces cheddar cheese, 3 Ounces Bacon, 1 Red Onion

    Make The Dressing

    • In a small bowl, combine the mayonnaise, sour cream,apple cider vinegar, dill salt and pepper, to fully incorporate into a dressing.
      ⅓ Cup Mayonnaise, ⅓ Cup Sour Cream, 1 Tablespoon Apple Cider Vinegar, 1 Teaspoon Dill Weed, 1 Teaspoon Salt, 1 Teaspoon Black Pepper

    Combine

    • To the bowl of peas, bacon, cheese, and onion and add the dressing and gently fold until completely combined. Cover and refrigerate until ready to serve.
    Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
    Nutrition Facts
    Pea Salad Recipe - Creamy Pea Salad With Bacon
    Serving Size
     
    1
    Amount per Serving
    Calories
    392
    % Daily Value*
    Fat
     
    30
    g
    46
    %
    Saturated Fat
     
    12
    g
    75
    %
    Trans Fat
     
    0.02
    g
    Polyunsaturated Fat
     
    6
    g
    Monounsaturated Fat
     
    9
    g
    Cholesterol
     
    48
    mg
    16
    %
    Sodium
     
    561
    mg
    24
    %
    Potassium
     
    337
    mg
    10
    %
    Carbohydrates
     
    19
    g
    6
    %
    Sugar
     
    7
    g
    8
    %
    Protein
     
    13
    g
    26
    %
    * Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
    **Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
    Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

    Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 16 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

    Get to know me

    as seen in:

    Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

    Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

    The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

    Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


    Homemade Seasoned Salt (Lawry's Copycat Recipe)

    seasoned salt square image.

    This homemade seasoning salt recipe combines common pantry seasonings to make a seasoned salt that is just like Lawry's seasoned salt!

    seasoned salt square image.

    Did you know you can make your own pantry ingredients? Start with my all-purpose blend, homemade garlic powder, everything but the bagel seasoning, and then dip your toe into canning with canning diced tomatoes.

    What is Seasoned Salt Made Of?

    "Seasoned salt" or "Seasoning Salt" usually consists of salt, onion and garlic powder as the base ingredients. Depending on personal preferences, additional ingredients can be added. It is important to use finely ground spices, such as pepper, when preparing this seasoning mix.

    Seasoned Salt Ingredients:

    seasoned salt ingredients in clear bowls, top down image with texe overlay labeling the bowls.
    • Table Salt - iodized regular salt is used in this recipe. Do not use kosher salt or flake salt.
    • Celery Salt
    • Paprika - smoked paprika if you have it!
    • Superfine Sugar - see notes
    • Cornstarch - this will help keep the mix from clumping
    • Onion Powder
    • Garlic Powder
    • Ground Turmeric
    • Cayenne Pepper

    Recipe Card?

    To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

    This recipe makes approximately 1 ¾ cups.

    Substitutions

    If your grocery store does not carry superfine sugar, you can place regular white granulated sugar in a food processor or coffee grinder and pulse until very fine.

    Powdered sugar is NOT the same as superfine sugar and should not be used in place of superfine sugar for this recipe. Powdered sugar contains a small amount of an anticlumping agent.

    You can use fine salt in place of table salt.

    How To Make Homemade Seasoned Salt

    whisk stirring seasoned salt ingredients together in a clear bowl.
    1. Combine all ingredients in a small measuring bowl and mix until well combined.

    Storage Tips

    jar full of seasoned salt and a bowl of seasoned salt.

    Store in an airtight container or closed spice jar, in the dry place, so it doesn't loses its potency. Keep it away from heat and light so the seasoning salt can last for up to 2 months.

    Seasoned Salt Recipe Serving Suggestions

    Remember to taste your food as you add the seasoned salt, and adjust the amount based on your personal preference. Start with a small amount, a teaspoon or so, and taste as you go to ensure you don't over season your food.

    1. Sprinkle it on grilled or roasted meat, poultry, or fish before cooking to add flavor.
    2. Add it to your scrambled eggs or omelets for breakfast.
    3. Use it to season vegetables such as roasted potatoes, grilled corn, or sautéed green beans.
    4. Mix it with breadcrumbs and use it to coat chicken or fish before baking or deep frying.
    5. Add it to soups, stews, a casserole, or chili for a savory flavor boost.
    6. Use it to season popcorn or other snacks for a tasty snack.
    7. Sprinkle it over french fries or baked potato wedges for a flavorful side dish.

    Seasoning Blends

    • Blackening Seasoning
      Blackening Seasoning Recipe - Homemade Blacken Seasoning Mix
    • Homemade Poultry Seasoning Recipe
    • seasoned salt square image.
      Homemade Seasoned Salt (Lawry's Copycat Recipe)
    • All Purpose Seasoning Blend.
      Best Homemade All Purpose Seasoning Blend Recipe

    Chef Tip

    All ingredients need to be ground or a fine version as this spice blend is meant to not be coarse at all. If your ingredients aren't fine or ground, toss them into a food processor or spice grinder and pulse until a fine texture is achieved.

    seasoned salt square image.

    Seasoned Salt Recipe

    This homemade seasoning salt recipe combines common pantry seasonings to make a seasoned salt that is just like Lawry's seasoned salt!
    No ratings yet
    Print Pin Rate
    Course: Ingredients
    Cuisine: American
    Prep Time: 4 minutes minutes
    Cook Time: 0 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 4 minutes minutes
    Servings: 14.5 servings
    Calories: 23
    Author: Sarah Mock

    Ingredients

    • A Morton Salt container with a blue label featuring a girl in a yellow dress holding an umbrella, with salt pouring out of a container-an essential ingredient for perfectly seasoning dishes like Chicken Cordon Bleu.1 Cup Salt
    •  
      3 Tablespoon Celery Salt
    • A bottle of McCormick smoked paprika with a red cap and label, featuring images of paprika peppers and text highlighting its rich, sweet flavor and non-GMO status-a perfect spice to add smoky depth to your favorite slowcooker sausage casserole.3 Tablespoon Paprika
    • A 4-pound bag of Domino granulated pure cane sugar with a yellow and white design, showing nutrition information and branding-perfect for sweetening recipes like rhubarb sour or your favorite desserts.3 ½ Tablespoon Sugar superfine
    • A yellow canister of Rumford Corn Starch with a red lid, labeled non-GMO, gluten free, 6.5 oz (184g), and featuring the Non-GMO Project Verified logo.4 ½ Teaspoons Cornstarch
    • A plastic container of McCormick Onion Powder with a red lid and a green label stating 1 Tablespoon Onion Powder
    • A bottle of McCormick Garlic Powder with a red lid and green label, featuring the brand logo and 1 Tablespoon Garlic Powder
    •  
      1 Tablespoon Ground Turmeric
    •  
      ¾ Teaspoon Cayenne Pepper
    US Customary - Metric
    Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

    Instructions

    • Combine all ingredients in a small measuring bowl and mix until fully combined.
    • Store in an airtight jar or spice container, in the dry, cool pantry for up to 2 months.
    Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
    Nutrition Facts
    Seasoned Salt Recipe
    Serving Size
     
    2 tablespoon
    Amount per Serving
    Calories
    23
    % Daily Value*
    Fat
     
    0.3
    g
    0
    %
    Saturated Fat
     
    0.1
    g
    1
    %
    Polyunsaturated Fat
     
    0.1
    g
    Monounsaturated Fat
     
    0.04
    g
    Sodium
     
    9250
    mg
    402
    %
    Potassium
     
    61
    mg
    2
    %
    Carbohydrates
     
    5
    g
    2
    %
    Sugar
     
    3
    g
    3
    %
    Protein
     
    0.4
    g
    1
    %
    * Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
    **Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
    Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

    Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 16 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

    Get to know me

    as seen in:

    Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

    Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

    The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

    Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


    Recipes For Thin Cut Pork Chops

    thin pork chops recipes collection cover image.

    Thin pork chops are the main ingredients in this collection of easy and yummy pork chop recipes.

    thin pork chops recipes collection cover image.

    If you are new to these recipes you are going to want to check out my collection of French breakfast ideas, and learn how to make roasted sunflower seeds and vanilla bean powder like you are a barista at Starbucks.

    Thin-Cut Pork Chops Easy Dinner Ideas

    thin pork chops recipes collection cover image.

    Each simple recipe comes with pictures and simple instructions to follow. These meals are great to cook for your family or friends and enjoy a tasty dinner together!

    Smothered Pork Chops

    Pork chops in a creamy brown gravy with chopped herbs on top, in a skillet.
    credit: cafedelites.com
    The recipe for smothered pork chops involves searing seasoned pork chops in a pan until they are golden brown, then removing them from the pan and sautéing onions and garlic until they are translucent. The pork chops are then added back to the pan and covered with a gravy made from chicken broth, heavy cream, and spices.
    Get Full Recipe

    Super Easy Pork Schnitzel Recipe

    Close-up of a breaded and pan-fried meat slice topped with lemon and parsley on a white plate.
    credit: iwashyoudry.com
    This easy recipe for easy pork schnitzel is a quick and tasty meal. Just coat thin pork cutlets in breadcrumbs and spices, fry them up, add lemon and parsley, and serve with mashed potatoes or a salad. Perfect for busy nights when you want something yummy!
    Get Full Recipe

    Best Pork Chop Recipe

    Three cooked pork chops garnished with parsley on a rectangular white plate.
    credit: lilluna.com
    This recipe for Parmesan Crusted Pork Chops is a total game-changer! It's super easy to make and oh-so-tasty. The end result is a dish that's bursting with flavor and perfect for any occasion.
    Get Full Recipe

    Boneless Pork Chops (with Honey Garlic Sauce!

    Grilled chicken thighs with glaze, sliced and served with asparagus and lemon wedges on a plate.
    credit: Rasa Malaysia
    Boneless pork chops skillet with honey garlic sauce takes 15 mins to make. This is one of the best boneless pork chop recipes, with only 5 main ingredients!
    Get Full Recipe

    30 Minute Korean Pork Chops

    Grilled chicken pieces glazed with sauce, garnished with sliced green onions, served in a white dish on a green cloth.
    credit: itisakeeper.com
    These Korean Pork Chops are an easy 30 minute recipe that the whole family loves. The flavor combination is delicious.
    Get Full Recipe

    Honey Garlic Pork Chops

    A plate of crispy fried chicken pieces glazed with sauce, garnished with sliced garlic and green onions. Lemon wedges are placed on the side, with chopsticks resting on the plate.
    credit: omnivorescookbook.com
    Thin and crispy Chinese restaurant-style honey garlic pork chops use common ingredients to bring you an uncommonly exciting flavor everyone will love for dinner! {Gluten-Free Adaptable}
    Get Full Recipe

    Mustard Balsamic Pork Chops

    Baked pork chops seasoned with herbs and spices, garnished with fresh rosemary, in a white baking dish.
    credit: jocooks.com
    Mustard Balsamic Pork Chops only 5 minute prep time, 20 min in the oven then on your dinner table! Really easy to make and super delicious!
    Get Full Recipe

    Air Fryer Pork Chops

    A piece of seasoned, grilled chicken breast on a white plate with fresh green salad leaves in the background.
    credit: thealmondeater.com
    These Air Fryer Pork Chops are juicy, take less than 20 minutes in the air fryer and are flavored with a simple dry spice blend.
    Get Full Recipe

    Pork Piccata

    A skillet with three breaded pork chops topped with capers and herbs, surrounded by a sauce, placed on a wooden board with a striped cloth.
    credit: deliciouslittlebites.com
    Pork Piccata is a low carb, adaptation of classic chicken piccata. Thin cut pork chops are pan-fried, then topped with a zesty, lemon and caper butter sauce.
    Get Full Recipe

    Creamy Garlic Pork Chops

    Pork chops in a creamy garlic sauce with herbs, cooked in a black skillet.
    credit: saltandlavender.com
    This creamy garlic pork chops recipe is a 30-minute meal that has juicy pork smothered in a totally irresistible garlic cream sauce! It makes a delicious weeknight treat.
    Get Full Recipe

    French Onion Pork Chops

    Close-up of a skillet with cooked meat topped with melted cheese and caramelized onions, garnished with sprigs of fresh rosemary.
    credit: momontimeout.com
    These French Onion Pork Chops have all the flavors of a French Onion soup with the added bonus of tender, juicy pork chops!
    Get Full Recipe

    Thin Pork Chops with Creamy Honey Mustard Sauce

    Chicken breasts cooked in a creamy sauce, garnished with fresh thyme, served in a black cast iron skillet on a wooden surface-a perfect inspiration for those searching for flavorful Thin Pork Chop Recipes.
    credit: craftbeering.com
    How to prepare delicious thin pork chops on the stove. Make them with the suggested pan sauce or the other options provided.
    Get Full Recipe

    Drunken Thin Pork Chops

    Close-up of cooked pork chops with onions and herbs in a savory sauce.
    credit: thelifejolie.com
    This recipe for Drunken Thin Pork Chops is an easy dinner idea for busy families. This is low-maintenance cooking at its finest and will give you fall-apart-tender and delicious results. Even your kids will love it - don't worry, the alcohol cooks off!
    Get Full Recipe

    Grilled Boneless Pork Chops with Garlic and Rosemary

    Grilled pork chops seasoned with herbs and garlic, served with a lemon wedge.
    credit: itisakeeper.com
    These Grilled Boneless Pork Chops with Garlic and Rosemary are juicy and flavorful and make an excellent dinner.
    Get Full Recipe

    Cuban Pork Chops

    A plate with grilled pork chop, white rice topped with black beans, slices of fried plantains, and lime wedges.
    credit: cook2eatwell.com
    Cuban pork chops or chuletas de cerdo, make an easy, affordable and quick dinner. Serve the pork chops with white rice and black beans for a delicious meal.
    Get Full Recipe

    Pork Chops Pizzaiola

    A skillet with chicken breasts topped with melted cheese and diced tomatoes.
    credit: carriesexperimentalkitchen.com
    Thin cut boneless pork chops pan fried pizzaiola style with garlic in olive oil; then topped with fire roasted tomatoes, oregano and Mozzarella cheese.
    Get Full Recipe

    Garlic Mushroom Pork Chops

    Pan-seared chicken breasts in creamy mushroom sauce, garnished with herbs in a skillet.
    credit: whatsinthepan.com
    These flavorful Pork Chops are smothered in creamy garlic mushroom sauce and ready in under 30 minutes! I will show you how to cook juicy and tender pork chops in no time! Cooked in one pan,
    Get Full Recipe

    Roasted Boneless Pork Chops

    Close-up of roasted lamb chops topped with sliced onions and herbs in a glass baking dish.
    credit: The Bossy Kitchen
    Roasted boneless pork chops - a super easy and delicious recipe to make when you have no inspiration for dinner. Bake and enjoy!
    Get Full Recipe

    Peking Pork Chops

    A skillet filled with Peking pork chops garnished with herbs, placed on a floral tablecloth.
    credit: lordbyronskitchen.com
    Thin cuts of pork are fried and tossed in a sweet, spicy, and vinegary sauce. Peking Pork Chops are a popular Chinese buffet dish which can be easily made at home too! So fast, so easy, and so simple!
    Get Full Recipe

    Garlic Parmesan Crusted Pork Chops

    Fork inserted into breaded chicken pieces on a white plate, garnished with parsley. A lemon wedge is in the foreground.
    credit: chefelizabethreese.com
    Garlic Parmesan Crusted Pork Chops are quick, easy, delicious and inexpensive!
    Get Full Recipe

    Thin Pork Chop Recipes

    Keto Garlic Butter Pork Chops

    A black skillet with six golden-brown, cooked pork chops, garnished with fresh herbs.
    credit: Low Carb with Jennifer
    This keto Pork Chops recipe is the perfect healthy comfort food recipe you have been looking for! Thick cut boneless pork chops seasoned with just the right amount of seasonings topped with buttery goodness! Super easy to make and budget friendly, this easy keto dinner recipe will be a quick family favorite!
    Get Full Recipe

    Pork Fries

    Fried chicken strips on a decorative plate with a bowl of reddish-orange dipping sauce on a wooden surface.
    credit: foodiewithfamily.com
    These Easy Crispy Pork Tenders or Pork Fries will be your new go-to party and game day snack. Just two New York (boneless center cut) pork chops makes so much!
    Get Full Recipe

    Italian Pork Chops

    A seasoned grilled chicken breast served on a plate with mashed potatoes and a green salad.
    credit: missinthekitchen.com
    Italian Pork Chops are a flavorful dinner for any night of the week! Boneless pork chops cook up really quick for an easy meal.
    Get Full Recipe

    Oven Baked Bone-In Pork Chops Recipe

    Grilled chicken breast garnished with parsley, served with mixed vegetables including broccoli and bell peppers on a white plate.
    credit: cookinglsl.com
    Juicy, tender pork chops, seasoned with flavorful four ingredient dry rub and quickly baked in the oven to perfection
    Get Full Recipe

    Instant Pot Pork Chops

    Plate of pork chops with creamy gravy, garnished with parsley, served alongside mashed potatoes.
    credit: berlyskitchen.com
    Our Instant Pot pork chops feature boneless, center-cut pork chops perfectly seasoned and served with a sour cream sauce!
    Get Full Recipe

    Oven Baked Lemon Pepper Pork Chops

    Four seasoned chicken breasts baking in a white rectangular dish on a striped cloth.
    credit: carriesexperimentalkitchen.com
    Boneless center cut pork chops topped with lemon pepper seasoning; then oven baked make a tasty gluten free, dairy free and low carb meal.
    Get Full Recipe

    Harvest Pork

    Close-up of pan-seared pork chops topped with caramelized onions and potatoes, with a backdrop of blurred dishes. Text reads "Harvest Pork Pan-Seared Pork Chops.
    credit: Platter Talk
    Pan-Seared Pork Chops from Platter Talk is a 20-minute pork chops recipe using thin cut pork chops and warm fall flavors for an inexpensive family meal.
    Get Full Recipe

    Grilled Kansas City Pork Chops

    Grilling Kansas City pork chops brushed with sauce, with a yellow brush, on a grill.
    credit: Plain Chicken
    Pork chops, brown sugar, paprika, garlic, onion powder, chili powder, salt & pepper. Brush with BBQ sauce before serving.
    Get Full Recipe

    Smoked Pork Chops

    A cooked pork chop on a white plate against a dark surface.
    credit: mylifecookbook.com
    If you have a smoker, you have to try this delicious & easy smoked pork chops recipe. Using a tasty rub for juicy, tender pork chops.
    Get Full Recipe

    Seasonal Favorite

    Baked lattice top crust on an apple pie made with the Crisco pie crust recipe, showing flaky layers in the fluted edge.

    This is my award-winning Crisco pie crust recipe; flaky, tender, and made with simple ingredients you already have.

    Crisco Pie Crust
    A blue Thermapen digital thermometer from ThermoWorks, displaying 70.0, lies on a wooden table near a plate of grilled meat. The ThermoWorks logo and a "Shop Now" button are also visible, inviting you to explore the precision of this essential kitchen tool.

    On sale for you today!

    Sarah's Favorite Thermometer

    Never question the temperature of your food again!

    Get 15% off today

    Frequently asked questions, answers and tips:

    How do you keep thin pork chops from drying out?

    Here are my top 3 tips to keep thin cut pork chops from drying out:

    Don't overcook: Overcooking is the main cause of dry pork chops. Thin-cut pork chops require less time to cook than thicker ones. So, make sure to cook them on high heat for a short time, just until a meat thermometer reaches an internal temperature of 145°F when inserted into the thickest part of the chop.

    Brine the pork chops: Brining is a simple process of soaking meat in a saltwater solution. It helps to keep the pork chops moist and tender. To make a brine, mix ¼ cup of salt with 4 cups of water and add any desired spices. Soak the pork chops in the brine for at least 30 minutes before cooking.

    Use a marinade: A marinade can also help keep the pork chops moist and tender. You can use any marinade of your choice, but one with acid (like vinegar or lemon juice) can help tenderize the meat. Marinate the pork chops for at least an hour before cooking.


    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

    Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 15 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

    Get to know me

    as seen in:

    Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

    Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

    The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

    Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


    Best Homemade All Purpose Seasoning Blend Recipe

    All Purpose Seasoning Blend.

    Make your own all purpose seasoning blend from herbs and spices you already have in your pantry. Five minutes and a couple of pantry staples are all you need to make your perfect blend.

    All Purpose Seasoning Blend.

    Here is why this all purpose seasoning blend recipe is amazing:

    • Uses a blend of common pantry spices to create a flavorful seasoning mix that can be used in a variety of dishes.
    • This seasoning blend is perfect for adding to meats, vegetables, soups, stews, and more, making it a great staple to have in your cupboard.

    Ingredients needed for this all-purpose seasoning recipe:

    ingredients of All Purpose Seasoning in glass bowls anf text overlay.
    • Garlic Salt - in place of salt you are going to want to use garlic salt.
    • Paprika - Adds a hint of smoky heat.
    • Italian Seasoning
    • Onion Powder -
    • Black Pepper
    • Cayenne Pepper - optional but adds a great kick of heat to the seasoning.

    Recipe Card?

    To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

    Homemade All Purpose Seasoning Blend Variations

    bowl of All Purpose Seasoning in a white bowl on a surface with extra on the surface.
    • For a spicier all purpose blend, swap out the cayenne for more paprika.
    • Increase the heat in the house spice mix by doubling the cayenne.
    • No garlic salt? Just use garlic powder and add some salt to taste.
    • This amount lasted me about three times through having fries for dinner (4 people).
    • How much you use will depend on your preferences. Add as much or as little as you like.

    Helpful Kitchen Tools for This All Purpose Spice Blend

    bamboo spoon scooping out All Purpose Seasoning of a white bowl.

    These kitchen tools will make it easier for you to measure, mix, and store the homemade seasoning mix, ensuring that it turns out just the way you want it to.

    • Measuring spoons: To accurately measure the ingredients for the perfect seasoning blend.
    • Small mixing bowl: To combine the spices and herbs together.
    • Whisk or fork: To mix the spices and herbs thoroughly.
    • Spice grinder or mortar and pestle: To grind whole spices like black peppercorns if you're grinding them fresh for the recipe.
    • Storage container: To store the all-purpose seasoning blend for later use.
    • Small Funnel: To help you pour the seasoning blend into the storage container without spilling.
    • Label: To write the name of the seasoning blend and the date it was made on the storage container, so you can easily identify it later.

    How To Make All Purpose Seasoning Blend

    All Purpose Seasoning being mixed in a bowl.
    1. Add all the ingredients in a small container and mix until fully combined.
    2. Use immediately or store it in an airtight container in a cool dry place for up to 6 months.

    Frequently Asked Questions

    What are storage tips for homemade all purpose seasoning mix?

    hand holding a jar of All Purpose Seasoning.

    It's important to store this homemade spice blend in an area without high humidity as this will cause it to clump or harden.

    What are the Serving Suggestions

    glass jar of All Purpose Seasoning tipped out on a surface in a pile.

    I like to buy empty seasoning shakers so this can be sprinkled over the top of the fries.

    How to use All Purpose seasoning recipe

    All-purpose seasoning is a versatile blend of spices that can add flavor to a wide range of dishes. Here are some top ways to use all-purpose seasoning:

    • Seasoning meat: All-purpose seasoning is great for seasoning meats such as chicken thighs, beef, pork chops, and fish to achieve a perfect flavor. Simply sprinkle the seasoning over the meat before cooking, or mix it with oil to make a marinade.
    • Roasting vegetables: Toss your favorite vegetables with oil and seasoning, then roast in the oven until tender and caramelized.
    • Stir-fries: Add flavor to stir-fried dishes such as vegetables, rice, and noodles. Sprinkle the seasoning over the dish towards the end of cooking.
    • Soups and stews: Add depth and complexity to soups and stews. Add the seasoning to the pot along with other herbs and spices.
    • Salad dressings: Mix house seasoning with olive oil, vinegar, and other ingredients to make a delicious salad dressing.
    • Snacks: flavor snacks such as popcorn, roasted nuts, or homemade chips.
    • Dips and spreads: Mix all-purpose seasoning with cream cheese, sour cream, or yogurt to make a tasty dip or spread for crackers or veggies.

    These are just a few ways to use all-purpose seasoning. Experiment with different recipes and find your favorite ways to use this versatile spice blend and enjoy natural flavors.

    More homemade seasoning blends

    • Poultry seasoning - Are you tired of the bland taste of your chicken breasts and other chicken dishes? Do you feel like your roasted turkey lacks flavor? Let's get started and spice up our poultry dishes with this recipe for homemade poultry seasoning!
    • Homemade Seasoned Salt - This homemade seasoning salt recipe combines common pantry seasonings to make a seasoned salt that is just like Lawry's seasoned salt!
    • Garlic Powder - Homemade garlic powder is easy to make with just a few simple steps. Follow my easy step-by-step photo instructions to make the best garlic powder.
    • All Purpose Seasoning Blend - Five minutes and a couple of pantry staples are all you need to make your go-to spice blend.
    • Turkey Brine - Follow my simple instructions for how to brine a turkey for Thanksgiving. This a recipe for a dry turkey brine mix and it is great for a hostess gift or a gift exchange.

    Chef Tip

    • Looking to make this all-purpose seasoning finer in texture so it will shake through a salt shaker? Pulse the seasoning in a food processor!
    • To keep your all purpose seasoning from clumping in the shaker, add a ¼ teaspoon of dry white rice to the shaker to absorb any extra moisture.
    All Purpose Seasoning Blend.

    All Purpose Seasoning Blend

    Make your own all purpose seasoning blend from herbs and spices you already have in your pantry. Five minutes and a couple of pantry staples are all you need to make your favorite house seasoning blend.
    No ratings yet
    Print Pin Rate
    Course: Ingredients
    Cuisine: American
    Prep Time: 3 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 3 minutes minutes
    Servings: 7 servings
    Calories: 15
    Author: Sarah Mock

    Ingredients

    •  
      2 Tablespoon Garlic Salt
    • A bottle of McCormick smoked paprika with a red cap and label, featuring images of paprika peppers and text highlighting its rich, sweet flavor and non-GMO status-a perfect spice to add smoky depth to your favorite slowcooker sausage casserole.2 Tablespoon Paprika
    •  
      2 Tablespoon Italian Seasoning
    • A plastic container of McCormick Onion Powder with a red lid and a green label stating 1 Tablespoon Onion Powder
    • A 6 oz container of McCormick Pure Ground Black Pepper with a red lid and a 1 ½ Teaspoon Black Pepper
    •  
      ¾ Teaspoon Cayenne Pepper
    US Customary - Metric
    Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

    Instructions

    • Combine all ingredients in a small container and mix until fully combined.
    • Use immediately or store in a sealed container in a dry pantry for up to 6 months.
    Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
    Nutrition Facts
    All Purpose Seasoning Blend
    Serving Size
     
    2 teaspoons
    Amount per Serving
    Calories
    15
    % Daily Value*
    Fat
     
    0.4
    g
    1
    %
    Saturated Fat
     
    0.1
    g
    1
    %
    Polyunsaturated Fat
     
    0.2
    g
    Monounsaturated Fat
     
    0.1
    g
    Sodium
     
    1996
    mg
    87
    %
    Potassium
     
    84
    mg
    2
    %
    Carbohydrates
     
    3
    g
    1
    %
    Sugar
     
    0.4
    g
    0
    %
    Protein
     
    1
    g
    2
    %
    * Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
    **Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
    Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

    Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 16 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

    Get to know me

    as seen in:

    Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

    Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

    The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

    Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


    Pickle Shot

    Pickle shot with mini pickle garnish, seasoned rim.

    A vodka pickle shot is a delicious way for pickle lovers to enjoy the pickle vodka combination all in one salty swallow. If you love a dirty martini, pickleback shots or any briny cocktails this dill pickle vodka shot is for you!

    Pickle shot with mini pickle garnish, seasoned rim.

    If you have pickle fever and can't get enough of the salty flavor that dill pickles add to recipes you are going to want to add dill pickle pasta salad and dill pickle chex mix. And deep fried pickle spears that taste just like they were made in Disneyland.


    • Pickle shot with mini pickle garnish, seasoned rim.
      Pickle Shot
    • Dill pickle pasta salad in a white bowl.
      Dill Pickle Pasta Salad with Bacon and Cheese
    • easy Dill Pickle Chex Mix in a small blue bowl on a wooden surface
      Dill Pickle Chex Mix Recipe
    • Fried Pickle Spears. Disneyland Fried Pickles square image
      Fried Pickle Spear Recipe

    Ingredients needed:

    ingredients for dill pickle shots, vodka, pickle juice, garnishes.
    • Dill Pickle Juice (brine)
    • Vodka

    Ingredient notes:

    • Vodka: I am using Smirnoff vodka but my sister like to use Tito's handmade vodka.

    Recipe Card?

    To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

    Optional Garnishes

    • Extra Pickle Juice
    • Tajin Seasoning
    • Celery salt
    • Lime Wedges
    • Round Pickle Slice with small slit in it to sit on the glass rims
    • Gherkin Pickles
    • Worcestershire sauce in place of pickle juice on the rim of the shot glass!

    How to make pickle shots

    1. Combine equal part pickle juice with an equal part vodka in a shaker.
    2. Shake to combine and pour into shot glasses.
    3. Serve with a garnish of your choice. (see suggestions below)

    How to make Dill Pickle Vodka Shots

    pickle juice being added to the cocktail shaker.
    1. Add the pickle juice to a cocktail shaker.
    vodka being poured into a cocktail shaker from a jigger.

    2. Add vodka to a cocktail shaker and shake to combine.

    3. Prepare the shot glasses by dipping the rim of the glass in a bit of pickle juice and then pressing them into the garnish of your choice.

    Pickle shot with tajhin rim and gerkin garnish in a clear glass being held by a hand.

    4. Pour the pickle shots into the prepared shot glasses and garnish with a pickle chip or gherkin, if desired. 

    3 pickle vodka shots no garnish.

    5. Enjoy responsibly.

    Frequently asked questions, answers and tips:

    What kind of pickles and pickle juice is best?

    Depending on the brand, type, and flavor of the jar of pickles you buy, the juice will taste differently, causing your shot to have that flavor base as well. So, mix it up and go spicy, maybe a little sweet, etc.

    Chef Tip

    Don't salt the rim! A salted rim on this drink is WAY too salty when combined with the pickle brine. Be sure to run a lime wedge along the rim of the glass and then add the tajin before pouring the liquid to them. 

    Pickle shot with mini pickle garnish, seasoned rim.

    Pickle Shot

    If you love a dirty martini, pickleback shots or any briny cocktails this dill pickle vodka shot is for you!
    5 from 1 vote
    Print Pin Rate
    Course: Cocktails
    Cuisine: American
    Prep Time: 2 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 2 minutes minutes
    Servings: 6 Shots
    Calories: 61
    Author: Sarah Mock

    Ingredients

    • 5 Ounces Dill Pickle Juice brine
    • 5 Ounces Vodka

    Optional Garnishes:

    • Extra Pickle Juice
    • Tajin Seasoning
    • Pickle Chips
    • Gherkin Pickles
    US Customary - Metric
    Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

    Instructions

    • Add the pickle juice and vodka to a shaker, small cup, measuring glass, or whatever you have on hand.
    • Stir or gently shake.
    • If you would like to use the tajin garnish, dip the rims of the shot glasses in a bit of extra pickle juice and then dip it in the tajin seasoning to coat the rims.
    • Pour the juice and vodka mixture into the shot glasses and garnish with a pickle chip or gherkin, if desired.

    Notes

    • Extra Pickle Juice
    • Tajin Seasoning
    • Celery salt
    • Lime Wedges
    • Round Pickle Slice with small slit in it to sit on the glass rims
    • Gherkin Pickles
    • Worcestershire sauce in place of pickle juice on the rim of the shot glass!
    Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
    Nutrition Facts
    Pickle Shot
    Serving Size
     
    1 shot
    Amount per Serving
    Calories
    61
    % Daily Value*
    Sodium
     
    355
    mg
    15
    %
    Potassium
     
    0.2
    mg
    0
    %
    Carbohydrates
     
    2
    g
    1
    %
    * Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
    **Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
    Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

    Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 16 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

    Get to know me

    as seen in:

    Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

    Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

    The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

    Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


    Kraft Food Recipes

    baked kraft mac and cheese in a baking dish.

    Kraft recipes are some of the most nostalgic recipes! When looking for what to make for dinner tonight there might be a recipe or two that will make getting an easy weeknight meal on the table tonight.

    baked kraft mac and cheese in a baking dish.

    This is going to be an ever-growing list so if you have a suggestion of what needs to be included in this list of delicious kraft foods recipes, let me know in the comments below. Let's build the ultimate list of Kraft recipes together!

    Favorite Kraft Recipes

    Looking for some delicious recipe ideas? Check out Kraft Recipes! With a wide variety of easy-to-follow recipes, you'll never be stuck wondering what to cook for dinner again. From quick and easy weeknight meals to showstopping desserts, Kraftfoods Recipes has something for everyone. Whether you're cooking for one or feeding a crowd, these recipes are sure to impress. So, get in the kitchen and start cooking up some deliciousness with Kraft foods recipes!

    Recipes using Kraft cheeses:

    Mom's Cheeseball

    I can't think of a Thanksgiving, Christmas, New Years, Easter that does not start with an appetizer of this cheeseball out.If you can't find the blue you can substitute another 3 oz cream cheese with 2 oz. blue cheese blended together.

    Get The Recipe

    Pimento Cheese Spread

    Pimento Cheese Spread is so good, super delicious, and a quick and easy appetizer! It's a must-have at Super Bowl Parties, as well as Christmas and New Year's! It's a serious winner

    Get The Recipe

    Velveeta Queso Dip

    The perfect dip to go with tortilla chips, bagel chips, crackers, or veggies. Everyone love this Velveeta queso dip and the slow cooker makes for easy transportation to parties.

    Get The Recipe

    Baked Velveeta Mac And Cheese

    Baked mac and cheese is a comfort food that is loved by just about everyone. This baked pasta recipe includes the addition of nutmeg. It adds a bit of warmth and is commonly used in béchamel sauces which is the base for this mac and cheese recipe.

    Get The Recipe

    Pão de queijo {Brazilian Cheese Bread}

    Brazilian cheese bread calls for milk, vegetable oil, tapioca flour, eggs and freshly grated parmesan cheese. Baked in 20 minutes this easy recipe for pão de queijo will quickly become one of your favorite recipes!

    Get The Recipe

    Philadelphia cream cheeses recipes:

    Pineapple Cheeseball Recipe

    The combination of the sweet pineapple and the tang of the green pepper is an unexpectedly delightful combination. Balanced out with seasoned salt and my favorite, pecans! Pecans always meant the holidays for my family. If you are not a fan of pecans you can always substitute in chopped walnuts.

    Get The Recipe

    Cream Cheese Sausage Balls

    This recipe calls for 1 part hot pork sausage and 1 part mild pork sausage. If you like more of a spicy appetizer, feel free to use all hot sausage. If you are not a fan of spicy sausage at all, use all mild sausage. Another delicious substitution is sage sausage.

    Get The Recipe

    Hot Chipped Beef Dip

    "I have made this for over 30 years and it's awesome!!!! I have always used green peppers. Never had it with scallions. Try it with the peppers!! You will love it." Ann G on Pinterest

    Get The Recipe

    MINI BLACK BOTTOM CUPCAKE

    These homemade chocolate cupcakes have a rich chocolate cake base and a creamy cheesecake filling in the middle of the cupcake complete with miniature chocolate chips baked together in a mini cupcake paper.

    Get The Recipe

    Cappuccino Bars

    This frozen cappuccino-style dessert looks like it takes hours to make. In fact, it only takes 20 minutes to get it ready for the freezer.

    Seasonal Favorite

    Baked lattice top crust on an apple pie made with the Crisco pie crust recipe, showing flaky layers in the fluted edge.

    This is my award-winning Crisco pie crust recipe; flaky, tender, and made with simple ingredients you already have.

    Crisco Pie Crust

    Recipes that use oscar mayer meats:

    Chicago hot dog

    The Chicago dog is perfect for grilling season, especially if you're entertaining a crowd. Set up a buffet with all your favorite toppings, and you're set for a mouthwateringly good time. We'd never actually eaten a char dog until I researched it and came up with this Chicago dog recipe. In fact, the toppings seemed a bit much at first.

    Get The Recipe

    Bacon Wrapped Scallops

    If you're looking for a fabulous dinner party dish, romantic meal for two or quick weeknight meal, look not further than these Bacon Wrapped Scallops. Including baking time, you'll be serving them in less than 30 minutes.

    Get The Recipe

    Turkey Bacon Ranch Pinwheels

    Turkey Bacon Ranch Pinwheels are a crowd-pleasing, five-minute prep appetizer. They have a lot of flavor with only a little bit of effort. This easy turkey and cheese pinwheels recipe is low carb, keto, gluten-free, grain-free, sugar-free.

    Get The Recipe

    Recipes that use maxwell house coffees:

    Seattle Latte Brownies

    Enjoy a serving, 1 brownie, of these coffee-laced brownies on occasion. This recipe make enough to serve 20.

    Bittersweet Chocolate Truffles

    A touch of coffee intensifies the chocolate flavor of these easy, rich truffles. After shaping into balls, they're rolled in cocoa powder or coconut.

    Braised Rump Roast and Vegetables

    Create a simple, delicious braised rump roast. Some vegetables, pepper and a long simmer are all it takes.

    Recipes using Toblerone chocolates:

    No-Bake Toblerone Cheesecake

    The crunch from the really easy-to-make biscuit base, and then the smooth yet crunchy cheesecake filling from the chunks of the Toblerone is really delicious. You can, of course, leave the chunks of the Toblerone out of the mix and just stick with the melted bit, or vice versa!

    Get The Recipe

    No-Bake Toblerone Cheesecake

    This no-bake peanut butter cheesecake is creamy, smooth, and pairs wonderfully with the homemade Oreo crust. If you're looking for a fast and simple dessert recipe, this is it! 

    Get The Recipe

    Toblerone Macarons

    Toblerone Macarons (like all macarons) are best eaten a day or two after they are made.  This gives them time for the flavors to develop and to create that delicious, chewy texture.

    Get The Recipe
    What food brands Does Kraft own?

    Kraft's brands that bring in the most revenue include Cadbury, Jacobs, Kraft, (Kraft Dinner, Kraft Singles, Kraft Mayo), Maxwell House, Milka, Nabisco, Oreo, Oscar Mayer, Philadelphia, Trident and Tang with an additional 70 other name brands in both North America and international markets. source



    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

    Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 15 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

    Get to know me

    as seen in:

    Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

    Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

    The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

    Pinterest Rachael JELL-O

    Crispy Air Fryer Breakfast Potatoes

    air fryer breakfast potatoes square image.

    Air Fryer breakfast potatoes are an easy air fryer recipe that is ready in 15-20 minutes! Easy to make, these crispy breakfast potatoes combine simple ingredients and are a great breakfast side dish that's crispy on the outside and tender, fluffy inside.

    air fryer breakfast potatoes square image.

    I will serve these delicious air fryer breakfast potatoes with ketchup, sour cream, hot sauce or topped with shredded cheese and crisp, crumbled bacon.

    With a crispy exterior, these air-fried diced potatoes are perfect for serving with a sunny-side-up egg, sous vide egg bites, french toast sticks, avocado toast or other Sunday brunch items.

    🥫 Ingredients to Make Air Fryer Breakfast Potatoes:

    Air Fryer Breakfast Potatoes ingredients with text overlay.

    🥔 Ingredient notes:

    • 4 medium russet potatoes
    • 2 tablespoons olive oil
    • 1 teaspoon garlic powder
    • 1 teaspoon paprika (or chili powder)
    • 1 teaspoon salt
    • ½ teaspoon black pepper
    • ½ teaspoon onion powder

    🔄 Crispy Breakfast Potatoes Substitutions

    You can switch out the russet potatoes for Yukon gold potatoes, new red potatoes or sweet potatoes when you make this recipe. My air fryer breakfast potato recipe calls for olive oil but canola oil or vegetable oil can also be substituted.

    ↔️ Recipe Variations

    Air fryer breakfast potatoes in a white serving dish.

    Add another layer of flavor to your air fryer home fries by adding a few diced bell peppers, diced sweet onions, or even a handful of diced red onions. Just be sure to add another tablespoon of oil to the pepper/onion/potato mixture and a sprinkle more of the seasoning blend.

    📷 How to Make Breakfast Potatoes, photo instructions

    Air fryer breakfast potatoes horizontal image in a white serving bowl and a serving spoon.
    1. Spray the air fryer basket with non-stick cooking spray; set aside. Preheat the air fryer to 400 defrees f.
    2. Peel and cut the potatoes into ¾-inch cubes.
      russet potatoes cut into chunks.
    3. In a large bowl, toss the potatoes in olive oil. Season the potatoes with the garlic powder, paprika, salt, pepper, and onion powder and and make sure that the cubed potatoes are coated in the seasoning.
      raw seasoned potatoes in an air fryer basket.
    4. Pour the seasoned potatoes into the greased air fryer basket.
      crispy Air fryer breakfast potatoes inn an air fryer basket.
    5. Cook the potatoes at 400F for 20 minutes, stirring halfway through the cooking time. Test the potatoes with a fork to be sure they're cooked through and for tender.
      Air fryer breakfast potatoes horizontal image in a white serving bowl and a serving spoon.

    Storage tips for breakfast potatoes in the air fryer ❄️

    The potatoes can be stored in the refrigerator in an airtight container for up to three days or frozen for up to three months.

    🍽️ What are the Serving Suggestions for This Crispy Air Fryer Breakfast Potato Recipe?

    I will serve these delicious air fryer breakfast potatoes with ketchup, sour cream, hot sauce or topped with shredded cheese and crisp, crumbled bacon. Air-fried potatoes are perfect for serving with a sunny-side-up egg, sous vide egg bites, french toast sticks, avocado toast or other Sunday brunch items.

    👩‍🍳 Chef Tip in Making the Best Breakfast Potatoes

    Be sure to cut the air fryer potatoes in equal-sized pieces so that you get the best results when you cook your delicious breakfast potatoes.

    Add another layer of flavor by garnishing your crispy potatoes with chopped fresh herbs. I recommend parsley or rosemary.

    air fryer breakfast potatoes square image.

    Air Fryer Breakfast Potatoes

    Air Fryer breakfast potatoes are an easy air fryer recipe that is ready in 15-20 minutes! These crispy breakfast potatoes combine simple ingredients and are a great side dish with their crispy exterior and tender, fluffy interior.
    5 from 1 vote
    Print Pin Rate
    Course: Breakfast
    Cuisine: American
    Prep Time: 5 minutes minutes
    Cook Time: 20 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 25 minutes minutes
    Servings: 4 servings
    Calories: 67
    Author: Sarah Mock

    Ingredients

    •  
      4 medium potatoes russet
    • A 500ml bottle of California Olive Ranch Global Blend Extra Virgin Olive Oil with green and blue labeling, indicating a blend from Argentina, Portugal, Chile, and California-perfect for drizzling over your favorite shrimp avocado salad.2 Tablespoon Olive Oil
    • A bottle of McCormick Garlic Powder with a red lid and green label, featuring the brand logo and 1 Teaspoon Garlic Powder
    • A bottle of McCormick smoked paprika with a red cap and label, featuring images of paprika peppers and text highlighting its rich, sweet flavor and non-GMO status-a perfect spice to add smoky depth to your favorite slowcooker sausage casserole.1 Teaspoon Paprika or chili powder
    • A Morton Salt container with a blue label featuring a girl in a yellow dress holding an umbrella, with salt pouring out of a container-an essential ingredient for perfectly seasoning dishes like Chicken Cordon Bleu.1 Teaspoon salt
    • A 6 oz container of McCormick Pure Ground Black Pepper with a red lid and a ½ Teaspoon Black Pepper
    • A plastic container of McCormick Onion Powder with a red lid and a green label stating ½ Teaspoon Onion Powder
    Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

    Instructions

    • Spray the air fryer basket with non-stick cooking spray; set aside. Preheat the air fryer to 400 degrees f.
    • Peel the potatoes and chop into ¾-inch cubes.
      4 medium potatoes
    • In a large bowl, toss the chopped potatoes in olive oil.
      2 Tablespoon Olive Oil
    • Add the garlic powder, paprika, salt, pepper, and onion powder to the potatoes and stir until the potatoes are coated in the seasoning.
      1 Teaspoon Garlic Powder, 1 Teaspoon Paprika, 1 Teaspoon salt, ½ Teaspoon Black Pepper, ½ Teaspoon Onion Powder
    • Pour the seasoned potatoes into the greased air fryer basket.
    • Cook the potatoes at 400F for 20 minutes, stirring halfway through the cooking time.
    • Test the potatoes with a fork to be sure they're cooked through and for tender.
    • Serve hot.

    Notes

    switch out the russet potatoes for Yukon gold potatoes, new red potatoes or sweet potatoes. My recipe calls for olive oil but canola oil or vegetable oil can also be substituted.
    Variations
    Add another layer of flavor to your air fryer home fries by adding a few diced bell peppers, diced sweet onions, or even a handful of diced red onions. Just be sure to add another tablespoon of oil to the pepper/onion/potato mixture and a sprinkle more of the seasoning blend.
    Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
    Nutrition Facts
    Air Fryer Breakfast Potatoes
    Serving Size
     
    1 serving
    Amount per Serving
    Calories
    67
    % Daily Value*
    Fat
     
    7
    g
    11
    %
    Saturated Fat
     
    1
    g
    6
    %
    Polyunsaturated Fat
     
    1
    g
    Monounsaturated Fat
     
    5
    g
    Sodium
     
    583
    mg
    25
    %
    Potassium
     
    26
    mg
    1
    %
    Carbohydrates
     
    1
    g
    0
    %
    Sugar
     
    0.1
    g
    0
    %
    Protein
     
    0.2
    g
    0
    %
    * Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
    **Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
    Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

    Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 16 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

    Get to know me

    as seen in:

    Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

    Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

    The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

    Pinterest Rachael JELL-O

    Baileys Coffee Recipe

    Baileys Coffee (Irish Latte Recipe) square

    Baileys coffee is a creamy, cozy Irish cream latte I make at home in under 5 minutes. I make this one on cold evenings when I want something that feels indulgent but takes almost no effort; hot espresso, Baileys Irish Cream, and foamy steamed milk, topped with whipped cream and a shower of chocolate shavings.

    Ready in 5 minutes. Serves 1.

    Baileys Coffee (Irish Latte Recipe) square

    This is my cold-weather version of a coffee shop latte, and honestly it's better than anything I've ordered out. The ratio matters here; too much Baileys and you lose the coffee, too little and you wonder why you bothered.

    If you love sipping something warm with a little edge, you might also enjoy my chocolate martini recipe or pair this warm drink with a plate of crockpot corned beef for a proper St. Patrick's Day spread.

    Ingredients needed:

    Bailey's coffee needs only 3 real ingredients, but the quality of each one shows.

    Baileys Coffee (Irish Latte Recipe) ingredients with text overlay, Bailey's, whipped cream, hot milk, espresso, chocolate.

    Recipe Card?

    To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

    • Baileys Irish Cream - 1.5 ounces. This is the base of the flavor. Baileys is thicker and sweeter than most Irish whiskeys, which is what gives this drink its latte-like quality. The real thing is worth using here; generic Irish cream liqueurs tend to be thinner and lose that silky texture in the mug.
    • Espresso - 1.5 ounces, hot. A double shot is the standard. If you don't have an espresso machine, brew double-strength coffee using 2 tablespoons of ground coffee per 3 ounces of water. It won't be identical, but it works.
    • Hot Milk - 4.5 ounces, foamed. Whole milk produces the best foam because of the fat content. 2% works but the foam is lighter. Oat milk foams surprisingly well if you're going dairy-free; the barista versions specifically are built for this.
    • Toppings - whipped cream, chocolate shavings, ground cinnamon. Optional but strongly encouraged. The whipped cream softens the intensity of the Baileys; the chocolate adds bitterness that balances the sweetness.

    Substitutions

    • Jameson Irish Whiskey Instead of Baileys You will lose the cream, the sweetness, and the silky texture. But, you will get is a sharper, more traditional Irish coffee with real whiskey heat. It's a good drink; it's just a different drink. If you want both, use 1 oz Baileys and 0.5 oz Jameson and you split the difference nicely.
    • Double-Strength Brewed Coffee Instead of Espresso This works. The flavor is slightly milder and less bitter, which some people prefer. Brew it strong; 2 tablespoons of coffee per 3 ounces of water is a good starting point. Instant espresso powder dissolved in hot water also does the job in a pinch.
    • Oat Milk or Almond Milk Instead of Whole Milk Oat milk (barista formula specifically) froths the closest to whole milk and has a naturally sweet, neutral flavor that doesn't compete with the Baileys. Almond milk is thinner and produces lighter foam. Regular oat milk from the carton froths poorly; look for the barista version.
    • Brown Sugar Syrup Instead of Plain Sugar If you prefer your latte sweeter, combine equal parts brown sugar and hot water and stir until fully dissolved. It adds a molasses-like warmth that actually pairs really well with the Irish cream. Add to taste; start with half a teaspoon.
    • Decaf Espresso Swap 1:1. The flavor is the same; you just skip the caffeine. Good option for an evening drink when you want the coziness without being up until 2am.

    Double-Strength Brew Coffee Tip

    Brew it strong; 2 tablespoons of coffee per 3 ounces of water is a good starting point. Instant espresso powder dissolved in hot water also does the job in a pinch!

    How to Make Bailey's Coffee Latte

    This comes together in about 5 minutes. The steps are simple; the order is what makes the difference.

    Two side-by-side images show a hand pouring espresso into a glass mug on the left and Baileys Coffee with milk into the mug on the right, both set on a marble surface.

    Pull Your Espresso Shot

    Brew 1.5 ounces of espresso and let it rest for 30 seconds before adding anything. This brief pause is how you prevent the Baileys from curdling on contact with the heat. You're looking for a shot with a thin layer of crema on top; that's how you know it extracted properly.

    A hand pours Bailey's cream from a small glass container into a clear glass mug on a marble surface.

    Add Espresso and Baileys to Your Mug

    Pour the rested espresso and Baileys Irish Cream into your mug and stir briefly to combine. Use a clear glass mug if you have one; the layers look beautiful and you can see exactly what you're working with as you build the drink.

    Steam and Froth Your Milk

    In a small saucepan over medium-low heat, warm 4.5 ounces of milk to about 150F; you'll see steam rising gently but no rolling bubbles. Remove from heat and froth with a handheld milk frother for 20 to 30 seconds until you have a mix of foamy milk and thicker foam on top.

    Milk Foam Pouring Tip

    A glass mug filled with a frothy Baileys Coffee cappuccino or latte sits on a light, marbled surface.

    Pour the milk into the mug first, then spoon the foam over the top.

    Baileys Coffee (Irish Latte Recipe)

    Add Your Toppings

    A generous spoonful of whipped cream, a pinch of chocolate shavings or a light dusting of ground cinnamon. Serve immediately; the foam starts to collapse after a few minutes and the temperature drops fast.

    Make Ahead Tips

    This drink is best made fresh; the foam falls flat within a few minutes and cold espresso loses its character quickly. That said, you can prep a few things ahead:

    1. Pre-measure your Baileys into a small cup before you start so the assembly goes faster.
    2. If you're making this for a group, pull all the espresso shots back to back and keep them warm in a small thermos while you froth milk for each mug individually.

    Storage

    Baileys coffee is a fresh drink. It doesn't store; the foam collapses, the espresso cools, and the milk separates if you refrigerate it. Make it, drink it, savor it.

    If you have leftover Baileys in the bottle, it keeps in the refrigerator for up to 2 years unopened or about 6 months once opened. Shake before using if it's been sitting; the cream can settle.

    Frequently asked questions, answers and tips:

    While I try to share all the information you need to make this recipe in your home with restaurant-quality results, there still may be a question or two. Or these are questions I have received from the community about this recipe. I do my best to answer them as clearly as I can. I hope this helps.

    Does Baileys curdle in coffee?

    It can, and it's not dangerous; it's just unpleasant to look at. It happens when the espresso is too hot (above 160F) or too acidic, and the alcohol in the Baileys causes the cream proteins to seize. Let your espresso rest 30 seconds before adding the Baileys, and you'll avoid it almost every time.

    Can I use cold espresso or cold brew?

    Yes, but you're making a cold drink at that point. Pour cold espresso and Baileys over ice, add cold milk (no need to froth), and skip the whipped cream or it just melts. It's a solid iced version; just different from the latte.

    What's the difference between Baileys coffee and traditional Irish coffee?

    Traditional Irish coffee is hot brewed coffee, Irish whiskey (usually Jameson), sugar, and heavy cream floated on top without mixing. Baileys coffee skips the whiskey and uses Irish cream liqueur instead, which is sweeter and has a milk-and-cream base built in. The texture and sweetness level are very different.

    Can I make this without an espresso machine?

    Yes. Double-strength brewed coffee (2 tablespoons of ground coffee per 3 ounces of water) is the closest substitute. Instant espresso powder dissolved in a small amount of hot water also works and is what I'd reach for if I didn't have a machine.

    How much alcohol is actually in this drink?

    A 1.5 ounce serving of Baileys Irish Cream is about 17% ABV, which is lower than most wines. It's a lighter cocktail; not something that will sneak up on you in one serving.

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    Sarah's Culinary Insight

    • The milk temperature matters more than people think. Too hot and it scorches; too cold and the foam won't hold. Aim for around 150F; warm to the touch but not steaming aggressively.
    • Frothing the milk in the mug gives you less control over the foam layer. Froth it separately, pour the milk first, then spoon the foam on top. You get a better latte that way.
    • Baileys curdles if the espresso is too hot. Let your shot rest for 30 seconds before adding the Irish cream. A brief pause prevents a grainy-looking drink.
    • The chocolate shavings aren't just for show. They melt slightly into the whipped cream and change every sip. Don't skip them.
    • Jameson is a completely different drink. It's sharper, less sweet, and more traditionally "Irish coffee." Both are worth making; just know what you're getting into before you swap.
    Baileys Coffee (Irish Latte Recipe) square

    Baileys Coffee

    Baileys coffee is the Irish latte recipe that is perfect any time of day but I love to sip it on chilly evenings in front of the fire. Serve this Bailey's Irish coffee recipe as a hot coffee cocktail alongside your other favorite St. Patrick's day recipes.
    5 from 2 votes
    Print Pin Rate
    Course: Drinks
    Cuisine: Irish
    Prep Time: 3 minutes minutes
    Cook Time: 0 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 3 minutes minutes
    Servings: 1 latte
    Calories: 80
    Author: Sarah Mock

    Ingredients

    •  
      1.5 Ounces Baileys Irish Cream
    •  
      1.5 Ounces Espresso hot
    • A white milk carton with a blue label reading 4.5 Ounces Milk hot, foamed
    •  
      Whipped Cream optional
    •  
      Chocolate shavings optional
    US Customary - Metric
    Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

    Instructions

    • Into your favorite coffee mug, add Espresso and Baileys Irish Cream. Stir.
    • Use a frother to froth the hot milk. Pour the milk into your mug, reserving the foam. Gently spoon the foam on top of your latte.
    • Top with desired toppings- whipped cream, chocolate shavings, or a sprinkle of cinnamon.

    Notes

    Variations:
    Jameson whiskey - switch out bailey's Irish cream for Jameson for a twist on the Irish coffee cocktail.
    Brown Sugar syrup. - Combine equal parts brown sugar and water. Stir until the sugar is fully dissolved. Use brown sugar syrup in place of sugar.
    Fresh whipped cream - Using an electric mixer with the whisk attachment, whip heavy cream until bubbles form. Add sugar to sweeten. Continue to whip until soft peaks form. Do not go beyond stiff peaks or the heavy cream can turn to butter. Also check out Keto whipped cream.
    Strong Coffee - while espresso is called for in this classic Irish coffee recipe, double strength regular coffee would be a delicious substitute. Instant coffee can also be used in a pinch.
    Decaf coffee - switch out the espresso for decaf coffee.
    Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
    Nutrition Facts
    Baileys Coffee
    Serving Size
     
    1 Drink
    Amount per Serving
    Calories
    80
    % Daily Value*
    Fat
     
    4
    g
    6
    %
    Saturated Fat
     
    2
    g
    13
    %
    Polyunsaturated Fat
     
    0.2
    g
    Monounsaturated Fat
     
    1
    g
    Cholesterol
     
    15
    mg
    5
    %
    Sodium
     
    54
    mg
    2
    %
    Potassium
     
    240
    mg
    7
    %
    Carbohydrates
     
    7
    g
    2
    %
    Sugar
     
    6
    g
    7
    %
    Protein
     
    4
    g
    8
    %
    * Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
    **Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
    Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

    Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and a graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 17 years, Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

    Get to know me

    as seen in:

    Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

    Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

    The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

    Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


    Valentine Pretzel Hug Treats

    Valentine Pretzel Hug Treats

    These adorable pretzel hugs are quick to make, require no baking skills, and are always a hit with kids and adults alike!

    Valentine Pretzel Hug Treats

    These treats are perfect for Valentine's Day parties, classroom treats, or as a sweet homemade gift. Package them in cellophane bags tied with ribbon for a festive touch! Another delicious Valentine's treat is my Valentine's cookie cups. I have more cookie cup recipes if you want to make some different varieties.

    Ingredients:

    Valentine Pretzel Hug Treats ingredients with text overlay.
    • 70 butter snap pretzels (or mini pretzels as a substitute)
    • 70 Hershey's Hugs candies (or Hershey's Kisses for variation)
    • ½ cup red candy melts (Wilton recommended for best results)
    • ½ cup pink candy melts
    • Valentine's heart sprinkles (for decoration)
    • Butter Snap Pretzels - I love the structure of the grid of the butter snap pretzels.
    • Hugs candies - Hershey Kiss candies with dark chocolate and white chocolate stripes. Be sure to unwrap each kiss, removing the foil and the paper flag.
    • Candy melts - I have the Wilton candy melts in the recipe card because they have the best melting results.
    • Valentines heart sprinkles - adding a few sprinkles

    Recipe Card?

    To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

    Substitutions

    • Use mini pretzels if butter snap pretzels aren't available.
    • Swap Hershey's Hugs for milk or dark chocolate Kisses.
    • Use white chocolate chips or almond bark instead of candy melts.

    How to make Valentine Pretzel Hugs

    Preheat the Oven

    Preheat your oven to 350°F (175°C). Line a baking sheet with parchment paper.

    butter pretzels in rows on parchment paper.

    Assemble the Pretzels

    Arrange 70 butter snap pretzels in a single layer on the prepared baking sheet.

    hug kisses on butter pretzels.

    Add the Hugs

    Place one Hershey's Hug candy on top of each pretzel.

    Bake

    Bake for 2 minutes, or until the candies look shiny and slightly softened.

    second butter pretzel pressed into the hug kiss.

    Sandwich the Pretzels

    • Gently press a second pretzel onto each Hug to create a sandwich.
    • Transfer the baking sheet to the refrigerator and chill for 30 minutes to set.
    pink candy melts in a bowl, melted.

    Melt the Candy Coating

    • In separate microwave-safe bowls, melt the red and pink candy melts according to the package instructions.
    • Stir until smooth.
    hand dipping a pretzel into pink chocolate melts.

    Dip and Decorate

    • Dip half of each pretzel sandwich into the melted pink candy coating, then place it back on the parchment paper.
    • Immediately sprinkle with heart sprinkles.
    • Repeat with the remaining pretzels using the red candy coating.
    red chocolate dipped and pink chocolate dipped pretzel hugs with heart sprinkles.

    Set and Store

    • Return the tray to the refrigerator for 1 hour to allow the candy coating to fully set.
    • Store in an airtight container in a cool, dry place.

    Tips for success

    • Unwrap all the Hugs before starting to save time.
    • Stir candy melts every 15 seconds in the microwave to avoid overheating.
    • Let kids help with assembling the pretzels and adding sprinkles-it's a fun activity!
    • If the candy coating thickens while dipping, reheat it in the microwave for 10-15 seconds.

    Did you make this recipe?

    Do you have feedback that would be helpful to others? If so can help this small business owner by leaving a rating and a review in the comments section? Thank you for being part of the Savoring The Good Community. ~ Sarah

    Storage Tips

    Store in an airtight container in a cool, dry place for up to 1 week. Avoid storing in the refrigerator long-term, as condensation can cause the candy coating to soften.

    Valentine Pretzel Hug Treats

    Easy 3-Ingredient Valentine Pretzel Hugs (Kid-Friendly!)

    Valentine Pretzel Hug treats are so easy and only have 3 ingredients. Perfect as a Valentine's treat for the classroom or to share at a party.
    5 from 1 vote
    Print Pin Rate
    Course: Dessert Recipes
    Cuisine: American
    Prep Time: 20 minutes minutes
    Cook Time: 2 minutes minutes
    Chill: 1 hour hour 30 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 1 hour hour 52 minutes minutes
    Servings: 70 treats
    Calories: 120
    Author: Sarah Mock

    Ingredients

    • A 12 oz bag of Snyder's of Hanover Butter Snaps flavored pretzels, featuring a bowl of pretzels on the front, with claims of low fat and no trans fat.140 pretzels Butter Snap Pretzels
    • A Hershey's Hugs share pack features an image of an unwrapped chocolate with white creme, product branding, and nutritional information on a white background.70 Candies Hugs candies
    • A 12 oz bag of Wilton Candy Melts, red, artificial vanilla flavored, shown on a red package with images of dipped treats.1 12 oz. package Candy Melts, Red
    • A bag of Wilton Candy Melts in pink, showing the product through a clear section with branding and description on the packaging.1 12 oz. package Candy Melts, Pink
    • A clear plastic container of Wilton Valentine sprinkles with red, pink, and white heart-shaped candies, labeled Heart sprinkles
    US Customary - Metric
    Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

    Instructions

    • Preheat your oven to 350 degrees fahrenheit.
    • Add a piece of parchment paper to a baking sheet.
    • Layer 70 butter snap pretzels onto the parchment paper.
    • Place a Hersheys hug onto each pretzel.
    • Place in a 350 degree oven for 2 minutes, just until the candies start to look shiny.
    • Place a 2nd butter snap pretzel onto each Hersheys hug to make a sandwich.
    • Move the candies to the refrigerator for 30 minutes to set.
    • Once the candies have set, place the red candy melts into a microwave safe bowl, and melt according to package directions.
    • Repeat for the pink candy melts in a separate bowl.
    • Dip each candy into the pink or red candy, and sprinkle with heart sprinkles as you go.
    • Once each candy has been dipped and sprinkled, place them back into the refrigerator for an hour to set.
    • Enjoy!
    Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
    Nutrition Facts
    Easy 3-Ingredient Valentine Pretzel Hugs (Kid-Friendly!)
    Serving Size
     
    4 treats
    Amount per Serving
    Calories
    120
    % Daily Value*
    Fat
     
    1
    g
    2
    %
    Trans Fat
     
    0
    g
    Cholesterol
     
    0
    mg
    0
    %
    Sodium
     
    270
    mg
    12
    %
    Protein
     
    3
    g
    6
    %
    * Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
    **Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
    Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

    Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 16 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

    Get to know me

    as seen in:

    Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

    Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

    The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

    Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


    Mississippi Chicken Recipe

    Crock pot Mississippi Chicken

    Mississippi chicken is a tangy, buttery crockpot dinner made with boneless chicken breasts, ranch dressing mix, au jus gravy mix, and pepperoncini peppers that melt into a rich sauce as it cooks. I reach for this one on weeks when dinner needs to happen without me standing over a stove. Prep takes about 10 minutes, then it cooks low and slow for 6 to 8 hours (or 3 to 5 on high) until the chicken falls apart with a fork.

    Crock pot Mississippi Chicken

    Shred the chicken for sandwiches and rice bowls, or leave the breasts whole and let everyone slice their own portion. This one is easy enough for a weeknight and still substantial enough for company. I like it best over rice with a side of green beans, or alongside my baby potatoes recipes when I want something heartier.

    Give yourself enough time for a tray of Rhodes rolls to fully proof, because you are going to want to mop up every drop of that buttery, tangy sauce. If you love this flavor profile, check out my chicken quarters recipes collection for more ways to use it.

    Ingredients needed:

    Five ingredients, one pot, and a sauce that tastes like it took a lot more effort than it did. Here is what each one is doing.

    crock pot Mississippi Chicken ingredients, chicken breast, ranch dressing packet, au jus gravy packet, butter, peperoncini, labeled.

    Why these ingredients matter:

    Boneless, skinless chicken breasts shred clean once they are fully cooked, which is why I use them instead of bone-in cuts here. You want them raw and untrimmed of fat going into the crockpot; the fat renders out and helps keep the meat from drying out over the long cook.

    Hidden Valley Ranch dressing packet is doing more than seasoning the chicken; the buttermilk and herb blend is what gives the finished sauce its tang and body. Store-brand ranch packets work fine here too.

    Au jus gravy packet builds the savory, beefy-tasting base underneath the ranch flavor. It sounds like an odd pairing with chicken, but it is what makes this sauce taste like more than a ranch packet dumped in a pot.

    Butter, a full stick, melts down over the hours-long cook and ties the ranch and au jus together into a glossy sauce instead of two separate seasoning layers sitting on the chicken.

    Pepperoncini peppers and their juice are non-negotiable for me. The peppers add a mild, vinegary bite, and the juice is what keeps the whole sauce from tasting flat or one-note salty.

    Recipe Card?

    To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

    Substitutions

    Here is what you can swap if you need to adjust this recipe.

    Bone-in, split chicken breasts or bone-in chicken thighs instead of boneless. You gain more flavor as the bone slowly releases into the sauce over the long cook, and you lose the convenience of a quick shred at the end. I stick with boneless breasts for this recipe; they shred clean in under a minute with two forks, and on a weeknight that speed matters more to me than the marginal flavor boost. If you have bone-in on hand and time to pick the meat off the bone before serving, it will taste just as good. I would not reach for it if you are pressed for time.

    How to make Mississippi Chicken

    This is a dump-and-go recipe, but the order you layer things in the crockpot changes how the sauce comes together, so it is worth following the order below.

    Raw chicken breasts in a slow cooker sprinkled with dry seasoning, with a packet of ranch seasoning being poured over them on a wooden surface-the perfect base for delicious Mississippi chicken.

    Season the chicken

    Add the chicken breasts to the Crock-Pot and sprinkle the packet of Hidden Valley Ranch dressing powder evenly over the top. You want the chicken fully coated in a light layer of seasoning, with no bare spots showing.

    Raw chicken breasts in a slow cooker are covered with a powdered seasoning mix, while a hand pours more of the famous Mississippi chicken seasoning from a packet over them. The slow cooker sits on a wooden surface.

    Add the au jus mix

    Sprinkle the au jus gravy packet over the chicken next. This is where the savory, beefy depth in the sauce comes from, so do not skip it even if you are light on ranch mix.

    A slow cooker filled with cake mix, a layer of cinnamon sugar, and a stick of butter on top, placed on a wooden surface-reminiscent of the simplicity found in classic Mississippi chicken recipes.

    Add the butter

    Set the whole stick directly in the center of the chicken so it melts down and bastes the meat as it cooks instead of pooling off to one side of the pot.

    A slow cooker containing a cooked roast topped with a stick of butter, seasoning, and several whole pepperoncini peppers on a rustic wooden surface evokes the classic flavors of Mississippi chicken, bringing comfort food warmth to your table.

    Add the pepperoncini and cook

    Scatter the pepperoncini peppers over the top and pour in a splash of the pepperoncini juice, about 2 to 3 tablespoons. The juice is what gives the sauce its tang, so do not rinse the peppers first. Cover and cook on low for 6 to 8 hours or on high for 3 to 5 hours, until the chicken shreds easily with a fork and reaches 165°F on a meat thermometer.

    A plate with a cooked Mississippi chicken breast in brown sauce, white rice, three green peppers, and a fork and orange cloth napkin nearby on a wooden table.

    Shred and serve

    Shred the chicken right in the crockpot with two forks, or lift it out and serve as a whole breast if you prefer. Spoon plenty of the sauce over rice, mashed potatoes, or pasta. If you want the sauce thicker, see the Thickening Tip below.

    Did you make this recipe?

    Do you have feedback that would be helpful to others? If so can help this small business owner by leaving a rating and a review in the comments section? Thank you for being part of the Savoring The Good Community. ~ Sarah

    A large black and silver Crockpot filled with mixed vegetables and sauce is set to the "Low" heating option.

    Sarah's recommendation

    7 qt. Crock-Pot

    Perfect for Chicken, Roasts and Meals for 8+ people.

    Buy on Amazon

    Storage Tip

    Here is how to keep this fresh, whether you are storing leftovers or getting ahead on a future dinner.

    Let the chicken and sauce cool to room temperature within 2 hours of cooking, then transfer to a closed container and refrigerate for up to 5 days.

    To freeze, shred the cooked chicken and pack it in a freezer-safe container or bag with enough sauce to keep it moist. Freeze for up to 3 months. Thaw overnight in the refrigerator before reheating.

    Reheating Instructions

    I warm leftovers in the microwave on 50% power in 30-second increments until heated through.

    Thickening Tip

    To thicken the sauce, whisk together 2 tablespoons of cornstarch with ¼ cup of water. Add the slurry to the slow cooker for the last 10 minutes of the cook. Thickening is not necessary, but it is an option.

    Frequently asked questions, answers and tips:

    While I try to share all the information you need to make this recipe in your home with restaurant-quality results, there still may be a question or two. Or these are questions I have received from the community about this recipe. I do my best to answer them as clearly as I can. I hope this helps.

    What should I serve with Mississippi chicken?

    Rice and mashed potatoes are the classic choices because they soak up the sauce, but I also love it over egg noodles or alongside a simple green vegetable like green beans. A tray of Rhodes rolls on the side is never a bad idea.

    Can I freeze Mississippi chicken?

    Yes. Shred the cooked chicken, pack it with some of the sauce in a freezer-safe container, and freeze for up to 3 months. Thaw it in the refrigerator overnight before reheating.

    Can I use chicken thighs instead of chicken breasts?

    Yes, boneless or bone-in chicken thighs both work. Bone-in cuts add extra flavor to the sauce but take a few more minutes to shred once they're done cooking.

    Do I need to change the time for low versus high?

    Cook on low for 6 to 8 hours or on high for 3 to 5 hours. Either setting works, low just gives the flavors more time to develop. However you cook it, check that the chicken reaches 165°F internal temperature and shreds easily before serving.

    How long do leftovers keep?

    Refrigerated leftovers keep for up to 5 days in a closed container. For longer storage, freeze the shredded chicken and sauce for up to 3 months.

    Crock pot Mississippi Chicken

    Mississippi Chicken (Crock-Pot)

    Mississippi chicken is a tangy, buttery crockpot dinner made with boneless chicken breasts, ranch dressing mix, au jus gravy mix, and pepperoncini peppers that melt into a rich sauce as the chicken cooks tender enough to fall apart with a fork.
    5 from 50 votes
    Print Pin Rate
    Course: Crock-Pot Recipes
    Cuisine: American
    Prep Time: 5 minutes minutes
    Cook Time: 5 hours hours
    Total Time: 5 hours hours 5 minutes minutes
    Servings: 4 servings
    Calories: 476
    Author: Sarah Mock

    Ingredients

    •  
      4 Chicken Breasts
    • Hidden Valley The Original Ranch Seasoning packet, featuring a green landscape and a plate with seasoned chicken and salad. Text on package indicates one packet.1 packet Hidden Valley Ranch Dressing Packet
    •  
      1 packet Au Jus
    •  
      1 Jar Pepperoncini with liquid
    • A rectangular 8 oz package of Kerrygold Pure Irish Butter, unsalted, with a green and gold label and Irish grass-fed cow branding-perfect for creating delicious Saint Patrick's Day cupcakes.1 stick Butter

    Optional

    • A yellow canister of Rumford Corn Starch with a red lid, labeled non-GMO, gluten free, 6.5 oz (184g), and featuring the Non-GMO Project Verified logo.2 Tablespoon Cornstarch
    US Customary - Metric
    Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

    Instructions

    • Add the chicken breasts to the Crock-Pot and sprinkle with the packet of Hidden Valley Ranch Dressing powder.
      4 Chicken Breasts, 1 packet Hidden Valley Ranch Dressing Packet
    • Sprinkle the Au Jus packet next.
      1 packet Au Jus
    • Add the stick of butter on top. I like to put it in the center so that it slowly melts and bastes the chicken.
      1 stick Butter
    • Add the pepperoncini and a splash of the pepperoncini juice. Cover and cook on low for 6-8 hours or on high for 3-5 hours.
      1 Jar Pepperoncini
    • Shred the chicken if desired, or serve as a whole piece of chicken. Serve with Rice, potatoes or pasta.
    Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
    Nutrition Facts
    Mississippi Chicken (Crock-Pot)
    Serving Size
     
    4 servings
    Amount per Serving
    Calories
    476
    % Daily Value*
    Fat
     
    29
    g
    45
    %
    Saturated Fat
     
    16
    g
    100
    %
    Trans Fat
     
    1
    g
    Polyunsaturated Fat
     
    2
    g
    Monounsaturated Fat
     
    8
    g
    Cholesterol
     
    205
    mg
    68
    %
    Sodium
     
    460
    mg
    20
    %
    Potassium
     
    844
    mg
    24
    %
    Carbohydrates
     
    4
    g
    1
    %
    Sugar
     
    0.02
    g
    0
    %
    Protein
     
    48
    g
    96
    %
    * Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
    **Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
    Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

    Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and a graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 17 years, Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

    Get to know me

    as seen in:

    Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

    Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

    The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

    Pinterest Rachael JELL-O

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    What I Learned Testing This Recipe

    • I've made this more times than I can count, and a few things hold true every time.
    • If you leave the lid off for the last 20 minutes, the sauce thickens up on its own. Keep it on the whole time if you want it soupier for spooning over rice.
    • The pepperoncini juice is doing more work than it gets credit for. I've cut back on it thinking it would be too tangy, and the sauce just tasted flat without it.
    • I use a 7-quart Crock-Pot for this recipe. If yours runs smaller or hotter, check the chicken at the low end of the time range so it does not dry out.
    • My son asks for this one by name, and he wants it shredded and piled on rice, not served as a whole breast. Leftovers taste even better on day two once the sauce has had time to soak in.

    3-Ingredient Chili Cheese Dip

    Hormel chili cheese dip in a glass pie plate with chips to the side on a marble like surface.

    Chili cheese dip is a warm, cheesy appetizer made with canned Hormel chili, cream cheese, and shredded cheddar, layered in one pie dish and baked until bubbling. I build it in layers instead of stirring it together, the same way I would build a queso, so the cream cheese stays rich on the bottom instead of turning grainy. It takes 5 minutes to assemble and 15 minutes in the oven, and I serve it with Fritos scoops, tortilla chips, pita chips, or fresh-cut vegetables for game day.

    Hormel chili cheese dip in a glass pie plate with chips to the side on a marble like surface.

    This chili cheese dip needs only 3 ingredients for the base, which makes it one of the easiest appetizers on my dipmas menu alongside my Velveeta cheese dip, my Mexican corn party dip, and my Bisquick sausage balls. Everything spreads into one pie dish and bakes in a single layer, so cleanup is one dish instead of three. If you are new to the kitchen, this is a forgiving appetizer to start with; there is very little that can go wrong between spreading, pouring, and baking.

    Easy Chili Cheese Dip Ingredients:

    chili cheese dip ingredients, hormel chili, cream cheese, cheddar cheese with text overlay.
    • Cream cheese, softened - this is the base layer, and it needs to be fully softened at room temperature. Cold cream cheese does not spread smooth; it tears and leaves gaps, and those gaps are where grease and liquid pool once the dip bakes.
    • Hormel chili, no beans - I use no beans specifically because it spreads into an even layer without pockets that break up the texture when you scoop. The chili also needs to look thick, not soupy; thin chili is the most common reason this dip turns watery.
    • Sharp cheddar cheese, shredded - sharp cheddar melts into a stringy, glossy layer without turning greasy the way milder cheeses can under direct heat. Shred it yourself from a block if you can; pre-shredded bags are coated in starch to prevent clumping, and that same starch keeps the cheese from melting into one silky layer.

    Recipe Card?

    To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

    Variations and substitutions:

    Here is what actually changes when you swap ingredients in this recipe, based on how I have made it.

    • Hormel chili with beans works in place of no beans if you want more heartiness in each scoop; the texture is chunkier but it still spreads and bakes the same way. Homemade chili and plant-based chili both work too, as long as the chili is thick rather than brothy. If your canned chili looks loose, drain off a couple tablespoons of liquid before you pour it in, or the dip will separate into grease and liquid as it bakes.
    • For the cheese, I have swapped in colby jack, pepper jack, and a Mexican blend, and all three melt just as well as sharp cheddar. I would skip pre-shredded mozzarella here; it turns rubbery under the direct heat instead of browning the way cheddar does, and it does not hold the same pull when you scoop it.
    • Let everyone dress their own serving at the table with chopped green onions, a splash of hot sauce, a dollop of sour cream, or a scoop of pico de gallo.

    How to make Homemade Chili Cheese Dip

    Four short steps get this from countertop to oven; here is what each one should look like along the way.

    hormel chili cheese dip in a plate.

    Preheat oven to 350 degrees

    cream cheese in a glass pie plate.

    Spread

    Spread softened cream cheese into the bottom of a 9 inch pie dish with the back of a large spoon, working it into one even layer that reaches the edges.

    Cheese Tip

    The cream cheese has to be fully softened for this; cold cream cheese tears and leaves gaps instead of spreading smooth, and those gaps are where the dip turns watery once it bakes.

    chili in the bottom of a glass pie plate.

    Pour

    Pour the chili over the cream cheese and smooth it into an even layer with the back of the spoon. You should see the chili cover the cream cheese completely, edge to edge, with no white peeking through.

    shredded cheese added to the top of the chili.

    Sprinkle

    Sprinkle the shredded cheese evenly over the chili so it is covered in one solid layer with no bare spots. A solid layer matters here; thin spots brown too fast and can burn before the center is bubbling.

    hormel chili cheese dip in a glass plate, ready to be served.

    Bake

    Bake for 15 minutes, or until the cheese is fully melted and bubbling at the edges of the dish. Once the cheese pulls slightly away from the side of the dish and the center is bubbling, not just melted, it is ready; pulling it early leaves the center underheated even though the top looks done.

    Storage Tips

    Here is how to store this so it stays fresh. Store leftover chili cheese dip in an airtight container, or cover the cooled baking dish with plastic wrap, and refrigerate for up to 5 days.

    Store leftover chili cheese dip in an airtight container. Alternatively, you can just cover the cooled baking dish with plastic wrap and keep in the refrigerator for up to 5 days.

    Reheating Instructions

    Heat leftovers in the microwave in 30-second increments, stirring between each, until the center is hot and the cheese has melted again. If you want the top bubbly like it was fresh from the oven, reheat it in a 350-degree oven for about 10 minutes instead.

    Seasonal Favorite

    Baked lattice top crust on an apple pie made with the Crisco pie crust recipe, showing flaky layers in the fluted edge.

    This is my award-winning Crisco pie crust recipe; flaky, tender, and made with simple ingredients you already have.

    Crisco Pie Crust

    Recipe Tips

    • Make sure to use a sturdy chip or cracker for dipping because the dip is thick and heavy.
    • To make this recipe spicier, try using a spicy variety of chili or adding a dash of cayenne pepper.
    • You can also customize this recipe by adding your favorite toppings such as diced tomatoes, jalapeños, or sliced black olives.

    FAQ's and Tips

    Is queso and cheese dip the same thing?

    Yes, queso and cheese dip are essentially the same thing. Queso is a Spanish word for "cheese," while cheese dip is an American term for melted or processed cheese used as a dip.

    Typically, queso refers to a more authentic Mexican-style cheese sauce made with real cheese, while cheese dip may contain additional ingredients like cream, seasonings or peppers. But in general, both terms refer to a creamy and melty cheesy sauce used as a dipping condiment for chips or other foods.

    Can I make chili cheese dip ahead of time?

    Yes. Assemble the layers in the pie dish, cover, and refrigerate for up to 24 hours before baking. Add 3 to 5 extra minutes to the bake time since the dish is starting cold instead of at room temperature.

    Why is my chili cheese dip watery or greasy?

    This almost always comes down to two things: thin, soupy chili or pre-shredded cheese. Drain a couple tablespoons of liquid from loose canned chili before using it, and shred your own cheese from a block instead of using bagged shredded cheese, which is coated in starch that keeps it from melting smooth.

    Can I freeze chili cheese dip?

    I do not recommend it. Cream cheese based dips separate and turn grainy once they thaw, and you will lose the smooth texture that makes this dip work. It is best made fresh or refrigerated for up to 5 days.

    Should I use chili with beans or without for this recipe?

    No beans spreads into a smoother, more even layer, which is why I default to it. Chili with beans works too and gives you a heartier bite, but the layer will be chunkier and less uniform when you scoop it.

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    Sarah's Culinary Insight

    • The cream cheese has to be fully softened, not just left out for ten minutes. If it is still cool in the center, it will not spread into one smooth layer, and the gaps let grease and liquid pool during baking.
    • I have baked this dip more times than I can count, and 15 minutes at 350 degrees in a glass pie dish is the sweet spot. Push it past 20 minutes and the cheese starts to break, separating into grease and rubbery curds instead of staying smooth.
    • Shred your own cheese from a block when you can. Pre-shredded bags are coated in starch to keep the shreds from clumping in the bag, and that same starch keeps the cheese from melting into the same silky layer.
    • If your canned chili looks thin or soupy straight out of the can, drain off a couple tablespoons of liquid before you pour it in. Thin chili is the most common reason this dip turns watery instead of holding together.
    • Skip stirring the layers together before baking, even though it is tempting. Keeping the cream cheese, chili, and cheese in distinct layers is what gives you a clean pull when you scoop instead of a muddy, orange-tinted dip.
    Hormel chili cheese dip in a glass pie plate with chips to the side on a marble like surface.

    Chili Cheese Dip

    Hormel chili cheese dip is the perfect appetizer to serve for the big game and is ready to serve in 15 minutes.
    4.78 from 9 votes
    Print Pin Rate
    Course: Appetizer
    Cuisine: American
    Keyword: chili cheese dip
    Prep Time: 5 minutes minutes
    Cook Time: 15 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 20 minutes minutes
    Servings: 8 servings
    Calories: 247
    Author: Sarah Mock

    Ingredients

    • Box of Kraft Philadelphia Original Cream Cheese, 8 oz (226g), silver packaging with blue and white logo, and renewable energy label on the left-perfect for making delicious Lemon Cheesecake Bars.8 ounces Cream Cheese softened
    • A can of Hormel Chili No Beans, featuring an image of chili-topped hot dog with cheese and onions on the label. The can contains 15 ounces (425 grams).1 15 oz can Hormel chili
    •  
      2 Cups shredded cheddar cheese
    US Customary - Metric
    Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

    Instructions

    • Preheat your oven to 350 degrees.
      Close-up of a black oven control panel showing a temperature dial set around 200 degrees Celsius, digital display, and various function buttons.
    • Spread softened cream cheese into the bottom of a 9 inch pie dish with the back of a large spoon, working it into one even layer that reaches the edges.
      8 ounces Cream Cheese
      cream cheese in a glass pie plate.
    • Pour the chili over the cream cheese and smooth it into an even layer with the back of the spoon. You should see the chili cover the cream cheese completely, edge to edge, with no white peeking through.
      1 15 oz can Hormel chili
      chili in the bottom of a glass pie plate.
    • Sprinkle the shredded cheese evenly over the chili so it is covered in one solid layer with no bare spots. A solid layer matters here; thin spots brown too fast and can burn before the center is bubbling.
      2 Cups shredded cheddar cheese
      shredded cheese added to the top of the chili.
    • Bake for 15 minutes, or until the cheese is fully melted and bubbling at the edges of the dish. Once the cheese pulls slightly away from the side of the dish and the center is bubbling, not just melted, it is ready; pulling it early leaves the center underheated even though the top looks done.
      hormel chili cheese dip in a glass plate, ready to be served.
    • Serve with tortilla chips. Enjoy!
      hormel chili cheese dip facebook.

    Notes

    I am using the Hormel chili no beans but there is also chili with beans that would be a delicious option. Feel free to swap out the canned chili for vegetarian chili and plant-based chili. I also wouldn't be mad if you use your own homemade chili recipe.
    The original recipe calls for shredded cheddar cheese but switch up the cheese by substituting in colby jack, pepper jack cheese, Mexican blend cheeses, shredded sharp cheddar cheese or even shredded mozzarella cheese. The choice is yours!
    Offer garnishes and toppings. Let everyone jazz up their serving with chopped green onions, a splash of hot sauce, a dollop of sour cream, or a scoop of pico de gallo. There is so much flavor potential with this cheesy dip.
    Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
    Nutrition Facts
    Chili Cheese Dip
    Serving Size
     
    1 serving
    Amount per Serving
    Calories
    247
    % Daily Value*
    Fat
     
    20
    g
    31
    %
    Saturated Fat
     
    12
    g
    75
    %
    Polyunsaturated Fat
     
    1
    g
    Monounsaturated Fat
     
    5
    g
    Cholesterol
     
    61
    mg
    20
    %
    Sodium
     
    398
    mg
    17
    %
    Potassium
     
    59
    mg
    2
    %
    Carbohydrates
     
    5
    g
    2
    %
    Sugar
     
    2
    g
    2
    %
    Protein
     
    10
    g
    20
    %
    * Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
    **Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
    Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

    Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and a graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 17 years, Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

    Get to know me

    as seen in:

    Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

    Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

    The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

    Pinterest Rachael JELL-O

    Chicken Wrap Ideas

    Chicken Wrap Recipes

    Chicken wraps are a delicious way to use up leftover chicken, chicken tenders, and store-bought rotisserie chicken for a quick lunch, a light dinner or a weeknight dinner on the go!

    Chicken Wrap Recipes

    Many of these chicken wrap recipes call for flour tortillas but a great alternative would be whole wheat tortillas or a crunchy lettuce wrap.

    I have many more chicken recipes for you to enjoy. Readers love my collection of bone in chicken breast recipes, shredded chicken recipes and crock pot chicken breast recipes. Easy chicken casserole recipes include chicken, broccoli and rice casserole, cheesy chicken casserole and dorrito chicken casserole.

    Grilled Pesto Chicken Wraps

    A stacked chicken wrap cut in half, brimming with shredded chicken, avocado, spinach, and pesto, artfully presented on a wooden board. Perfect for those exploring new chicken wrap recipes.
    These easy grilled chicken pesto wraps are loaded with shredded rotisserie chicken, avocado, artichoke hearts, basil pesto and mozzarella.
    Get Full Recipe

    Crispy Chicken Fajita Wrap

    A grilled wrap filled with chicken, bell peppers, and avocado, cut in half, with diced avocado pieces and cilantro garnish on the side.
    Crispy Chicken Fajita Wrap combines all of the delicious flavors of chicken fajitas in a tortilla. Traditional fajitas can be messy...these are easy to eat with just one hand!
    Get Full Recipe

    Buffalo Chicken Wraps

    Stack of four halved wraps filled with chicken, sauce, and vegetables, secured with a toothpick.
    These buffalo chicken wraps have all the tasty flavors of buffalo wings without all the added fat and calories. They're made in under 5 minutes thanks to my best friend rotisserie chicken. If you don't have rotisserie chicken you can also use any pre-cooked chicken.
    Get Full Recipe

    Buffalo Ranch Chicken Wrap (Buffalo Wild Wings copycat)

    A wrap filled with crispy chicken, lettuce, tomatoes, and sauce on a white plate. Carrot sticks are slightly visible in the background.
    Lightly breaded buffalo chicken pieces wrapped up in a soft tortilla with ranch dressing, shredded lettuce, cheese, and tomatoes make a great dinner or the perfect game day meal!
    Get Full Recipe

    Italian Chicken Lettuce Wraps

    Three lettuce-wrapped sandwiches featuring delicious grilled chicken, creamy avocado, and ripe tomato are arranged in a row on a tray-perfect for those exploring new chicken wrap recipes.
    You'll love these lettuce wraps filled with chicken that's marinated in an easy and zesty homemade italian dressing! These are a perfect low carb meal you can load with veggies!
    Get Full Recipe

    Chicken Ranch Snack Wraps

    Two chicken wraps with lettuce and sauce, cut in half and stacked on a red plate.
    Chicken Ranch Snack Wraps are an easy Mcdonald's copycat recipe that is perfect for a snack or a light lunch. These easy snacks use frozen chicken strips for convenience and are easily customizable.
    Get Full Recipe

    Simple BBQ Chicken Wrap

    Simple BBQ Chicken Wrap
    BBQ Chicken Wrap made with tender chicken breast, bbq sauce, arugula, red onions, tomatoes, and cheese all wrapped up in a warm tortilla.
    Get Full Recipe

    Italian Chicken Wraps

    A wrap filled with vegetables, grilled chicken, and cheese, cut in half on a slate board. Nearby are lemon wedges, croutons, and sliced tomatoes.
    Italian Wraps are the tastiest and quickest meal to assemble! Tortillas get loaded with veggies, chicken, Italian dressing, and croutons!
    Get Full Recipe

    Chicken Ranch Wraps

    Three chicken wraps stacked on parchment paper, filled with grilled chicken and drizzled with white sauce, garnished with cilantro. A bottle of dressing is partially visible in the background.
    credit: gimmedelicious.com
    Grilled chicken and ranch wraps are loaded with chicken, cheese and ranch. These tasty wraps come together in under 15 minutes and make a great lunch or snack! 
    Get Full Recipe

    Chicken Shawarma Wrap

    Close-up of a pita sandwich filled with grilled tofu, sliced cucumbers, shredded purple cabbage, and drizzled with white sauce.
    This flavorful chicken shawarma wrap is easy to make on a budget and is loaded with exotic Middle Eastern flavors that you will love.
    Get Full Recipe

    Chicken Hummus Naan Wraps

    A plate with two chicken wraps on it.
    An easy chicken wrap recipe you can throw together in just 15 minutes for a quick & delicious dinner or lunch. Featuring simple ingredients like shredded chicken, hummus, chopped fresh veggies, a homemade red wine vinaigrette, and crumbled cheese all piled onto a piece of soft & chewy naan bread
    Get Full Recipe

    Southwest Chicken Wrap

    Southwest Chicken Wrap
    Packed with crispy chicken or grilled chicken, crunchy fresh veggies, black beans, cheddar cheese and a delicious southwest dressing. This chicken wrap recipe is sure to become part of your family dinner rotation!
    Get Full Recipe

    Sticky Chicken Finger Wraps

    Close-up of two halves of a wrap filled with crispy chicken, lettuce, tomatoes, and sauce.
    Sweet and spicy glazed chicken fingers stuffed inside a flour tortilla with lettuce, hot sauce, tomato, slivered red onion and cheese. These wraps make for a super yummy lunch or dinner!
    Get Full Recipe

    Crunchy Southwestern Chicken Wrap

    Close-up of two chicken wraps with visible ingredients including lettuce, diced tomatoes, shredded cheese, and grilled chicken, served on a wooden surface.
    These boneless chicken breasts wraps come together in minutes, you can make them ahead, and the creamy spicy sauce made of salsa, sour cream and hot sauce makes them extra tasty!
    Get Full Recipe

    Mediterranean Wrap

    A sliced wrap filled with mixed greens, crumbled cheese, roasted red peppers, and pesto is held over a plate, perfect for those exploring delicious chicken wrap recipes.
    A quick, flavorful, and nutritious Mediterranean Wrap made with rotisserie chicken, sun-dried tomatoes, feta, mixed greens, and lots of basil pesto!
    Get Full Recipe

    Sun-Dried Tomato Chicken Pesto Wrap

    Two wrap sandwiches filled with greens, cheese, and possibly chicken, served on a white plate with a pepper garnish-a delightful nod to delicious chicken wrap recipes.
    If you're looking for some lunch time inspiration, here you go! This Sun-Dried Tomato Chicken Pesto Wrap is super quick and easy to make with just a handful in ingredients and a ton of flavor.
    Get Full Recipe

    Chicken Shawarma

    Close-up of a delicious chicken gyro, akin to popular chicken wrap recipes, wrapped in paper with fresh lettuce, juicy tomato, and savory sauce, all resting on a rustic wooden surface.
    Juicy and bursting with exotic flavors that will have you drooling! Recipes for both Chicken Wraps and Chicken Bowls with Cilantro Yogurt Sauce!
    Get Full Recipe

    Asian Peanut Chicken Wrap

    A plate of sliced wraps brimming with vegetables and chicken, inspired by delicious chicken wrap recipes, served with a zesty dipping sauce and lime wedges.
    credit: simplykitch.com
    All these chicken wraps with peanut sauce are such a simple lunch. Tortillas filled with chicken, peanuts and crunch coleslaw using a spicy, tangy peanut sauce. Don't hesitate to swap shop bought sauce to make them easier.
    Get Full Recipe

    Chicken Club Wrap

    Two sliced chicken wraps brimming with lettuce, tomatoes, and avocado rest invitingly on a wooden plate. Perfect for those exploring new chicken wrap recipes!
    Turn a classic chicken club sandwich into an easy chicken wrap for any day of the week. Great to take to work, make for dinner, picnics, or just about anything
    Get Full Recipe

    Chicken Caesar Wraps

    Two mouthwatering chicken wrap recipes come to life with these wraps, filled with shredded chicken, crisp lettuce, and savory bacon pieces stacked perfectly on a wooden board.
    Lunch doesn't get much easier than this Chicken Caesar Wrap. Full of flavor, this wrap comes together easily with pre-cooked shredded chicken.
    Get Full Recipe

    Greek Chicken Wrap Recipe

    A close-up of a wrapped shawarma, brimming with grilled chicken, crisp lettuce, red onions, ripe tomatoes, and creamy white sauce. Perfect for those exploring chicken wrap recipes.
    This homemade Greek chicken wrap is easy and perfect for dinner! Filled with rotisserie chicken, tzatziki, fresh and roasted vegetables it is quick to make, fresh, flavorful and delicious.
    Get Full Recipe

    Chicken Cordon Bleu Wraps

    Discover delicious chicken wrap recipes with three stacked wraps featuring fresh lettuce and melted cheese, all presented on a light surface.
    Chicken cordon bleu wraps with crispy chicken strips, honey ham, Swiss cheese, & drizzles of honey mustard wrapped in a flour tortilla shell.
    Get Full Recipe

    Chick-fil-a Grilled Cool Wrap

    Close-up of two grilled chicken wraps, inspired by delicious chicken wrap recipes, featuring cheese and lettuce. Served alongside crispy waffle fries and a savory dipping sauce on a dark surface.
    Chick-Fil-A Grilled Cool Wrap is an easy copycat recipe to make at home. It only takes 4 ingredients and you can make a refreshing wrap.
    Get Full Recipe

    Crispy BBQ Chicken Wraps

    A plate of burritos filled with shredded chicken, with one burrito cut in half, showing the inside. A small bowl of sauce is beside the burritos.
    My family loves these Crispy BBQ Chicken Wraps, are all the yummy, cheesy goodness of a BBQ chicken pizza, toasted in a crispy wrap.
    Get Full Recipe

    Asian Chicken Wraps

    Close-up of a hand holding two delicious wraps filled with fresh lettuce, seasoned ground meat, rice, and vibrant vegetables-perfect inspirations for your next chicken wrap recipes.
    A delicious twist on Asian lettuce wraps. Add a tortilla for an easy, freezer-friendly, 25 minute dinner.
    Get Full Recipe

    Honey BBQ Chicken Wraps

    Close-up of a honey BBQ chicken wrap filled with grilled chicken, lettuce, onions, and BBQ sauce in a soft tortilla. Background shows pieces of barbecued chicken. Perfect for those seeking delicious chicken wrap recipes. Text reads "Honey BBQ Chicken Wraps.
    They are easy to make and only takes about 10 minutes of prep time. The whole family will love this dish because it combines all the flavors everyone loves about BBQ in one delicious wrap!
    Get Full Recipe

    Red Robin Whiskey River BBQ chicken wraps

    Savor these spinach wraps brimming with grilled chicken, crisp lettuce, and vibrant vegetables on a white plate. Perfect for fans of chicken wrap recipes, they are complemented by "Campfire" and "Whiskey River" sauces in the background.
    Try my copycat Red Robin Whiskey River BBQ chicken wraps at home today. Be sure to use the Red Robin Whiskey River barbecue sauce for an authentic taste!
    Get Full Recipe

    Southwest Cream Cheese Chicken Wraps

    Close-up of three enticing chicken wrap recipes featuring tender chicken, black beans, cheese, and fresh vegetables, all neatly displayed on a wooden surface. Lime wedges add a zesty touch in the background.
    Chicken and cream cheese are combined with red peppers, black beans, corn, shredded cheddar and southwest spices, then wrapped in flour tortillas for a hearty lunch or light dinner.
    Get Full Recipe

    Firecracker Chicken Wraps (Longhorn Copycat Recipe)

    Three crispy taquitos, akin to chicken wrap recipes, are filled with succulent chicken and fresh vegetables. They sit stacked on a plate next to a small bowl of vibrant green dipping sauce.
    Filled with a flavorful chicken and veggie filling, fried to perfection, and served with your favorite dipping sauce.
    Get Full Recipe

    Spicy Chicken Caesar Salad Wrap

    Savor the delicious Chicken Caesar wrap, expertly crafted using classic chicken wrap recipes. Cut in half and filled with lettuce, tomato, and crunchy croutons, it comes with a small cup of creamy dressing to complete the perfect bite.
    This Spicy Chicken Caesar Salad Wrap is a delicious creamy, crunchy, and crispy lunch. They're a breeze to make from precooked chicken.
    Get Full Recipe

    Grilled Chicken Bacon Ranch Wrap

    A white plate features a stacked chicken wrap, sliced in half and packed with fresh lettuce, juicy tomatoes, and crispy bacon. Drizzled with white sauce, this delightful dish is surrounded by cherry tomato halves and savory bacon bits-perfect for your next chicken wrap recipes collection.
    This grilled chicken bacon ranch wrap is easy to make, perfect for summer and packs a salty crunch. It's like a chicken BLT in wrap form!
    Get Full Recipe

    Santa Fe Chicken Salad Wraps

    Close-up of a chicken wrap filled with avocado, cherry tomato, black beans, corn, lettuce, and creamy sauce.
    Santa Fe Chicken Salad with chunks of chicken, black beans, and corn with a creamy Santa Fe dressing. Serve it wrap style inside tortillas.
    Get Full Recipe

    Easy Chicken Salad Snack Wraps

    A close-up of two grilled burritos, resembling delicious chicken wrap recipes, one cut open to reveal a creamy chicken and vegetable filling. Shredded cheese and cilantro garnish the dish while vegetables blur in the background.
    This Easy Chicken Salad Snack Wraps or lettuce wraps recipe uses rotisserie or home poached chicken, mayo, greek yogurt, grapes, cranberries and much more!
    Get Full Recipe

    Loaded Greek Chicken Wraps

    Loaded Greek Chicken Wraps
    The wraps are loaded with your choice of delicious Mediterranean foods like hummus, tzatiki, greens, grape tomatoes, cucumbers, chicken, olives, pepperoncinis, feta cheese and more.  This is one dinner that is not only easy to make but that my whole family will devour fast!
    Get Full Recipe

    Salsa Ranch Chicken Wraps

    Plate of grilled chicken wrap recipes featuring crunchwraps with melted cheese and veggies, served beside a garnish of cilantro. A cup with dipping sauce is in the background.
    Simple and yet filling, these moist, flavorful Salsa Ranch Chicken Wraps are easy to make and always a hit! They are perfect for quick, last minute meals.
    Get Full Recipe

    PF Chang's Chicken Lettuce Wraps with {VIDEO}

    A white plate features four delectable chicken lettuce wraps filled with perfectly cooked ground meat and chopped green onions, providing a delightful twist on traditional chicken wrap recipes. They rest invitingly on a rustic wooden surface.
    This tutorial outlines what lettuce is best for wraps and how to make the wraps. This letuce wrap is drizzled in decadent peanut butter sauce that has fewer calories and carbs than the PF Chang version.
    Get Full Recipe

    Avocado Chicken Salad Lettuce Wraps

    A plate with four lettuce wraps filled with avocado chicken salad, surrounded by fresh limes, an avocado, cilantro, and a salt container-perfect for those seeking innovative chicken wrap recipes.
    Chicken salad lettuce wraps are lightened up with delicious avocado and NO mayonnaise at all! These wraps are going to become a lunch favorite.
    Get Full Recipe

    Southwestern Chipotle Chicken Wrap

    Southwestern Chipotle Chicken Wrap
    You are going to fall in love with this chicken wrap! It's absolutely wonderful, not to mention totally guilt free.
    Get Full Recipe

    PB Apple Chicken Salad Wraps

    A close-up of a sliced chicken wrap bursting with greens and olives sits on a cutting board, accompanied by a jar of Jif peanut butter. In the background, a bowl of carrot sticks and a banana complete this vibrant setting. Perfect inspiration for chicken wrap recipes you'll love.
    This PB Apple Chicken Salad Wraps recipe makes a quick and delicious lunch idea. If you're looking for a chicken salad, you just found it!
    Get Full Recipe

    Rotisserie Chicken Wraps

    Close-up of rotisserie chicken wraps with spinach and tomato, sliced in half and stacked. Text reads: "Rotisserie Chicken Wraps" and "Maria's Mixing Bowl" at the bottom, showcasing delicious chicken wrap recipes you'll love.
    These Rotisserie Chicken Wraps are loaded with a zesty chicken salad, and crisp, romaine lettuce and wrapped in perfectly toasted tortillas. They are a cinch to make and perfect for when you want an easy chicken wrap recipe.
    Get Full Recipe

    Asian Chicken Lettuce Wraps

    Lettuce wraps brimming with sliced chicken, shredded carrots, red bell peppers, and chopped green onions make for delectable chicken wrap recipes on a dark surface.
    This simple recipe for Asian Chicken Lettuce Wraps is so yummy, you'll forget it's good for you too!
    Get Full Recipe
    What's the best way to make a wrap?

    Lay the tortilla on a clean work surface. Add the protein to the center of each tortilla. Add the remaining vegetables and other ingredients along with a drizzle of sauce, if included. Fold the wrap over the ingredients and pull back, pressing slightly to ensure a tight roll. Continue to roll to the end. Before finishing rolling, add a small spread of butter, mayonnaise of sauce to the last inch or so of the tortilla wrap to act and a 'glue'. Roll to seal. Tuck in the ends of the wrap on one end, or both ends, as you would fold a box lid to keep the ingredients in the wrap. Slice in half as you would a sub sandwich.

    Dessert Recipes

    • Peanut butter pie no bake recipe
      No-Bake Peanut Butter Pie Recipe
    • black raspberry ice cream, 3 scoops in a white bowl square image
      Black Raspberry Ice Cream Recipe
    • A glass dish filled with a mixture of chocolate-covered cereal pieces and melted marshmallows, reminiscent of golden graham s'mores.
      Golden Grahams S'mores Bars Recipe
    • square image of saucy strawberry topping in a jar with a spoon taking out a portion.
      Strawberry Topping
    See more Dessert Recipes →


    Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

    I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

    Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 15 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

    Get to know me

    as seen in:

    Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

    Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

    The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

    Pinterest Rachael JELL-O

    Air Fryer Lamb Chops {Easy Recipe}

    air fryer lamb chops.

    Air fryer lamb chops are ready to serve in 30 minutes and this easy recipe is perfect to serve for a special occasion, a busy weeknight dinner and date nights. The simple ingredients highlight the gamey flavor of the lamb air fryer method is the best way to get juicy lamb chops.

    air fryer lamb chops.

    Round out this delicious meal with a pan of Rhodes rolls, air fryer sweet potatoes casserole, or any of my favorite recipes for green beans.

    The lamb chop side dishes you choose can take this air fryer lamb chops recipe from an easy dinner to an elegant meal. Check out my collection of keto air fryer recipes. If you love your air fryer as much as I do, you are going to want to use it all the time! Including using it to make air fryer t-bone steak. So easy!

    Here is why this recipe is amazing:

    • Air fryer lamb chops are perfect for when you are looking to have a small gathering for Easter dinner. 
    • This is an easy air fryer recipe for those who are looking to expand their air fryer recipe collection.

    Ingredients needed:

    air fryer lamb chops ingredients on plates and bowls with text overlay labeling each item.

    Recipe Card?

    To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

    How to make lamb chops in the air fryer

    1. Wash the chops and pat dry with a paper towel. Using a silicone brush, brush both sides of the chops with olive oil.
    2. Mix salt and spices. Sprinkle both sides of the chops with spices. If desired, you can leave the chops in a large bowl with one of the easy marinade options found in the recipe card, covered with plastic wrap, for half an hour or up to an hour.
    3. Transfer the marinated lamb chops to the air fryer basket, arranging in a single layer. Roast in the air fryer at 375 degrees F for 15 minutes.
    4. After 15 minutes, the chops are already well fried on the top, however, they are half raw, depending on the thickness of the chop.
    5. Flip the chops to the other side and fry for another 10 minutes. If the chops are very thick, it may take longer.
    6. Be sure to check the doneness of our tasty chops with a meat thermometer - the internal temperature should be 140F for well done.

    Lamb Chops in Air Fryer Instructions

    lamb chops brushed with olive oil.
    1. Using a silicone brush, brush both sides of the chops with olive oil.
    lamb chops seasoned with garlic powder, coriander , olive oil and salt.
    1. Mix salt and spices. Sprinkle both sides of the chops with spices.
    seasoned lamb chops in an air fryer basket, raw, ready to be cooked.
    1. Transfer the marinated lamb chops to the air fryer basket, arranging in a single layer. Roast in the air fryer at 375 degrees F for 15 minutes.
      lamb chops in the basket of an air fryer basket starting to cook.
      1. After 15 minutes, the chops are already fried on the top, however, they are half raw, depending on the thickness of the chop.
      lamb chops in the air fryer basket showing carmalization.
      1. Flip the chops to the other side and fry for another 10 minutes. If the chops are very thick, it may take longer.
      air fryer lamb chops on a serving plate.
      1. Be sure to check the doneness of our tasty chops with a meat thermometer - the internal temperature should be 140F for well done.

        Round out this delicious meal with a pan of Rhodes rolls, air fryer sweet potatoes casserole, or any of my favorite recipes for green beans. The lamb chop side dishes you choose can take this air fryer lamb chops recipe from an easy dinner to an elegant meal.

        Popular Air Fryer Recipes

        • Air fryer chicken roasted to perfection inside the basket, boasting a golden-brown, crispy skin.
        • A bowl of crispy air-fried kale chips on a table.
        • Air fryer Glazed salmon fillet over a bed of rice with asparagus on the side, garnished with sesame seeds and green onions.
        • Broccoli in an air fryer on a marble countertop.
        • air fryer breakfast potatoes square image.
        • air fryer lamb chops.
        See more Air Fryer Recipes →

        Chef Tip

        The cook time will vary depending on the thickness of the lamb chops.

        air fryer lamb chops.

        Air Fryer Lamb Chops

        The simple ingredients highlight the gamey flavor of the lamb air fryer method is the best way to get juicy lamb chops.
        5 from 2 votes
        Print Pin Rate
        Course: Air Fryer
        Cuisine: American
        Prep Time: 5 minutes minutes
        Cook Time: 25 minutes minutes
        Total Time: 30 minutes minutes
        Servings: 3
        Calories: 695
        Author: Sarah Mock

        Ingredients

        •  
          6 lamb chops
        • A 500ml bottle of California Olive Ranch Global Blend Extra Virgin Olive Oil with green and blue labeling, indicating a blend from Argentina, Portugal, Chile, and California-perfect for drizzling over your favorite shrimp avocado salad.3 tablespoon olive oil
        • A Morton Salt container with a blue label featuring a girl in a yellow dress holding an umbrella, with salt pouring out of a container-an essential ingredient for perfectly seasoning dishes like Chicken Cordon Bleu.½ Teaspoon salt
        • A bottle of McCormick Garlic Powder with a red lid and green label, featuring the brand logo and ½ Teaspoon Garlic Powder
        •  
          ½ Teaspoon ground coriander
        US Customary - Metric
        Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

        Instructions

        • Wash the chops and pat dry. Using a silicone brush, brush both sides of the chops with olive oil.
          6 lamb chops, 3 tablespoon olive oil
        • Mix salt and spices. Sprinkle both sides of the chops with spices. If desired, you can leave the chops, covered with cling film, for half an hour or an hour.
          ½ Teaspoon salt, ½ Teaspoon Garlic Powder, ½ Teaspoon ground coriander
        • Transfer the lamb chops to the air fryer basket. Roast in air at 375F for 15 minutes.
        • After 15 minutes, the chops are already well fried on the top, however, they are half raw.
        • Flip the chops to the other side and fry for another 10 minutes. If the chops are very thick, it may take longer.
        • Lamb chops can be checked for readiness by cutting the meat. You can also check readiness with an electronic thermometer - the temperature inside should be 140F for well done.

        Notes

        Herb Marinade
        • ¼ cup olive oil
        • 1 tablespoon red wine vinegar
        • ¼ cup finely chopped parsley
        • 2 cloves fresh garlic, minced
        • ½ teaspoon dried oregano
        • ½ teaspoon coarse salt
        • ¼ teaspoon of black pepper
        Rosemary Marinade
        • 2 tablespoons olive oil
        • ½ lemon, juiced
        • 2 sprigs fresh rosemary (1 T dried)
        • 2 sprigs fresh tarragon (1 T dried)
        • 1 clove garlic, pressed
        • ½ teaspoon salt
        • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
        Mint and Garlic Marinade
        • 2 Tablespoons olive oil
        • 3 Tablespoons fresh lemon juice (plus the zest from the lemon)
        • 2 Tablespoons fresh oregano (1 teaspoon dried)
        • 1 Tablespoon fresh mint (1 teaspoon dried)
        • ¼ cup Fresh Parsley, minced
        • 4 cloves garlic, minced
        • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
        • ½ teaspoon coarse ground black pepper
        Combine the marinade ingredients in a small bowl. Add the raw lamb chops to a ziploc bag and add the marinade. Close the bag, removing as much air a
        Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
        Nutrition Facts
        Air Fryer Lamb Chops
        Serving Size
         
        1
        Amount per Serving
        Calories
        695
        % Daily Value*
        Fat
         
        38
        g
        58
        %
        Saturated Fat
         
        11
        g
        69
        %
        Polyunsaturated Fat
         
        3
        g
        Monounsaturated Fat
         
        20
        g
        Cholesterol
         
        257
        mg
        86
        %
        Sodium
         
        588
        mg
        26
        %
        Potassium
         
        1082
        mg
        31
        %
        Carbohydrates
         
        1
        g
        0
        %
        Sugar
         
        0.01
        g
        0
        %
        Protein
         
        84
        g
        168
        %
        * Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
        **Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
        Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

        Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

        I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

        Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 16 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

        Get to know me

        as seen in:

        Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

        Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

        The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

        Pinterest Rachael JELL-O

        Marry Me Chicken Slow Cooker – Dump and Go Dinner

        Marry Me Chicken on a plate.

        My Marry Me Chicken Crock Pot recipe is a slow cooker dinner that earned a permanent spot in our weeknight rotation. Tender chicken breasts slow-cooked in a rich, creamy sauce made with sun-dried tomatoes, garlic, heavy cream, and Italian herbs, it's the kind of meal that might just make someone drop to one knee. And yes, it really is that good.

        Marry Me Chicken on a plate.

        Ingredients needed:

        The beauty of this recipe is in its simplicity. A handful of bold, flavorful ingredients come together in the slow cooker to create a sauce that tastes like it took hours of effort because, well, it kind of did! Hours, that is... effort.. minimal.

        Marry Me Chicken ingredients, chicken breast, spices, chicken stock, garlic, heavy cream, butter, corn starch, olive oil, sun-dried tomatoes.
        • A set-it-and-forget-it slow cooker chicken recipe that's perfect for busy weeknight dinners
        • All the flavors of the classic Marry Me Chicken - creamy Tuscan sauce, sun-dried tomatoes, and Italian seasoning - made effortlessly in your crock pot
        • Uses simple, pantry-friendly ingredients you likely already have on hand
        • Works equally well over pasta, rice, or with crusty bread to soak up every drop of that incredible cream sauce

        Recipe Card?

        To find the full printable recipe with specific measurements and directions CLICK HERE to go to the recipe card.

        Substitutions:

        No two kitchens are exactly alike, and that's totally fine! This recipe is wonderfully flexible. Here are some easy swaps I suggest that won't sacrifice flavor:

        • Chicken Breasts → Chicken Thighs: Boneless, skinless chicken thighs are a fantastic substitute. They're juicier, more forgiving in the slow cooker, and hold up beautifully to the long cook time.
        • Sun-Dried Tomatoes in Oil → Dry-Packed Sun-Dried Tomatoes: If you want a lighter option, dry-packed tomatoes work well. You'll just miss a little of that oil-packed richness.
        • Individual Spices → Italian Seasoning Blend: Don't stress if you're missing one of the spices. A good Italian seasoning blend is a perfectly fine stand-in.
        • Heavy Cream → Half and Half: You'll get a thinner, lighter sauce, but it will still be delicious. Just know it won't be quite as thick and creamy.
        • Skip the Chicken Tenderloins: Tenderloins are too delicate for a long slow cooker cook time - they'll fall apart completely. Stick with breasts or thighs for best results.
        A large black and silver Crockpot filled with mixed vegetables and sauce is set to the "Low" heating option.

        Sarah's recommendation

        7 qt. Crock-Pot

        Perfect for Chicken, Roasts and Meals for 8+ people.

        Buy on Amazon

        How To Make Marry Me Chicken in the Crock Pot

        Don't let the elegant, restaurant-worthy results fool you! My recipe is completely doable for a beginner cook. The searing step is the only moment you'll be at the stove; after that, your crock pot takes over!

        Marry Me Chicken.

        Butterfly the chicken breasts

        Using a sharp knife, slice each chicken breast in half lengthwise to create thin, even cutlets. This helps them cook more evenly and allows the sauce to coat every inch of chicken.

        butterflied raw chicken breast dredeged in corn starch.

        Dredge the chicken

        Season your cornstarch with salt and pepper, then dredge each chicken cutlet until fully coated. Shake off any excess. This light coating gives the chicken a subtle crust and helps the sauce cling to it later.

        dredged chicken breast being seared in olive oil in a hot cast iron pan.

        Sear the chicken

        Heat the olive oil in a cast iron or heavy bottom pan. Sear the chicken breasts on one side, just enough to get them to take on some color.

        browned chciken breast in a cast iron pan.

        Flip

        Flip the chicken and brown it on the second side. Add an additional drizzle of olive oil, if needed. Repeat with the remaining dredged chicken breasts.

        chicken breasts added to the base of the slow cooker.

        Layer the Chicken in the Slow Cooker

        Add the browned chicken to the slow cooker. Arrange in an even layer.

        garlic in the back side of a microplane zester for Marry Me Chicken

        Add Garlic

        Using a Microplane zester, grate the garlic cloves directly over the chicken. This gives you superfine, evenly distributed garlic that melts right into the sauce.

        herbs added to chicken breasts in a slow cooker for Marry Me Chicken

        Add Seasoning

        Sprinkle the salt, pepper and seasonings over the chicken.

        chicken stock added to the slow cooker along with the chicken and herbs for Marry Me Chicken.

        Add Chicken Stock

        Add the chicken stock to the slow cooker.

        heavy cream added to the slow cooker for Marry Me Chicken

        Add heavy cream

        Pour the heavy cream over the chicken stock.

        Pro Tip

        If your slow cooker runs hot, hold the cream and add it during the last 30 minutes of cooking to prevent curdling.

        butter and sun dried tomatoes added to the slow cooker for Marry Me Chicken

        Add butter and tomatoes

        Add the butter and the sun-dried tomatoes to the slow cooker. If you have oil from the sun-dried tomato jar, add a drizzle for an added layer of flavor.

        Marry Me Chicken in a slow cooker, ready to be served.

        Cook

        Cover and cook on low for 6-8 hours.

        Avoid cooking on HIGH

        The higher heat can cause the cream sauce to scorch or curdle.

        corn starch slurry added to the slow cooker to thicken Marry Me Chicken sauce.

        Thicken

        To thicken the sauce, whisk together 2 tablespoons of cornstarch with ¼ cup of water, add to the slow cooker and allow to thicken the last 20 minutes of the cooking time.

        I have over 40 side dishes to serve with chicken if you are looking for the perfect pairing for this meal. They also pair well with these chicken quarter recipes.

        I also have the best green bean recipes and baby potato recipes for those who want to add a vegetable side dish to the menu. Don't forget to make a pan of Rhodes rolls to mop up all the delicious cream sauce.

        Did you make crockpot marry me chicken?

        Do you have feedback that would be helpful to others? If so can help this small business owner by leaving a rating and a review in the comments section? Thank you for being part of the Savoring The Good Community. ~ Sarah

        Can You Make Marry Me Chicken Ahead of Time?

        Yes! And honestly, the flavors get even better the next day as everything melds together. Here's how to do it right:

        • Prep the day before: Butterfly and dredge the chicken, then store it covered in the refrigerator overnight. You can also measure and mix your dry seasonings ahead of time.
        • Sear ahead: Brown the chicken, let it cool completely, then refrigerate. The next morning, just layer everything into the crock pot and start cooking.
        • Don't pre-add the cream: If prepping a full day ahead, wait to add the heavy cream until you start cooking to keep it fresh and prevent separation.
        • Full cook ahead: Cook the entire dish, cool it completely, and refrigerate for up to 4 days. Reheat gently on the stovetop or microwave before serving.

        Storage Tips

        Good news! This dish reheats like a dream, which makes it perfect for meal prep! Here's how to keep those leftovers tasting just as good as day one:

        • Refrigerator: Store cooled leftovers in an airtight container for up to 4 days.
        • Freezer: You can freeze Marry Me Chicken, though cream-based sauces can sometimes separate upon thawing. Freeze in a zip-lock bag or airtight container for up to 3 months. Thaw overnight in the refrigerator.
        • Reheating on the stovetop: Add the chicken and sauce to a shallow pan over medium-low heat, stirring gently until warmed through. Add a splash of chicken broth or cream if the sauce has thickened too much.
        • Reheating in the microwave: Warm at 50% power in 60-second intervals, stirring in between, until heated through. Full power can cause the cream sauce to break.
        • Do NOT reheat in the slow cooker - it takes too long to reach a safe temperature.

        Reheating Instructions

        To reheat, warm in the microwave at 50% power until heated through. Alternatively, add sauce and chicken to a shallow pan and warm over medium heat until heated through.

        I like to serve either white rice or brown rice from my instant pot with this chicken recipe. Alternatively, a buttered noodle such as angel hair, spaghetti or linguini would pair with this chicken dish nicely.

        Chef Tip

        corn starch slurry added to the slow cooker to thicken Marry Me Chicken sauce.

        To thicken the sauce, whisk together 2 tablespoons of cornstarch with ¼ cup of water, add to the slow cooker and allow to thicken the last 20 minutes of the cooking time.

        Marry Me Chicken on a plate.

        Marry Me Chicken Crock Pot - Creamy Sun-Dried Tomato Slow Cooker Chicken

        This creamy Crock Pot Marry Me Chicken is slow-cooked to perfection with sun-dried tomatoes, garlic, and a rich Parmesan cream sauce. Easy enough for a weeknight, impressive enough for date night.
        4.86 from 14 votes
        Print Pin Rate
        Course: Crock-Pot Recipes
        Cuisine: Italian
        Prep Time: 15 minutes minutes
        Cook Time: 6 hours hours
        Total Time: 6 hours hours 15 minutes minutes
        Servings: 6 Servings
        Calories: 507
        Author: Sarah Mock

        Ingredients

        •  
          4 Chicken Breasts sliced into cutlets
        • A yellow canister of Rumford Corn Starch with a red lid, labeled non-GMO, gluten free, 6.5 oz (184g), and featuring the Non-GMO Project Verified logo.¼ Cup Corn Starch
        • A 500ml bottle of California Olive Ranch Global Blend Extra Virgin Olive Oil with green and blue labeling, indicating a blend from Argentina, Portugal, Chile, and California-perfect for drizzling over your favorite shrimp avocado salad.3 Tablespoons Olive Oil
        •  
          1 ½ Cup Chicken Stock
        • heavy cream bottle.1 Cup Heavy Cream
        • Whole garlic bulb with white papery skin, lying on its side against a plain white background-a perfect aromatic addition to your next slowcooker sausage casserole.4 cloves Garlic
        • A rectangular 8 oz package of Kerrygold Pure Irish Butter, unsalted, with a green and gold label and Irish grass-fed cow branding-perfect for creating delicious Saint Patrick's Day cupcakes.½ stick Butter
        •  
          ½ Cup Sun Dried Tomatoes in oil
        • A Morton Salt container with a blue label featuring a girl in a yellow dress holding an umbrella, with salt pouring out of a container-an essential ingredient for perfectly seasoning dishes like Chicken Cordon Bleu.1 Teaspoon Salt
        • A 6 oz container of McCormick Pure Ground Black Pepper with a red lid and a ½ Teaspoon Black Pepper ground
        • A clear bottle of McCormick rosemary leaves with a red cap and beige label, filled with dried rosemary-perfect for adding aromatic flavor to dishes like turkey shepherd's pie.1 Teaspoon Rosemary Dried
        • A plastic container of McCormick Onion Powder with a red lid and a green label stating 1 Teaspoon Onion Powder
        •  
          1 Teaspoon Dried Basil
        • A bottle of McCormick Oregano Leaves with a red cap and label, containing dried oregano.1 Teaspoon Oregano
        US Customary - Metric
        Follow Savoring The Good On PinterestFollow @SavoringTheGood or tag #STGRecipes!

        Instructions

        • With a sharp knife, slice each chicken breast in half, lengthwise to make thin chicken cutlets.
          4 Chicken Breasts
        • Dredge the chicken breasts in corn starch seasoned with salt and pepper.
          ¼ Cup Corn Starch
        • Repeat the dredging until all the chicken has been coated.
        • Heat the olive oil in a cast iron or heavy bottom pan. Sear the chicken breasts on one side, just enough to get them to take on some color.
          3 Tablespoons Olive Oil
        • Flip the chicken and brown it on the second side. Add an additional drizzle of olive oil, if needed.
        • Repeat with the remaining dredged chicken breasts.
        • Add the browned chicken to the slow cooker. Arrange in an even layer.
        • Add the chicken cutlets to the vessel of the crock pot and grate the garlic cloves on a Microplane grater. Add the garlic to the slow cooker over the chicken.
          4 cloves Garlic
        • Sprinkle the salt, pepper and seasonings over the chicken.
          1 Teaspoon Salt, ½ Teaspoon Black Pepper, 1 Teaspoon Rosemary, 1 Teaspoon Onion Powder, 1 Teaspoon Dried Basil, 1 Teaspoon Oregano
        • Add the chicken stock to the slow cooker.
          1 ½ Cup Chicken Stock
        • Pour the heavy cream over the chicken stock.
          1 Cup Heavy Cream
        • Add the butter and the sun-dried tomatoes to the slow cooker. If you have oil from the sun-dried tomato jar, add a drizzle for an added layer of flavor.
          ½ stick Butter, ½ Cup Sun Dried Tomatoes
        • Cover and cook on low for 6-8 hours.
        Want to share when you made this recipe?Follow @SavoringTheGood & tag #STGRecipes!
        Nutrition Facts
        Marry Me Chicken Crock Pot - Creamy Sun-Dried Tomato Slow Cooker Chicken
        Serving Size
         
        1
        Amount per Serving
        Calories
        507
        % Daily Value*
        Fat
         
        34
        g
        52
        %
        Saturated Fat
         
        16
        g
        100
        %
        Trans Fat
         
        0.3
        g
        Polyunsaturated Fat
         
        2
        g
        Monounsaturated Fat
         
        12
        g
        Cholesterol
         
        163
        mg
        54
        %
        Sodium
         
        731
        mg
        32
        %
        Potassium
         
        997
        mg
        28
        %
        Carbohydrates
         
        15
        g
        5
        %
        Sugar
         
        6
        g
        7
        %
        Protein
         
        36
        g
        72
        %
        * Percent Daily Values are based on a 2000 calorie diet.
        **Nutritional facts are just estimates. Please utilize your own brand nutritional values to double check against our estimates.
        Like this recipe card? Want one for your site?Check out WP Recipe Maker!

        Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

        I am Sarah Mock. Welcome!

        Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and a graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 17 years, Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

        Get to know me

        as seen in:

        Logos of Hersheyland, ABC News, and Good Day PA are showcased in a seamless row, providing a snapshot of popular brands.

        Hersheyland Nightline Good Day Pa!

        The vibrant design showcases the iconic logos of Pinterest, Rachael Ray, and Jell-O set against a bold red background. Sorry, the provided description doesn't offer enough detail to suggest important SEO keywords.

        Pinterest Rachael JELL-O


        • « Previous Page
        • 1
        • 2
        • 3
        • 4
        • 5
        • 6
        • …
        • 11
        • Next Page »
        Sarah Mock of savoringthegood.com headshot 2022

        I'm Sarah Mock, Welcome!

        Sarah Mock is a classically trained Chef and graduate of Johnson & Wales University. A culinary blogger for 17 years Sarah helps the home cook prepare her recipes with professional results.

        Get to know me

        Trending Recipes:

        • A close-up of grilled chicken wings stacked on a plate, garnished with parsley, with a side of dipping sauce in the background.
          Grilled Chicken Wings
        • A bowl of taco salad with ground beef, lettuce, tomatoes, black olives, jalapeños, corn, shredded cheese, crushed tortilla chips, red onions, lime wedges, and a dollop of sour cream.
          Dorito Taco Salad
        • Buffalo cauliflower bites are roasted florets coated in a tangy red sauce, served on a white plate with a fork and garnished with fresh herbs.
          Buffalo Cauliflower Bites
        • A bowl of chili pie topped with shredded cheese, chopped onions, and green onions, surrounded by crunchy Fritos corn chips on a white plate.
          Frito Pie Recipe
        See more Football Food →

        Footer

        Sharing this recipe on social media is both encouraged and appreciated. Please share the direct link back to the recipe. Copy/Paste and/or screenshots of the recipe to any social media is strictly prohibited. Content and photographs are copyright-protected. SavoringTheGood®

        As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases.

        ©2026 Savoring The Good® All rights reserved.
        Privacy Policy | Accessibility Policy | About Sarah Mock | About Savoring The Good | Terms Of Service

        Rate This Recipe

        Your vote:




        Let me know what you thought of this recipe to leave your stars. Stuck for what to say? Click one of these inspiration prompts to get you started:

        This worked exactly as written, thanks!
        My family loved this! I just had to share.
        This recipe is delicious but I have a suggestion...
        Could you clarify for me...
        Here is how I included this recipe in m celebration of...
        This recipe was wonderful but can you point me to a recipe for...

        As always, I appreciate you and what you bring to the Savoring The Good community!

        A rating is required
        A name is required
        An email is required